Actions

Work Header

Cielo Radioso

Summary:

Twenty-eight years after his adventure, mob boss Giorno Giovanna sends his son, Viale, to boarding school in Venice to distance him from danger. Little does he know, Giorno has just set into motion Viale's own bizarre adventure.

Same universe as Shocker's Vanishing Act.

Notes:

My first fanfic ever so feel free to leave constructive criticism! Also '𝅘𝅥𝅮' signifies the soundtrack I'm compiling for this fic.

Chapter 1: His Beginning

Chapter Text

4/02/2029

Italy

Morning

 

The countryside of Italy was beautiful. It really was. The rolling hills were great and all, not that Viale cared. He’d seen it his whole life. Endless fields and farms stretching across the sea of green. He leaned against the window of the sedan and watched as they drove past the farmers breaking their backs in the fields. 

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Appears

 

Gioviale stood at a respectable 182 centimetres tall, broad-shoulders framing his lithe body well. His face, symmetrical and dreadfully handsome, as if it could’ve been sculpted by an artist, at least that was what young women told each other at school about him. He had piercing sea-blue eyes that, when looked at from the right angle, appeared to have lime-green accents. His hair - much like his father’s - was naturally blond, but more a dirty blond rather than golden. Viale was often told that he looked like his father, and whilst he agreed to an extent, he found they were too different to be called ‘similar’.

 

The sun was rising - he had to get up early for the trip. It was certainly picturesque, but familiarly boring. He caved and pulled out his mobile phone. He’d been trying to avoid using it the whole trip as he was prone to getting carsick. There wasn’t a reason to be on his phone. He had no one to text; his only contacts were his mother and father - the latter couldn’t answer of course, as he was driving the car. 

 

Speaking of which, his father looked in the rear-view to see his son nose-deep in reading the world news. “Look out the window, Gioviale,” he suggested as if that wasn’t what he had been doing for the past five hours. Viale glanced up at his father, whose golden-braided hair was reflecting the morning sun into the car. The years had been very kind to his father. Although he was forty-four this year, he looked as if he was in his late twenties. Viale didn’t understand where he got those kinds of genes from - maybe his grandfather’s side? He had met his mother’s family, and they scarcely looked young for their age. 

 

“This scenery is all the same, father. The only interesting thing I’ve seen was when we passed through Florence and saw that dog doing the thing.” Viale knew his father had the resources to fly to Venice, but understood that he wasn’t worth the fuel cost. 

 

“That’s not the point, Gioviale,” his father explained, “the point is that you see what other people have to do to get what you’re about to have.”

 

His father had barely explained why he was moving; he had to figure out why himself. Viale figured it had something to do with the shouting match his father had with this ‘Uncle Pol’ he always talks to on the phone a few nights ago. His father had told him ‘Uncle Pol’ isn’t actually his uncle, but that’s all he had ever gotten out of him.

 

Viale was pulled out of school yesterday urgently by his mother - she looked as if she had just found out she lost €1,000,000 and shat her pants consecutively. Grace was usually quite collected - similar to her husband. What had happened to make her this frantic must’ve been well and truly bad.

 

The car jeered to a stop. His father had taken a wrong turn, having to put the car on a dirt path between two roads. Viale looked through the windshield to see that the road that the car was about to trudge through could barely be considered a “road”. 

 

“Hold on, son, this one’s going to be rough,” he warned. The car staggered over the bumps, one at a time, seemingly always on an angle, while each bump never aligned with another. The inside of the car felt like an earthquake had hit indiscriminately. Viale found himself holding onto whatever he could to stay grounded, which included a thin, long briefcase, whose clips holding it together were not doing their job.

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Approach

 

Squeezing the briefcase with all of his might have made its contents ever-so-slightly slip out of the length’s seams, and into Viale’s forefinger.

 

To say it hurt like a bitch would do the silver edge a severe disservice. Viale let out a gut-wrenching scream of agony as the bladed edge sliced almost clean through his left pointer, seemingly phasing through even his bone and muscle. He thrashed around the backseat, writhing in pain before his hand left the edge. 

 

After hearing his son scream bloody murder, his father slammed the brakes on his car, and whipped his head around to see his son out of breath, and sweating profusely. He examined the creased briefcase, which unfortunately had a gold and silver arrow pointing out of it. His father hastily unbuckled his seatbelt and rushed around to Viale’s car door.

 

“What the bloody hell was that?!” Viale screamed at his father. Viale looked down to see his finger perfectly normal, perfectly in place - barring a large scar across one of his joints. His father got up from the car door to look over the field where he had stopped the car. 

 

~~~

 

Earlier that week

Giovanna Estate

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Imada Nokoru Shukumei

 

“What do you mean they’re making moves! Of course, they are making moves!” Giorno rarely raised his voice. It had been a long day for Giorno Giovanna. His subordinates had been yammering to him all day about ‘politics this’ and ‘profit that’, but when Jean-Pierre Polnareff had told him that some rival gang had started making trouble near Gioviale’s school, he finally lost his cool. Giorno’s lavish office, with his favourite chair and replica Mona Lisa hanging over the fireplace, had recently been filled with piles upon piles of complaints from the good citizens of Naples who found traces of narcotics on the streets. “I have held control of this city for decades, and we are all but folding to these lowlifes?! Where’s the resolve? Where’s the commitment? What happened to being the goddamn mob?”

 

“I get what you mean, boss, but these new recruits just aren’t like your old gang. They don’t have Stands.” As always, the man in the tortoise (who insisted it was a turtle) was a voice of reason. That’s why he was appointed concierge to the Don of Passione, after all. Jean-Pierre Polnareff, being a ghost, had not aged a bit since he found himself inside Coco Jumbo.

 

“So what do you suggest I do?”

 

“You could get in the field yourself? No one can stand up to GER .”

 

“That’s not what I mean, Jean-Pierre,” Giorno corrected, “I mean what do I do about enemy gang members creeping around Gioviale’s school? He can’t defend himself.”

 

“Ah, that boy. He reminds me of an old friend - and when I say old, I mean old. He’s probably dead by now,” Polnareff adopted a reminiscing face but noticed that Giorno was still expecting an answer, “I mean, the man he reminds me of was a great fighter, so why not let Viale fight? He certainly has inherited the potential from you.”

 

“Yes, I have considered giving my son a Stand,” Giorno pondered, “But we both know all too well that giving him an ability would just make him attract more danger.”

 

“Stand users attract other stand users. It is a fact.” Polnareff agreed, “But. He is a 17-year-old boy. He’s two years older than you were when you joined Passione. Maybe…”

 

“...Maybe he should know what I do for a living.” Polnareff nodded in acknowledgment, “Maybe I should let him grow.”

 

~~~

 

“I’m sorry about that, son,” Giorno Givanna began, “that was meant to be a surprise keepsake for your time away.”

 

“Why is it so sharp, then? Were you going to give me a weapon?” Viale was all but screaming at his father. 

 

“I apologise. It has a certain value to me. But if you are not harmed, there’s no cause for concern.” Giorno explained. It was a moment of weakness for the Boss of Passione. He did not expect his son to come into contact with the beetle arrow so soon; he expected he would use it when unpacking his things at his new school. “Let’s get back on the road for now.” 

 

Giorno closed Viale’s car door and returned to the driver’s seat further up the car. In his head, Viale questioned, eloquently, what the fuck was going on. He had always known his father was not the hotshot banker he portrayed himself as. The life the Giovanna’s lived was a smidgen too opulent for a simple banker. Viale constantly reminded himself that his father hadn’t done anything to merit the suspicion, barring the small things. These ‘small things’ included just how aloof Giorno Giovanna liked to act. He never got genuinely mad unless, on the off chance, someone harmed his family. His constant resolve to become a better man was commendable to most, but to Viale, who loved him unconditionally, it seemed off for someone who says they are a simple accountant.

 

There were a few occasions - mostly when Viale was younger - when someone confronted his father about ‘work’. Whenever this happened, his father told Viale and his mother to leave Giorno and the instigator to ‘talk’. Deep down, Viale knew his father’s work was dirtier than it seemed.

 

The car throttled alive once again as Giorno turned onto the road he was meant to be on a few minutes ago.

 

~~~

 

Outside Master’s Academy

Midday

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Morioh in the Early Afternoon

 

The two stood outside the establishment, one nervous, the other Giorno. The elder took initiative and started forward through the gates. The grandiose stone-laden sign bolted to the tall fence read ‘ Accademia Magistrale ’, the boarding school Gioviale Giovanna would be staying in for the foreseeable future. Viale followed Giorno from a few paces behind, making sure to not get too close. Viale wheeled his luggage in a two-wheel roller suitcase, which also included the case with some kind of weapon in it, up the small number of steps that lead to the front office.

 

The school was in the heart of Marghera, Venice. Though the famous part of Venice was across the bay, with Air Supplena Island just past that, it was still within walking distance from the school. There were few canals in this part of town, it maintained its Venetian look.

 

The school itself was luxurious in its own right. From what Viale could see, the office was just the front of the school. It seemed that there were three stories in the section behind the front office - no doubt an expensive establishment. The building overall looked as if it once had a light blue finish of paint over the walls of the building, but it had obviously faded away with the year’s weathering. Despite this, the school retained its high-class sheen.

 

To the right of the main building stood another, just as sturdy as the main. Judging by the sheer amount of windows on the side of the building Viale could see, that was where the ‘boarding’ part of ‘boarding school’ came from. Unlike the main building, the dorm was white, with blue-ish accents on the corners.

 

Giorno and Viale approached the revolving door to the office. Entering the space proper, Viale could see where the money was being put to use. A pair of chandeliers hanging from the high ceiling, fresh carpet smell assaulting Viale’s nostrils, a few hands flying across keyboards in the background. There was one lady at the front desk, dressed in what looked like the staff’s uniform. Seeing movement, she looked up to greet the two Giovanna’s. 

 

Buongiorno, signore . Welcome to Master’s Academy. Do you have an appointment?” She looked at Giorno, seeing as he looked like the father. Giorno smiled.

 

“Of course. We are here for a tour.” Giorno glanced away to look towards a couple of empty seats beside the receptionist. “Are you the only one here today?”

 

“No, sir, the other people that sit here are teaching right now,” the receptionist responded. “Can I have your name for the visitor’s book?”

 

“Giorno Giovanna, at your service.” Giorno held his hand out to the woman, who giggled behind her hand and gave him the other.

 

“Of course, sir,” she stood up from her seat, “you and your… son? You and your son will have a tour from il mio capo , the school principal.” 

 

Giorno stiffened slightly at the word capo but regained his composure just as fast as he lost it. “You speak of Datore Esposito, no?”

 

“Yes, Mr Giovanna, he and his best friend, Mr. Scudiero Mercurio, now the Head of the Board, have been running this school since 2001.”

 

“2001, huh,” Giorno muttered to himself. 

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Italian Restaurant

 

“Right this way, sirs. Professore Esposito will be waiting for you in his office.” The receptionist stood up gracefully, as she led the two out from the office and up a decorated flight of stairs to their right. Viale could see that this design was mirrored on the other side of the office, so it didn’t look as if it mattered which stairs they went up. 

 

On the second floor of the office stood a peculiar sort of space. Movie posters littered the wall, some simply stuck up with blu-tack, some framed in A3 portraits. There were some famous films on these walls: Jurassic Park, The Blues Brothers, The Avengers, to name a few. Oddly enough, a good amount of these movies were sequels, sequels without the predecessor, like Home Alone 2, Iron Man 2, and Ghostbusters 2

 

In the middle of the room sat a frail-looking middle-aged man at his desk. His hair was greying with a few remaining accents of brown from his younger years. He looked as if he hadn’t slept in days, judging by the shopping bags under his eyes. His suit was pressed, sleek, and fitted perfectly. Despite his physical condition, he was well put-together.

 

As the receptionist approached the man’s desk, she turned to Giorno and bowed. “I hope you enjoy your tour.”

 

Grazie ,” Giorno nodded as the lady walked back down stairs. Giorno moved to greet the man that was obviously the principal, “ Buongiorno, my name is Giorno Giovanna, and this is my son, Gioviale. It is good to finally meet you.”

 

“I feel the same way, Signor Giovanna,” Principal Esposito greeted, “and you, too, Gioviale, I’ve heard great things about you.”

 

This was the first time anyone had directly spoken to Viale at the school, so he was caught a bit off-guard and sputtered, “Hmm? Uh, yeah, nice to you, sir.”

 

“Thank you for accepting our request, sir,” Giorno saved Viale from having to socialise. Viale was not out of the woods yet, as Giorno shot him a look that told him to pay attention.

 

“Well, it is a rare occurrence for someone to want to transfer mid-term, but for someone as high a status as yourself, I just had to oblige.” Viale considered what that meant for a second, as he thought a banker surely wouldn’t have a reputation such as the man was proclaiming. 

 

“I apologise for such short notice, but you understand what my situation is,”

 

“Of course, of course,” as Esposito stood up, Viale could see that even he was taller than the man, but perhaps that was because the man was constantly slouching, “now let’s get on with the tour, shall we?”

 

~~~

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Appears

 

“...and this is where we study our sciences,” Principal Esposito explained. Overall, Viale found it all unnecessary. Viale found that he learnt things better on the spot and with a hands-on approach. 

 

As he walked down the hall, he could see that there were, in fact, students in class. They were studying studiously, listening to the teacher when needed. The three continued down the hall, occasionally stopping in front of a subject’s office. “In this school, we have two classes per year that students fill depending on who has class in that period,” He produced a sample timetable from his inside coat pocket, “as you can see here, a student could be in Senior Maths B, then right after be in Senior Literacy A. This system allows the students to pick and choose what subjects they want to take on, and they’ll be sorted into that class.”

 

Esposito continued, “Speaking of which, we have quite the maths department; Mr Augustus Zeppeli is one of our newest and talented teachers. All of the students love him. In fact, he attended this school a number of years ago.”

 

Giorno hummed, “I’ve read plenty of your high achievers, Mr Esposito. What I’m concerned about is if I made the right choice in choosing to send my only son to your establishment.” 

 

Esposito slightly withdrew into his collar, a little frightened by the blond, “Well, you see, that’s up to what Gioviale wants to gain out of his education. Sir.”

 

“That’s a good answer,” Giorno responded, “Well, Gio? What would you hope to gain from this place?”

 

Viale considered the question. What did he want? A normal life? An education? Maybe perhaps comradery? 

 

Viale looked at his father, and decided honesty was the play. “I… don’t have any dreams for this place, really.”

 

~~~

 

Master’s Academy

Afternoon

 

Viale opened the ornate door to see someone’s belongings splayed out across his room. It seemed that there were two per room in this dormitory. Not that he was told that beforehand, but it made sense in hindsight. He walked over to his side of the room, where his new roommate had ‘claimed’ his ownership. Viale chose this side of the room because there was obviously less ‘claiming’ happening on that side of the room. The messy one was seemingly absent from the area for the time being.

 

The dorm room wasn’t anything special. Other than the fancy door, everything was rather normal. Two beds on opposite walls, a chest of draws between the two, with four columns on each side. At the foot of each bed laid a chest each, and a bit in front of them, a pair of desks. 

 

Viale was tired. While he didn’t do anything overtly physical - only having to move his suitcase around - the exhausting car ride and the weird thing in his fathers’ case had pretty much drained him of all his will. 

 

Just as Viale went to sit down on the only thing not covered by junk, the desk in his corner of the room, he found himself falling back through the desk itself - or at least that’s what he thought was happening. In actuality, he was moving into the top of the desk.

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Vita

 

Viale yelped as he started falling faster, more of his torso and legs being swallowed by the surface of the desk. Just as he was nearly fully into the desk, his left hand shot out from inside and grabbed the corner of the table. His right hand, however, was stuck frantically flailing around half-inside the table. 

 

Then, something grabbed Viale by the arm. 



To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 2: Master's Academy

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Weeks ago

Naples

 

“Hey, Viale! How’s your day?” 

“Yeah! Anything interesting happen?”

“What are you doing later?”

 

There was a group of schoolgirls following Viale, as was common for the tall blond. Over the years, Viale made it a habit to take the longest path home after school, just in case he saw someone to talk to or hang out with on the way back. Not that he had any long-lasting friendships to rely on.

 

“Ha! Are you talking about school?” Viale asked, “Well, nothing really interesting happened, but the day is still young. You three want to come over to my place?”

 

“What? Really?” The three chorused. They swooned, which Viale found amusing. Viale was popular at school - his good looks and grades, as well as his mischievous demeanour contributing to his status. 

 

Naples was lovely this time of year. Although it was Winter, there were plenty of tourists seeing the sights. Whilst the ice-cream shops were closed, the diners and restaurants were still open for business and providing warmth to those caught outside without a jacket. Viale had lived here all his life. Well, that’s not true. He was born in Florida, but that was the furthest he had ever gotten away from Italy.

 

School was running strong, too. Viale, despite acting like a buffoon during classes, kept up top ten students academically. The teachers hated him for it. All of his goofing off in class and they still get tests and assignments back that are nearly perfect. 

 

“Of course,” Viale continued, “It’s so cold; I wouldn’t want three lovely ladies like yourselves to stay out here in this freezing cold.” 

 

Viale enjoyed acting like a posh jerk sometimes. His background certainly supported him fraternising with the upper class. He had attended many galas and parties with his father for that very reason. He didn’t, however, actually mean half of the things he did. His mother always told him that ‘money isn’t everything in this world, but it sure does help,’ after all.

 

Then there was his father, ever observant, ever pensive. He was a mystery to his son. Viale loved him, as any son would his father, but Giorno Giovanna perplexed him in ways he thought weren’t possible.

 

Viale fancied himself a good judge of character. One of the main reasons that Viale didn’t pay attention during class was because he saw how toxic his school was to people that weren’t in its community. The only fundraiser the school ever did was to raise money for a lawsuit they were facing.

 

“I’d be happy to show you three what goes on in the Giovanna household.”

 

~~~

 

4/02/2029

Master’s Academy Dorm 52

Afternoon

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Vita

 

Viale was in a state of shock. He couldn’t breathe, the world was dark, the only things he could feel were his clothes and the edges to the desk he had somehow fallen into. With his left hand holding an edge, his legs sliding down the front of the desk, desperately trying to get himself caught on something, and his right arm moving slowly into the desk as he tries to grasp something, anything else to help him regain his balance and get out of this situation.

 

But then something yanked him by his free arm. From what he could feel, it wasn’t human, as it was cold as steel. The person(?) was pulling Viale out of the desk. Viale assisted the person by pulling up with his left hand. 

 

When Viale surfaced and was flung on the floor, he found no one there. No person, no hands. Was it a dream? He thought. He got up to look at the desk again.

 

“What the hell is going on?” Viale said aloud, “Did I just manage to fall into a desk?”

 

He approached the desk. Rather unsure, he slowly placed his palm onto the surface as a desk and…

 

…nothing. 

 

It seemed like nothing really happened. But Viale wasn’t convinced. His scepticism prevailed over his defeat, and with that spirit, the surface became intangible again. This time, Viale was ready. He wasn’t leaning on his hand, he just let it move around freely.

 

Retracting his hand, he wondered if it was the desk that was intangible, or him? To test this, he approached the wall to the right of the desk. He willed his hand to pass through it, and…

 

…it did.

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Cavaliere

 

“About time, kid,” 

 

Viale whipped around to see a turtle– no a tortoise laying down on his bed. Interestingly, this tortoise had a fancy gold key jammed in a slot in the shell, this key holding a large red gem in the head. Also interestingly, a Frenchman was protruding from the red gem.

 

“What the hell is that? Is that a fucking turtle? How did that get in my room? Did it just talk?” All relevant questions Viale asked, but the Frenchman in the key only had one thing to say.

 

“Put your hand on this red gem,” he asked, as he retracted back into the key. Viale was perplexed. A man just came out of a key in a turtle and told him to touch a key lodged inside of said turtle. Hesitantly, Viale did so, shivering as he reached over to the turtle.

 

~~~

 

Inside the tortoise

 

Viale hit the ground too hard. Groaning, Viale sat up from his fetal position to see a man with a few too many scars and a grey chef’s hat sitting on a couch. Now that he thought about it, where was he? 

 

“You are in the tortoise,” the man answered Viale’s thoughts, “by the way, yes, it’s a tortoise, not a turtle. Turtles are sea creatures.”

 

Said tortoise was rather lavishly decorated. Two couch armchairs next to each other and a corner couch were all surrounding a coffee table atop a green rug. In the corner adjacent to the large couch was a cabinet. In the other corners was a small table with a flower vase on it, and what looked to be a closet door.

 

That made sense, Viale thought. Except it doesn’t make sense, he thought subsequently. “How are we in a turt–tortoise?”

 

“This tortoise has what’s known as a Stand, Gioviale. As did I.” That didn’t answer any of Viale’s questions but rather created more.

 

“What the bloody hell is a Stand?” Viale asked the obvious successive question.

 

“Ahem,” the man cleared his throat, “a Stand is the manifestation of one’s fighting spirit. That being said, I don’t, however, know how this tortoise has a fighting spirit. Coco Jumbo’s Stand is called 「Mr. President」 .”

 

Right. Ok. He was asleep. That was the only thing that made sense in Viale’s mind. Turtles didn’t have rooms inside them, they had organs and blood. Maybe he had been hit with some drug.

 

“This isn’t real, Mr Chef’s Hat,” Viale stated, “and I’m dreaming.”

 

“I have a name, you know. And that’s my hair, not a chef’s hat.”

 

“...”

 

“Right. My name is Jean-Pierre Polnareff.” Polnareff answered Viale’s implicit question. Polnareff continued with the niceties, “Do you remember being cut with an arrow, Gioviale?” 

 

Of course, he did. It hurt like a bitch, in his words. “An arrow? Yeah, in the car trip. I didn’t know it was an arrow, though - I thought it was just a sharp bit of steel.”

 

“No no, my boy, that,” Polnareff paused for effect, “was a Stand Arrow. It gives people with the potential a Stand. II wish I could demonstrate, but I don’t currently have a Stand.”

 

“So, what, do I have a Stand now?” Viale asked Polnareff.

 

“Yes, you do,” he answered, “Every Stand has an ability. As you just experienced, yours has the ability to enter surfaces, which carried over to your person.”

 

To test if this was true, Viale went over to the wall of Coco Jumbo, but was interrupted by Polnareff, “it probably won’t work in here, as that isn’t actually a surface. It’s a Stand.”

 

Right then. Polareff continued, “There are certain rules to Stands. First, only Stand Users, like yourself, can see other Stands (barring special exceptions). Second, only Stands can harm other Stands, which brings me to the third rule. Third, all damage that a Stand sustains is reflected onto its User (barring special exceptions again).”

 

Viale sat back down on the couch, making sure to not shake himself too badly as to knock himself out. His brain was running on fumes right now. “Ok, ok. I get it. Can I leave now?”

 

Polnareff nodded, “If you want,” as Viale was about to ask how to leave, Polnareff spoke again, “Oh, one more thing you might need to know.”

 

“What is it?”

 

“All Stand Users are bound to meet each other at some point. It’s fate that they do. Don’t be surprised if you start seeing other Stand Users popping out of the woodwork.” With that warning, Polnareff told Viale that, to leave, you simply raise your hand and Mr President ejects you from the room.

 

~~~

 

Master’s Academy Dorm 52

Evening

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Morioh in the Early Afternoon

 

Viale tumbled onto the floor at the foot of his bed, he knocked over his suitcase. He scrambled to get up as he saw what he now knew was the Stand Arrow on the floor outside of his case. He rushed over to grab it, but just as he was putting it back in his case, the door flung open. In came a large teenage boy - bigger than Viale - with black hair and a piercing in one ear. His jeans had holes in them, and his zebra-striped T-shirt was more monochrome giraffe rather than zebra. Judging by the mountains of clothes on the floor, Viale thought it was safe to assume this student was his roommate.

 

“Hey, man,” he said with a boisterous voice, “I heard you’re my new roommate! I’m Nemico. Anicio Nemico.” He did a once-over on Viale, “Woah, what is that arrow? That’s so cool! Can I see it?” Anicio all but flung himself at Viale but didn’t manage to get the arrow, as it was now locked in its case. “Aww, c’mon, man,” Anicio complained, “at least tell me your name. The teacher didn’t tell me.”

 

“Alright,” Viale accepted, lowering his guard a smidgen, “I’m Gioviale Giovanna, but I go by Viale.”

 

“Ok, then,” Anicio looked over the room and spotted Coco Jumbo on Viale’s newly acquired bed, “Woah, is that a tortoise? I didn’t know we were allowed pets!”

 

Viale picked up Coco Jumbo, “His name is Coco Jumbo, and he’s a tortoise, not a turtle.” Viale neglected to mention that he didn’t know if they were allowed pets or not and that the tortoise was a stowaway. 

 

“Well, anyway, the teacher told me to tell you to come downstairs for dinner, so, y’know, do that.” With that eloquent instruction, Amicio left the room. 

 

Viale just wanted to go to bed.

 

~~~

 

Dorm Cafeteria

Evening

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Italian Restaurant

 

There certainly were people in the cafeteria. By Viale’s quick count judging by how many there were per table, there were about 300 students having dinner. The downstairs part of the dorm featured the cafeteria, male, female, and universal bathrooms and showers, and the teacher’s rooms. 

 

The cafeteria itself housed twelve tables, six on each side of the room, all forming an aisle to the kitchen that, once a student had gotten their food, they could either walk to the left or right, depending on where they wanted to sit. 

 

Seeing that the whole school was in this room, most of the tables were filled. As Viale walked down the middle of the aisle, he caught a few glances his way. He decided now would be a good time to make a first impression. He straightened his back, ran his hands through his hair, and donned a confident smile.

 

As Viale reached the kitchen, he noticed that the people in the kitchen weren’t staff, but rather students, much like himself. The girl that greeted him from across the counter spoke, “Hi, what would you like?”

 

Now, Viale fancied himself quite the ladies’ man. At his old school, girls would flock to him, not just because of his looks, but because of how much interest he showed in them, individually. Gioviale Giovanna respected everyone. However, despite the school’s female population’s best efforts, he never once reciprocated their feelings. He now got an understanding of what it felt like to be on the receiving end of this.

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Setting Off

 

The girl standing in front of him was quite beautiful. She had auburn hair pushing being considered a redhead down to her shoulders. Her face was perfectly constructed, with beautiful brown eyes, a cute nose, and amazing lips. She was on the shorter side, but that was expected. Viale was caught in amazement, his cool face slipped away as he looked at this girl. She had on an apron, as was common in a kitchen, but underneath, she had a tacky print t-shirt that said “Find X” with a red circle around the ‘X’. As she leaned on the counter, she cleared her throat.

 

“Oh, uhm, sorry,” Viale stammered, “what do you have? I’m new, so I don’t know how this works.”

 

“Right,” she listed the menu, which was clearly displayed above the pass-through. Somehow, Viale had completely missed it.

 

“I’ll have some lasagne, then,” Viale finally answered. Viale fancied himself a good judge of character. He didn’t judge only based on looks. From the extremely limited interaction he had with her, Viale understood the gist of what she was about. 

 

“Great,” she responded, leaving her leaning position, “If you need someone to help you out if you get lost, come see me, ok?”

 

Viale nodded dumbly as a plate of greens and lasagne was put in his hands. He went left around the perimeter of the cafeteria until he saw someone he knew, Amicio. He was late to dinner as he had to give Viale instructions. 

 

As Viale sat down next to him, Amicio asked, “Have you met Mr Zepelli yet, Viale? He’s the new maths teacher. Everyone loves him.”

 

Dismissing the question, Viale responded, “Hey, who is that in the kitchen?”

 

“Oh, her?” Amicio smiled, “that’s Sana Rossi. Everyone had a crush on her in first year. Guess you’re catching it now?” 

 

Viale sputtered, and waved him off. “Nah man, too much effort.” 

 

Sana Rossi. That was her name. Viale rather liked it.

 

~~~

 

Master’s Academy Dorm 52

Nighttime

 

Viale lay awake, still thinking of the girl in the kitchen, with the maths pun on her shirt and that cheeky glint in her eye. He couldn’t stop thinking of her! The lasagne in his stomach was doing backflips just picturing her.

 

Ask he was about to pass out, he heard a quiet “ouch” coming from the foot of his bed. Viale had asked Amicio to help clean up the room from the mess, but ultimately refused cleaning his part of the room for only that it was “his half”.

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Anyaku 

 

Viale sat up, slightly mad that his roommate stopped him from nodding off. He turned on his bedside lamp to see Amicio facing the opposite wall. Amicio turned to face Viale, showing that he was holding a pried open case, the same one that held the Stand Arrow. Amicio was shocked, seeing that the cut he obtained from the arrow had already healed.

 

“Amicio?” Viale approached him, still dressed only in his boxers, “What are you doing?”

 

“He said this would happen. He said I would get one.” Amicio responded ominously. Viale looked around the room to see that the clothes and wrappers on the floor started rising. The shirts went on top of the pants, the pants on top of the shoes, and the wrappers filled in where the body parts should be.



“「Innervisions」!” 



To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Please suggest some edits. It's my first work!

Chapter 3: Mr. Blue Sky

Summary:

Baby's first fight.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Master’s Academy Dorm 52

Midnight


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Anyaku 


Innervisions jumped at Viale. Diving onto the floor to avoid being grappled, Viale made a loud noise when he hit the floor. Loud enough to wake up Coco Jumbo, and in turn, Polnareff, who was sleeping in the tortoise that was sleeping on the desk.


“Viale!” Polnareff yelled, “That’s an enemy Stand User!”


“Yeah, no shit!” Viale responded as he dodged the weak but fast and furious punches from the literal pile of trash.


“Is there a guy in that turtle?” Amicio commanded another Innervision to form from the remaining junk. It formed and grabbed Coco Jumbo by the shell. Seeing as he didn’t want to hurt a turtle, Amicio merely opened a desk drawer and put Polnareff inside, who was shouting protests as he was put safely in a desk, “Can’t have any witnesses.”


“Now, Viale, my good pal friend,” Amicio returned to the first Innervision and another newly formed one pinning Viale down by the arms, “I know you just got here and all, but you are going to have to leave the school. Sorry.”


Viale was hardly in a position of refusal, seeing as he was at the mercy of Amicio’s closet, but he felt that while Innervisions was multiple objects, they weren’t particularly strong. He could easily take more than a few punches. Amicio, however, saw this, too. To combat this he commanded the Innervision that had put Coco Jumbo in the desk drawer to help its friend.


“My Stand, Innervisions, allows me to control what’s considered junk or mess. I can turn them into humanoid forms.” As Amicio said that, two more started to form. He handed one the arrow he was still holding - he wouldn't be needing it.


Viale knew having multiple Innervisions on him at once would be bad, so he decided to finally do what he had been putting off doing this whole time. With all of his might, he flung off the two Innervisions, unexpectedly ran right through the third, flung open the door, and held his breath.


When Amicio chased after him, he found that the hall was completely desolate. Viale was nowhere to be found. He checked left. He checked right. Viale had vanished. Surely he had just run around the corner, Amicio thought. He sent two Innervisions each way - one left, one right - and kept one with himself (just in case).


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Yuki   


As the two Stands rounded the corner, a head slid out from the wall opposite the door. This head was not that of Viale, but was robotic. Its eyes and brow looked like a capital B if it were turned clockwise 90 degrees, forming what looked like a frown. The eyes themseves were simply red LEDs, circular barring the slight cutoff that made it look as if it were frowning. The head was coloured blue with accents of yellow around the focal points. Instead of a mouth, it had speakers, and instead of ears, it had microphones.


As the head came further out of the wall, it was revealed that the head had a body attached to it. The body was built like a truck, muscles somehow protruding through the metallic finish of the torso, arms and legs. The torso looked as if there was a vinyl record implanted in it, sliding under the pectoral muscles. Other than the record, the body was coloured primarily in the same blue as the head, red and yellow accents surrounding the record, and red where the record would be put on the needle of the record player.


Standing up straight, it was quite tall. As tall as Viale, who was still nowhere to be found. Suddenly, the thing shot forward towards Amicio, who was still standing there dumbly. The Innervision that was protecting him moved in front to block the punch. 


The Innervision was unsuccessful, however, as it was punched right through. The wrappers were scattered everywhere across the hall as the Stand fell down. With his other two Stands still around the corner, Amicio was defenceless for the time being.



~~~


“Well, Gio? What would you hope to gain from this place?”


What does he want? Looking back on this moment in this do-or-die situation, he really didn’t have a proper answer. What do I want? He asked himself, do I want a simple life? Do I want a fulfilling life?


Viale was puzzled. The only thing he could come up with was blue skies and sunshine. Happy days where he could do whatever he wanted. Where he could be free from his problems. But not in some Deus Ex Machina kind of way; in a way he forges himself. 


He wanted to forge his own blue skies.


~~~



“「Mr. Blue Sky」!”


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stand Activated


Viale emerged from the wall to catch his breath. He had discovered that he could see, hear and speak through Mr. Blue Sky, as it had microphones in its ear-hole thing, and a speaker for a mouth. He could not, however, breathe through his Stand.


“So you’ve finally decided to reveal your Stand, huh?” Amicio asked, “It seems like you can enter surfaces whenever you want. A powerful ability, but not as good as Innervisions!” The two Innervisions that Viale had sent on a wild goose chase returned to their master as he finished his proclamation.


Mr. Blue Sky brawled the two remaining trash heaps. The blue Stand ducked and weaved. Whilst Innervisions wasn’t physically powerful, it could take a hit and dish them back at a rather fast pace. Learning from his opponent, Amicio quickly learned that he could coordinate his Stands to fight together for a much greater effect. A quick one-two by the left Stand led straight to Mr. Blue Sky being flung into the second. The second jumped on Mr. Blue Sky’s back and started whacking him in the back of the head, Viale feeling the pain. The first Innervision also started to regain form, as the trash itself hadn’t been destroyed.


Shit! I have to beat this guy before he gets a third Stand! Viale thought, Didn’t Polnareff say that all damage a Stand sustains, it is reflected upon the User? Why hasn’t this guy keeled over?


Viale finally realised that since he wasn’t actually tearing the clothes or breaking the wrappers, Amicio wasn’t taking any damage, unlike himself. As he looked closer, he remembered the spoken by-line Polnareff told him, “... Third, all damage that a Stand sustains is reflected onto its User ( barring special exceptions ).”


Wait a second… this guy’s Stand isn’t even a Stand! It’s just a bunch of junk! The Stand mustn’t have a form!  Viale smirked, I can work with this.


He commanded Mr. Blue Sky to punch one of the Innervisions in the torso as hard as he could. 


Mora!


The tank top flew backwards, as well as the trash inside of it. Surprised that it worked, Viale recalled Mr. Blue Sky and dived to grab the shirt.


If I can just touch the shirt, I can put it in the floor! Then this one won’t be able to regenerate!


Amicio noticed what Viale was going for, but just as the Innervisions turned to obstruct Viale, Mr. Blue Sky emerged from Viale.


Mora mora mora!


Mr. Blue Sky pummelled one of the two remaining Innervisions directly into both the door to their dorm, and the other into the wall beside it. Only the shirts were stuck, but doing so completely immobilised them. If the Stands disconnected from the shirt, they’d fall apart.


“Wow,” Viale confidently stated, “I know I’m a pretty good actor, but you fell for my simple ruse?” With the Stands stuck in the surfaces of Viale’s choosing, Amicio also found himself unable to move his body, only his hands and his head, “You thought I was just targeting just one of your Innervisions, but actually, I was gunning for the total wipeout!”


Amicio felt like he was iron glued to a magnet, watching Viale in horror as Mr. Blue Sky hovered behind him menacingly, “Wait wait! Viale - buddy, chum, pal - please!” Amicio’s hands were together, as if praying, and he was bordering crying at this point, “I was told to do this! To use that arrow and drive you out of the school! I wasn’t trying to kill you!”


“Mora!”


“Who ordered you!” Viale grabbed Amicio by the shirt and de-summoned Mr. Blue Sky, only lifting him up slightly, “I want names.”


“I don’t know I don’t know I don’t know…” he kept repeating.


“I know you do, but you just don’t want to reveal them,” Amicio squeaked out a little noise. Viale walked past the boy stuck in the middle of the hallway, “Hmm. If they want me out of the school, they are probably inside the school. It’s also gotta be someone you hold in high regard if you’re willing to defend them. Let me guess: is it… a teacher?”


“What? No! Haha! Why would a teacher want you out of the school so badly that one would force a student to beat him up?” Amicio’s argument made sense - there simply was no motive that Viale could think of. However, what Amicio didn’t know was that Viale fancied himself a good judge of character, and didn’t believe a word he spewed.


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music


“Well, tomorrow, I’m going to have a little chat with the teachers I have for my classes,” Viale concluded, “In the meantime, you are going to request a change of dorm rooms. Make sure it goes through, alright?” To emphasise his position as ‘on top’, Viale summoned Mr. Blue Sky and placed his hand on Amicio’s shoulder. Amicio squealed, “Do you have a friend’s room you can stay in? Good. Now scram.”


Amicio scurried away - presumably towards his friend’s dorm room. As he gained enough distance, the Innervisions that were still stuck in the wall sagged over and lost their life Amicio gave them.


~-~


「Innervisions」


Stats:

Power: D

Speed: B

Range: C

Stamina: A

Precision: C

Potential: D


~-~


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Travellers Who Rest


“It’s a shame, really,” Viale said to himself, “the first functioning Stand User I come across is quite the pushover. It wasn’t as if Innervisions was a bad Stand, it’s just that Mr Nemicio didn’t know how to use it.” Not that he could blame him - Amicio only had the Stand for about half an hour.


Viale wandered through his dorm door - still covered in clothes - and inspected the mess the two had made. Summoning Mr. Blue Sky, Viale decided to test out the limits of his Stand’s limits by cleaning up the place (his roommate wouldn’t be doing it). He discovered that Mr. Blue Sky’s range was around two metres, as he had to move around for the Stand to be able to reach some of the corners. The Stand was really fast when he did manage to reach its target. It was fast enough to rearrange a corner of the room in a few seconds, and precise enough to fold all of the clothes neatly. Viale noticed that his Stand had above average stamina, only needing to rest after finishing cleaning the room.


Remembering the Frenchman in his desk, retrieved his pet tortoise from the drawer. 


“God damn, man, what do you–” Polnareff looked at who was picking him up, “Oh… you beat him,” Viale nodded, “good job.”


“Thanks. I’ve never experienced something like that before,” Sure, he had gotten into fights before - mostly with bullies that didn’t know when to quit, “Is that how Stand fights usually play out?”


“Well,” Polnareff started, “I didn’t see your fight, but seeing as I only heard the shouting and your Stand cry, I assume you outsmarted him in some way?”


“Yeah, though it wasn’t hard.”


“I remember my first Stand fight,” Polnareff reminisced, “wow. That was almost fifty years ago - I feel old.”


“You only look around forty, though,” Viale commented.


“I stopped ageing when I became a tortoise - now I age at the same rate as Coco Jumbo. Unfortunately, Terrapins only live for about thirty years, so I’m expecting to bite the du– I mean, keel over in a few years.”


That was a shame, Viale thought. His ghostly body looked healthy (other than the fact that he was a ghost), but that was only a farce. His father had taught him all about animals - that was one thing Gioviale knew about his father: Giorno Giovanna loved animals. He had thought the tortoise looked a bit on the older side, but it was rather unfortunate.


“Ah well, c’est la vive . You can’t win them all,” Coco Jumbo retracted into its shell as Polnareff sank into the key, “You, mon amie , should get some sleep.”


Viale nodded and got ready for bed. Sadly, during the fight he accumulated quite the sweat, but the showers were closed for the night. Viale, however, slept soundly.


Just as he dozed off, his phone beeped:


Father  

Missed calls: (3)


21:46: How was your first day Gioviale?

21:53: Are you receiving this?

22:04: Viale, please respond as soon as possible.


~~~


Somewhere

At the same time


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Killer


“Sir?”


I assume you’re calling me this late at night to tell me Nemicio has been defeated?


“...Yes, sir. Giovanna bested him. Zeppeli was listening in.”


That’s fine. Ask Zeppeli how he went. I want to know if he is as much of a threat as his father. I expected Mr Nemicio to lose. Giovanna is, after all, a Joestar.


“There was one thing. One of Nemicio’s Stands - an Innervision - dropped the Giovanna Stand Arrow around a corner, and Zeppeli managed to pick it up after they both left.”


Excellent. Spread it around. We want to make sure to keep Giovanna busy.


Click.


~~~


「Mr. Blue Sky」


Stats:

Power: A

Speed: A

Range: D (2m)

Stamina: B

Precision: A

Potential: B


~~~


Cafeteria

Morning


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Day job


Viale was tired as he walked down to the cafeteria. 


After Viale got his breakfast (unfortunately not from Rossi), he found a rather empty table; perhaps some people were late to breakfast. The only person there was someone Viale did not recognise. Really, the only notable thing about the boy was that he was staring at his A4 notebook, sometimes emoting something.


The boy asked, without glancing up, “Why are you staring at me, Gioviale Giovanna?”


Now Viale fancied himself a man of reason. Even with Stands, he acted mostly on logic and rarely on emotion. All Stands followed some logic. Mr President was a room inside of a tortoise that someone could enter through a key on its shell, but that was still its logic; you couldn’t enter Mr President through the underside, for example. 


This made it easy to see when something was off. He knew to follow his gut feeling of ‘something is not right’. This would be applied to Stands, too. If he were under a stealthy attack, he’d probably be able to tell. This is what led him to believe that this comment by the boy that sat across from him was a little off. He was not sure if he was an enemy, so he had to treat carefully.


“How do you know my name?” Gioviale asked. He expected the boy to have heard it from a teacher, or maybe someone found out about the new arrival at the school and had spread the information around.


The boy responded after reading a bit more of his notebook, “Yes, I heard it from a teacher,” he responded.


“Well,” Viale accepted, “what’s your name?”


He did a one-over of Viale, after greeting, “Matito. Matito Romano.”


Matito looked back down at the notebook, and read, ‘Viale felt that this would be the start of an amazing friendship. What a dumbass.’ 


Matito agreed.


~~~


Giovanna Estate, Naples

Around the same time


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Mayoi


The Giovanna Estate was quiet without Viale there. The vast hallways were only ever filled with the footsteps of the occupants. Usually, Viale would be running through the hallway, playing with something, smashing a vase or two, or maybe talking with his friends. Nowadays, the only rooms that were being used were Giorno’s office, the kitchen, and the numerous bathrooms.


Giorno’s office certainly had personality. The two walls on the sides of the room were fitted with bookshelves that held dozens upon dozens of books on biology, economics, and other assorted topics. One small section of the bookcase on the right was dedicated to photos of his family, as well as some picture books about various talking animals and happy suns. On the back wall with no bookshelves was a grandiose window that displayed a lovely view of Naples.


Mista stood on the door side of Giorno’s desk. 


“Any news on Apatia?” Giorno asked. He was sitting in his favourite velvet chair that he had bought from one of the residents in his neighbourhood after they moved out. It was now in front of Giorno’s desk, which was decorated with picture frames and primary school achievements Viale had earned. Of course, Giorno kept a few items on his desk that were never moved. A zipper, someone’s favourite bottle of wine, and a pair of flowers in a vase. This was the only vase in the house Giorno had specifically told Viale not to break.


“Nothing, yet,” Guido Mista responded. Years after they’d met, Mista was still faithful and loyal to his best friend and boss. He had doffed his distinct red and blue hat with a down arrow as it was only needed for combat.


“Why do they make all this noise one week, then decide to leave us alone the next? It doesn’t make any sense!” Giorno exclaimed. He stood up. Pacing around the back wall of his office, he said, “and! They haven’t just jumped towns! I asked our informants in Rome and Bari - they said that the only ones making trouble were themselves! I then had to scold them for making trouble when they were meant to be keeping quiet, you know, like spies?!”


Mista decided to calm Giorno down, “Hey, man. I know you’re stressed about Viale’s move, but you have to focus on what is going well right now; you have to keep your composure,” he approached Giorno and leaned on the wall next to him, narrowly missing the bug encyclopaedia, “Like, for example,” he held out his hands about to list some things, “Polnareff is with Viale - he’ll watch over your son, Naples’ drug trade is all but obliterated, Viale presumably has a Stand now and can defend himself, and he’s far far away from the locals.”


“That reminds me: I need to try Viale’s phone again,” Giorno tapped the side of his head, “I’ve sent him three texts and tried to call him three times.”


“You know,” Mista began, “maybe uprooting him from his established life and sending him to a boarding school halfway across the country would make him a little indifferent towards you,” Giorno side-eyed him, “Just sayin’,” he said as he shrugged and tilted his head.


“You know who he reminds me of?” Mista asked. Giorno looked at him with a quizzical look, “He reminds me of that old guy we met at your family reunion that one time. When was it?” Mista tapped his chin.


“2009, Mista. That was twenty years ago.” Wow, that made Mista feel old. “But now that you mention it, Polnareff said he reminded him of some other old guy. Maybe he’s the same?”


“Who knows? Polnareff didn’t go to the reunion, if I remember correctly,” Mista clarified, “what was that guy’s name, by the way?”


Giorno moved back into his favourite seat, “Let me think. I went to his funeral a few years after that; back in 2017. Yes, I believe his name was Joseph Joestar. ”


~~~


Master’s Academy Main Building

Morning


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Day job


Viale fancied himself a logical thinker. He made connections between things that no one else usually did. For example, the definition of soup is a substance or mixture regarded as resembling soup in appearance or consistency. Viale made the connection that, with this definition, anything could be soup. Some crazy person could regard anything as looking like soup, therefore it would be considered a soup. Viale understood this. What Viale did not understand, however, was the layout of Master’s Academy. It wasn’t like he didn’t pay attention during the tour - he found the principal rather interesting to listen to. This layout just made no sense to navigate.


Viale found himself panicking in the middle of the hallway as people walked past him. He tried not to show his panic, but it evidently didn't work very well. To Viale’s relief, he saw the beautiful girl that had offered him help the night before.


“Hey!” He shouted over the hustle and bustle of the hallway, “Hey, Rossi!” She whipped her head around and noticed his slight panic.


She ducked and weaved through the crowd with a rather bemused expression, “Hey…” she tapped her chin and looked up, thinking, “Giovanni?”


“Giovanna. Gioviale Giovanna. I go by Viale, though.”


“That’s right,” she refocused back on his face, “What can I help you with?”


“Right… yeah…” Viale was still shocked that this girl could make him stare like this unabashedly, “I have Mathematics B in… the E wing?”


“Right, follow me,” she responded, “I don’t have class now, so I got some time.”


As they made their way to the E wing, Rossi gave Viale the directions from the front entrance to the rest of his classes. Viale studiously wrote them down on his pocket notebook. In between these times was Rossi asking Viale about several things - small talk really, not that Viale minded.


“Looks like you have Business B with me,” she noted, “I look forward to it,” She smiled at him.


Uh oh, Viale thought, I’m not going to be able to pay attention all year.  


“Yeah, looks like,” he responded, “My dad’s into business - he’s a banker - so if you want, I could help you with it.”


“Really? That’d be great,” Rossi thanked, “business is my worst subject right now,”


Rossi continued, “Hey, you said your name was Gioviale Giovanni?” He nodded, “Why don’t people call you GioGio? You know, like JoJo?”


Viale grimaced, “Apparently that’s what my dad’s friends call him - his name is Giorno Giovanna. I haven’t seen his friends other than Guido for a while, though.”


“Who’s Guido?” Rossi asked, cutely tilting her head to the left, “Your uncle?”


Under his breath, Viale muttered, “ The tortoise is my uncle ,” then louder, “No, he’s my dad’s best friend and business partner.”


“Huh,” she paused, “My mamma has a friend called Guido. Wonder if they’re the same one…”


As they arrived at Viale’s maths class, E-2, Viale turned to Rossi, “Thanks, Rossi, you’re a real lifesaver,”


She giggled. “No problem, GioGio,” she teased as she walked off.


To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Another one - more chill - coming soon.

Chapter 4: Interlude I

Summary:

Viale's average day... not much else to say.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Masters Academy
Lunchtime

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Mayoi

The first few periods of the day flew by - Maths and Literacy weren’t the easiest, but he had already covered the topics they were learning about at his previous school. His mind constantly wandered to the girl who directed him to his class. The girl who puzzled him. He had never felt like this towards anyone else, not from his last school and certainly not this one. 

Speaking of which, Viale was only a day in and he had made multiple enemies. Viale had Maths B with Mr Zeppeli, who Viale had a suspicion of. He didn’t know what Zeppeli had against him, but Viale was convinced that he himself didn’t do anything to piss him off, so he came to the conclusion that the surname attached to his given name was making a teacher try to kick him out. That is to say, Zeppeli is someone his father’s side of the family had pissed off in the past. Or maybe 

Speaking of his father’s side: Viale hadn’t heard much about his heritage. He knew that his father wasn’t actually Italian, but rather British-Japanese (British on his father’s side, Japanese on his mother’s side). He also knew that on official documents ‘Giorno Giovanna’ was named ‘Haruno Shiobana’, therefore Viale’s grandmother was named Shiobana, too. He had never met the woman himself, but he knew Giorno didn’t like to talk about her.

One thing Giorno had told his son about was his grandfather. His name was Jonathan Joestar, a British nobleman who died young at sea. Some of the information didn’t line up, however, as the last known British Jonathan Joestar recorded on the internet passed away in early 1889. On the odd chance that Viale brought up his grandfather, Giorno would always curtly tell him that he was a hero to many. This only left Viale with more questions than the answers he sought.

These were some things in Viale’s mind as he exited the school gate for his hour of lunchtime break. He didn’t have any friends, so he opted to explore the surroundings. When he arrived at the school, he was more focused on its appearance rather than the location and surroundings. Master’s Academy ( Accademia Magistrale ) was situated within walking distance from the famous part of Venice, in Favaro Veneto . If Viale so wanted to, he could take a dip in the canals and get every disease known to man due to the water being so dirty. 

The school grounds themselves were rather vast, with the main building and dorms being the centre of attraction. Along the fences far from the main establishment sat many sports fields - soccer, American football, tennis, athletics, and interestingly, a proper fencing setup. At lunchtime, many of the fields were being used. Viale fancied himself quite the runner, with a decently good record at his old school. Not enough for major praise, but nonetheless a useful skill.

The road out of his school featured many things. It seemed that his school’s location was not considered as wealthy as the school. In fact, it reminded him of home. The alleyways encroaching the school were dingy and shady - somewhere the best and most respected of people resided. That being gangsters and the homeless. Back in Naples, Viale constantly saw these kinds of people, but many of them never took Viale as a target - Viale figured it was his stature compelling the low-lives to keep their knives to themselves.

Amidst the hustle-and-bustle of this back-end of Venice, Viale noticed a rather fancy-looking grand hotel that looked as if it wanted to fit in with the school wealth-wise. Viale questioned its poor choice of positioning but dismissed it otherwise.

In conclusion, Viale… didn’t know what to think of the new area. On one hand, the facilities provided by the school were appreciated (though Viale didn’t think he’d ever have use for them), and the school grounds itself were up to his standard. On the other hand, he found it likely he’d be shanked on the way home from the supermarket. 

But that was a chance he was willing to take. Gotta get those groceries. 

~~~

He was barely even paying attention to the content. Most of his time in class was spent discreetly pranking his classmates. His current personal favourite was watching gleefully as the guy next to him thought he kept dropping or knocking his pencil off the table. In reality, 「Mr. Blue Sky」 was putting the target’s pencil just barely inside the bottom of the table, only when he was distracted, and lifted its ability every time to make the pencil drop out of the table and clammer to the floor. He missed the student he was messing with glaring up a storm when his back was turned. 

Amidst the fun, the blonde's mind was thrown back to a time where his father’s friend would do similar pranks. Now that he thought about it, the pink-haired friend was likely using her Stand to pull them off. Viale was no genius when he was a five-year-old, to be fair. He didn’t know why that thought popped into his mind at that moment, but it was nice to remember that simpler time.

“Heisenburg’s principle of uncertainty is the theory that dictates the relationship between waves and matter…”

The teacher’s voice slowly faded away as Viale lost concentration. He was bored of playing jokes on his classmates. His mind was occupied by thoughts of Amicio, his literal trash Stand, and the arrow that everyone but him seemed to want. Polnareff had told him that the arrow was known to awaken Stands in those who were pierced. He couldn’t sleep after the fight – hundreds of ‘what ifs’ plagued his mind. What if Amicio had ambushed him? What if he was a bit later to return to his dorm? What if–

“Giovanna!” Viale snapped awake as he realised he had been dozing off. The teacher was his least favourite part of this class, and the cocky look on his face because he caught Viale asleep was all the most aggravating. “Could you tell me what’s wrong with this equation?”

Viale squinted whilst he read the whiteboard. It seems like his class had moved on to wave principles while he was off in his dreams. Viale sat up as he read the whiteboard that the teacher had written an equation on. After looking once again at the arrogant teacher, Viale decided no mercy.

“Wavelength should be divided by period instead of multiplied.” Before the teacher could respond, he added, “and before you ask, period times wave speed equals wavelength.”

A few classmates giggled, but the teacher waved them off. 

“Yeah, yeah. Alright, I want this essay done by Monday, class!”

Viale grumbled as he mentally put another task on his ‘to do’ list. Although physics was his favourite subject, that didn’t mean he particularly enjoyed the mountains of homework he had to wade his way through on a weekly basis. 

~~~

Local Park
Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Morioh in the Early Afternoon 

Life was boring for Sana Rossi. The rare break in the monotony was what she lived for. School was the exception to this, as she was learning things every day. However, Sana believed she’d been at Master’s Academy for too long, and the co-curricular volunteering had long grown repetitive. The only one she could stomach was the cafeteria duty, as she got to greet and talk to many people. 

It was rather uncommon for Master’s Academy to gain a new student midway through the semester. It was difficult to get in at the start of the term - the school was highly prestigious. There was a large waitlist, high fees, and while the location was not the greatest, the facilities cost a mortgage-and-a-half for parents and guardians. Sana was lucky enough to scrape together a scholarship in sciences.

Then, somehow, Giovanna showed up. No one knew where he came from - the minimal interactions he had with people yielded no new information. The only true connections he’d made was with Sana herself, to which she had no idea how that happened. Viale often came to her with questions, whether about people, timetables, activities, or whatever seemed to pop into his head. 

Currently, Sana was watching Viale pass by her through the park near the Academy. Unfortunately, it was just as much a dump as the rest of the neighbourhood - barring the Academy, of course. The environmentalists of the school were advocating for a school-wide clean up of the park that was one a bright, green nature walk. Viale did not notice Sana staring; he had earphones in, presumably listening to music or something or rather. He had a skip in his step and a bop in his head, shamelessly enjoying whatever he was listening to. 

Sana decided to greet him, as he had to her all those times. Just before he strolled away from her, she got up behind him and tapped him on the shoulder.

“Hey, GioGio,” she put on her best smile. He stopped abruptly and swivelled around, “having fun?”

“Miss Rossi, hello,” his eyes widened. To her annoyance, he didn’t take his earphones out, “how’s your day?”

“Good thanks, uh,” she raised her hand to her ears, referring to Viale’s earphones, “whatcha listening to?”

“Huh, oh– nothing, actually,” he admitted, “I just like them so people don’t bother me when I’m out.”

“Am I bothering you, then?”

He sputtered, “You? No, just let me…” he took out his earphones and tied them up, “There we go. So, Miss Rossi, what brings you here?”

“I was just heading back, actually, lunchtime is almost over, after all.”

Viale checked his wrist, ‘ Fancy watch.’ Sana thought. 

“Yeah, I guess it is,” the two stand in silence.

“Well, I guess we better get going, then,”

~~~

“I’m sorry, Scuderio, I just can’t let you do this.” 

“This is a mistake, Esposito – you know that.”

“It’s too dangerous; too risky! You’ll risk everything you’ve built over the past decade! It’s just… not worth it.”

“Are you saying she wasn’t worth it, Datore?”

“...”

“That’s what I thought.” 

“...I won’t let you use this school for something this nefarious, Scuderio. It’s not happening.”

“Fine. I will look elsewhere. But know this: we are not done.”



To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

I'm writing chapter 5 right now. It's not gonna be a Viale-centric chapter, but rather characters who will be relevant later on.

Chapter 5: Coldplay

Chapter Text

Master’s Academy

Venice

Afternoon

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Apppears

 

Do you ever feel like a plastic bag drifting through the wind, wanting to start again? This was the feeling Vuoto felt as he aimlessly wandered the streets of Venice. He was enrolled in Master’s Academy - not that many knew. 

 

You see, people don’t tend to notice Vuoto. Not for a lack of trying on his part. They can’t see him. He doesn’t understand; he can see himself in the mirror. He’s not invisible! After the school therapist refrained from acknowledging him, he'd gone to see the principal. Principal Esposito, god bless his soul, could see Vuoto. 

 

“Don’t worry too much about it,” he’d said, “you won’t be seeing these people after a few years.” He had a point. Much like he was to them, they were irrelevant in the grand scheme of things. 

 

Vuoto adopted a peculiar view of the world. Without the option of socialising - no one paid him any mind anyways. He saw the inherent beauty in the natural world - in the things humans have accomplished. He often took breaks from school just to wander around town and marvel at the ingenuity of modern-day Venice, in contrast to the ancient canals. Vuoto also tends to read a lot, taking both inspiration and fascination from the pages.

 

Vuoto was minding his own business on the field outside the school, leaning against the brick dorm walls, when a boy jumped out a third-story window. Screaming like a madman, Vuoto dodged out of the way to avoid the boy, who landed with a thud.

 

Cazzo! ” the boy cursed as he dusted himself off. His head snapped to Vuoto, who was peering at him like a deer in headlights, “Sorry about that, buddy! Some bozos were chasing me, and the only quick way out of the building was the window. Sorry if I scared you, bro.”

 

In his head, Vuoto was reeling. First, a boy jumping out a window, second, said boy being merely inconvenienced by the three-story fall, third, the book he was reading, Molto Rumore Per Nulla by Shakespeare, was in the mud. 

 

“Are you good there? You made me drop my book!” he gestured to the play.

 

The boy stood at a modest 174cm tall, dressed in a warm puffer jacket, school-approved slacks, rather worn-out boots, and a tacky t-shirt that read ‘Watermelon? I barely know her!” in English. 

 

He curled an eyebrow, “Sure, but calm down a bit,” the boy said as he dropped down to pick up the book, “What are you even doing out here? It’s past curfew.”

 

“No one really cares whether or not I’m late,” he pondered, “now that I think about it, why do you care?”

 

The boy looked puzzled, “What do you mean?”

 

“No one cares about me.”

 

“Well,” he pondered, “I didn’t get your name.”

 

“...I’m Vuoto,” he responded cautiously.

 

“Nice to meet you, Vuoto,” he extended his hand, “I’m Fragi ,”

 

~~~

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Italian Restaurant

 

At Vuoto’s behest, the two were exploring Venice. They were in the old city. Around 2020, the government decided to invest more into infrastructure away from the famous canals, relegating them to tourism. After the 2020 lockdowns invited sea life back into the city, more tourists came to see the changes that had taken place. All of the production happened outside the city, in the ‘new city’ that was built more recently, in order to keep pollution out of the tourist spots.

 

Vuoto appreciated the inherent beauty that flooded back into the City of Water. He remembers when his parents brought him to see the famous waterways when he was a boy, but they were never this clear. But right now, Vuoto had a curiosity he had to quench.

 

“Are you gonna explain how you casually survived a fall from three stories?” Vuoto asked between bites, “That’s not something people can just do,”

 

“Really? I’ve seen at least ten other people do that,”

 

Looney Tunes doesn’t count,”

 

“Oh…” he looks dejected, “well that leaves one person I’ve seen do it,”

 

“Who?”

 

“Me.”

 

“Oh.”

 

A pause.

 

 

 

 

“Then how did you do it?”

 

“Wouldn’t you like to know?”

 

Vuoto was starting to get frustrated. Sure, the guy had come with him on a walk, but only after promises of food that he was beginning to consider rescinding. 

 

“Look man,” Fragi came to a stop, Vuoto having to turn around in front of him, “I’m not just gonna go around telling a random guy everything about myself.”

 

That’s fair, “That’s fair,”

 

The awkward silence was deafening. As they continued walking, Vuoto considered the facts. Fragi had fallen out of a window. The window was three stories high. Three stories was around 9 metres high. Through some quick calculations in his head, he figured that Fragi was falling at around 13m/s, – easily enough to snap a neck – yet Fragi was walking around like nothing happened. 

 

Vuoto came to the conclusion that Fragi was either really good at hiding injuries (this one he was least sure of), or had some kind of supernatural ability to remain uninjured. Another conclusion that Vuoto came to was that he hated Fragi’s shirt. It was more aggravating than the man himself.

 

After a long walk from the academy, the pair found a place to eat: a classic sit-outside diner. Vuoto found the location to be rather picturesque, the surrounding canals and bridges. While it was edging on dusk, Vuotov recognised the sun reflecting eastward off the ancient rivers as a favourite sight of his.

 

As the two sat down in an uncomfortable silence, Fragi laid his bag down on the ground. The waitress walked over and took out a notepad from her stylish apron.

 

“What’ll it be today, lov’ly?” she asked Fragi, “We got the Happy Hour menu right now… but you don’t look old enough, so just ignore that part.”

 

“I guess I’ll just get a cheeseburger.” The waitress wrote it down. Vuoto decided to take a look at the menu to prepare to order, but–

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - A Fate that Still Remains

 

‘She’s walking away! She didn’t even acknowledge me!’

 

“Wow, you got mega-ignored!” Fragi exclaimed idly, “Feels bad, man,”

 

“What the hell!” Vuoto all but jumped out of his seat and power walked over to the waitress, who was returning to the counter, “Hey!” he put his hand on her shoulder and spun her around. In response… nothing. She just stared past him, as if he didn’t exist.

 

Vuoto was flabbergasted. Even people outside of school seemed to ignore him, “Hello? You missed my order?”

 

The waitress merely continued to stare past him. A coworker called out, “Hey, Maria, you gonna process the order?”

 

She nodded to him and continued behind the counter. Vuoto looked around - none of the other patrons spared him a glance for his outburst. Vuoto had had enough.

 

“Hey! Can any of you see me?! I’m right here!” He waved his hand in front of an elderly man enjoying his spaghetti, and– nothing. No response. Vuoto felt a tug. His head whipped around to see Fragi looking at him incredulously. 

 

“We need ta’ get you outta here, man, I don’t care about the food…”

 

~~~

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Anyaku 

 

The two were walking home. Again in silence. It was pretty much completely dark out; not a good amount of light for two boys walking through the bad neighbourhood that separated the Academy from Venice proper. Of course, they were wary. Vuoto had heard stories of assaults and rapes happening to those unfortunate enough to be caught straying from the streetlamps. On the way back, Vuoto had purposefully tried to walk into as many strangers as possible; causing some minor inconveniences; the whole kitten kaboodle. 

 

It didn’t make sense. These people had never even met Vuoto, yet they were ignoring him as if he had kicked a toddler in front of them. Vuoto figured, after much trial and error, something supernatural was afoot. The fact that Fragi could see him and also had something unexplainable happen to him further solidified this line of thought. 

 

Now certain that a majority of people were unable to see him, Vuoto decided to push the limits. As the two were passing by an alley that, while it was a shortcut back to the school, it was also a shortcut to getting mugged and possibly injured. Despite this, Vuoto turned heel and set his sights to the alley.

 

“Hey– wait! Don’t go in there!” Fragi shout-whispered, “It’s not safe!”

 

“Oh, please,” Vuoto responded at full volume, “I can take care of myself.” 

 

This had the intended effect of forcing Fragi to follow him. An unforeseen consequence, Vuoto found, was that the alley reeked of piss and shit. Empty bottles strewn out all over the place - the two had to make sure not to trip - and syringes littered the ground. The metaphorical light-at-the-end-of-the-tunnel. The streetlight shining through, interrupted by the jutting of the bricks lining the walls. They were almost through! But then–

 

“Oi,”

 

–oh no.

 

“Were ya just gonna waltz on by without sayin’ ‘hi’?” 

 

It was a little man. Smaller than both Vuoto and Fragi. Way below average for the time. The rest of him was a tad more intimidating, though. Black and yellow teeth, bushy beard, one eye scratched out, his head of hair in a messy bun. The most intimidating part of him, however, was the three-inch-long knife he was holding to Fragi’s back. 

 

“I know where you’re off to. That damned academy, right?” he asked, “Ah, damn them all. I thought they only ‘ccepted smart’ns in, but you’re walking all by yaself at the crack of dusk.”

 

Vuoto’s breath was caught in his throat. The little man couldn’t see him. He could run and never look back. Fragi would be fine; he fell out of a three-storey window and walked it off. ‘And no-one would know, nor care.’

 

As he turned heel, he heard Fragi’s cry.

 

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Oh Please…

 

 

‘But I would.’

 

Adrenaline pumped through his veins. His actions would dictate the flow of the inevitable fight. Once again, he considered the facts:

 

  1. The small man couldn’t see or hear him. Judging by the reaction from the woman in the restaurant, he could manhandle people all he wants, too.
  2. Fragi could see him. He needed to get Fragi to safety. 
  3. Fragi could also interfere.
  4. He was scared shitless.

 

His head snapped around. There was about three metres between his fist and the guy’s skull. 

 

“Fragi. He can’t see me,” Vuoto exclaimed in full volume, “keep him talking. I don’t want to accidentally hurt you.”

 

“So guy, what’s your name?” Fragi questioned, as he did not in fact know the guy’s name, “surely you have one.”

 

“‘Course, I have one!” the guy aggressively responded, “name’s Chuck. Chuck Berry. Not that you need to know that. Now you know the drill. I want the Euro’s.”

 

“Right, right. It’s in my inside pocket.” Fragi reached slowly inside his coat, glaring daggers at Vuoto, urging him on to ‘ hurry up! ’.

 

Vuoto was still considering what to start with. Whilst Fragi’s hand was rustling around in his jacket, Vuoto picked up a rusted metal bar that looked as if it had hallen off a ladder. He didn’t want to hurt the guy too badly, but he had to choose a place to hit that wouldn’t move and accidentally hit Fragi.

 

“I know you’re stallin’, shitstick. I’m not gonna take any chances.”

 

Chuck all of a sudden swung his arm back and forth, inserting his knife into Fragi’s lower back. Simultaneously, Vuoto swung the pipe perpendicular to the back of the man’s knees.

 

Fragi cried out in pain, while the man crumpled down, not expecting to have his knees give out. The two of them fell over, one forwards, one backwards. Unfortunately for Mr. Berry, his head landed badly on a loose brick on the ground, soundly knocking him out. 

 

~~~

 

「Coldplay」

 

User: Vuoto

 

Stats:

Power: ∅

Speed: ∅

Range: E

Stamina: ∅

Precision: A

Potential: A

 

~~~

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - A Fate that Still Remains

 

Vuoto dropped the pipe and rushed over to Fragi’s side.

 

“Why did you save me? You could’ve ran away if you wanted to!” Fragi exclaimed, clutching his side in pain.

 

“I couldn’t leave you here, man–”

 

“HEY! You two!” Fragi, still lying on the ground, couldn’t see who it was, but from the voice and the nervousness in Vuoto’s eyes, he could tell it was a teacher. A teacher who can see Vuoto , “What’s going on here?”

 

“M-Mr. Zeppeli! Fragi’s been hurt!” Vuoto responded. He gestured to the unconscious Chuck Berry, “T-This guy tried to m-mug him. He couldn’t see me, though, so I-I knocked him out.”

 

“He couldn’t see you?”

 

“No, most people can’t. Only you, apparently, Fragi, and the Principle can see me. Everyone else just acts like I’m not there,” Vuoto responded curtly.

 

Zeppeli approached the two, avoiding the loose bricks that were Berry’s downfall, “Alright, you two, we don’t talk about this.”

 

In a flash, Mr. Zeppeli’s finger disappeared, Fragi’s stab wound was stitched up, and the finger returned.

 

“Wha–”

 

“We. Do not. Speak of this,” the two felt an intense aura surrounding Zeppeli as they took the instructions to heart, “You two seem to have abilities. Fragi, has anything unusual happened to you lately?”

 

“I fell out a three-storey window and was fine…?”

 

“That explains it,” he took a breath, “You two have something called a Stand - a manifestation of your fighting spirit. It looks like Fragi cannot be harmed by his own actions - like falling out of a window - but can be hurt by others. Vuoto, I believe you aren’t able to be seen or perceived by anyone without a Stand.”

 

“That… explains a lot. How did this happen? How did I get one of these… Stands?”

 

Zeppeli opened and closed his mouth, deciding against answering. Instead, he said, “Let’s get Fragi here to the hospital,” as he brought out his phone to call 112, “Hello? Yes, I’ve got a student with a stab wound here. I’ve stitched him up, but he might have some internal bleeding. Where are we? We’ll meet you next to Master’s Academy… yes that one. Alright, cheers.”

 

“Now, Vuoto, when they get here, I want you to be back inside the grounds, safe. Alright?” He nodded, “Now help your classmate up.”

 

“I’m actually older than him…”

 

~~~

 

「Stayin’ Alive」

 

User: Fragi Vole

 

Bound Stand

Stats: 

Power: ∅

Speed: A

Range: ∅

Stamina: A

Precision: ∅

Potential: A

 

~~~

 

Later that night

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Killer

 

“You can’t be throwing that thing around willy-nilly,”

 

“Look, teach, you made the decision to give it to me and keep it in my care. I’m not about to betray your trust like that. Besides, the boss wants more Stand users walking around, and you don’t want to argue with the boss, do you?”

 

“I can still give you detention.”



To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 6: Broken Strings I

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mr. President

Master’s Academy

Early Morning

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music

 

“So, Viale,” 

 

“So, Polnareff,”

 

The two were sitting opposite each-other. They had been going back and forth like this for around ten minutes. ‘Honestly,’ thought Coco Jumbo, ‘it’s getting annoying.’ Not that anyone would ever hear her. Yeah, Coco Jumbo was female. Yeah, she was sentient. She’d taken refuge in Mr. President when that scary black guy with that funky arrow was returning everyone’s souls. Polnareff was nice to her. Nicer than the pink-haired goth guy, her last owner. To her, Polnareff was more of a business partner. ‘Anyway, back to the conversation.’

 

“So, Viale,” 

 

“So, Polnareff,”

 

‘Yeah, they’re gonna be here a while…’

 

“Why haven’t you answered any of your father’s calls?”

 

‘Ohh, the knockout blow!’

 

“I haven’t seen a need to.”

 

‘Great return! Let’s see how our resident frenchie responds…’

 

“That’s not why he’s calling you, Viale.”

 

“Oh really? I thought he only ever did things out of necessity?”

 

‘Dayumn, boy–’

 

“Coco, please, we are having a serious conversation here.”

 

‘Sorry, Pol…’

 

“Anyway,” Polnareff shifted in his seat, “You misunderstand your father, Viale,”

 

“What is there to misunderstand?” Viale spat back, “Misunderstand that he’s not who he says he is? That he and his friends have basically had superpowers since before I was born? That my godfather is a tortoise? Should I misunderstand that–”

 

“I get it, Viale,” Polnareff sighed, holding the bridge of his nose in his fingers, “You should understand why he took this approach. While I can’t talk about it too much, your father’s work is very dangerous.”

 

“And obviously more important than me.”

 

“…but – you didn’t let me finish – he cares very very much about you. More than you could possibly imagine. If you just talked to him–”

 

“I’m good, thank you,” Polnareff lay silent, desperately attempting to convince Viale otherwise. Viale checked his watch, “I gotta get ready for school.”

 

He raised his hand, and with a forceful pull, he was ejected from the tortoise.

 

 

‘That was awkward…’

 

“Shut up, Jumbo.”

 

~~~

 

Master’s Academy

Hallway

Mid-Morning

 

Vuoto was still stewing on yesterday’s events. Stands? He didn’t get it. He did a little bit of research this morning before school (on incognito mode, of course), and found a few old online forums confirming Mr. Zeppeli’s claims. But nothing with evidence, pictures, or video. Ramblings and online ravings, half of which would probably be attention-seeking or accounts from people who’d been too high or drunk to know what they’d seen. However, the name of “Stands” was one constant. It was quite interesting, seeing people describe these fantastic abilities; a guy that could reverse any wound, an invisible girl, and even some gambler saying he fought a teenager that could stop time.

 

He’d discovered that there was more to Stands than he initially thought. Different types (he seemed to have what was called a Bound Stand), the diversity of the names of the Stands, and even Stands that evolved. 

 

Vuoto decided to name his Stand: 「Coldplay」 .

 

As he stood up from his typical seating position - against the wall - and organised his papers in his arms for the day. He began down the bustling hallway. Due to his Stand, Vuoto discovered, people would subconsciously see him, and avoid him when walking towards him. They wouldn’t know that they’re doing it, but they wouldn’t care anyway. He was still getting used to the fact that, barring other Stand users, he would never know human connection. He had gotten Fragi’s phone number, and talking to him helped, but despite this, the cold harsh reality of his own Stand was both daunting and disheartening.

 

Still stuck in his own head, when he rounded the corner, he neglected to see the facefull of Viale Giovanna he was about to receive.

 

Viale, the tall and built man that he is, easily knocked over the frail Vuoto. The papers flew everywhere, but…

 

「Mr. Blue Sky」!

 

The Stand’s arms flew out of Viale at super speed, bringing Vuoto upright, quickly re-organising the still-airborne papers, and placing them back safely in Vuoto’s arms.

 

“Huh?”

 

“Sorry ‘bout that, pal,” Viale apologised, “Didn’t see you there,”

 

“It’s no problem– hey!” Vuoto exclaimed in surprise, “You can see me!”

 

“Uhh, yeah, I can. Should I… not?”

 

In a whisper, Vuoto leaned in close, “I know you’re a Stand user; only Stand users can see me!”

 

 

“Oh…” Viale scratched his head, “this is awkward…”

 

“So?”

 

“So what?”

 

“So, how did you get your Stand?”

 

“Oh right, I was stabbed by this one ornate arrow.”

 

“An arrow?”

 

“Yeah, it was this weird gold one with a beetle design.”

 

“Woah.”

 

“Why are you surprised by this? Is that not how you got your Stand?”

 

“I don’t think so.”

 

“Hey, let's go somewhere quieter, I can barely hear myself think.”

 

“Sure.”

 

~~~

 

Unused Classroom

Master’s Academy

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Tensione

 

“So,”

 

“So,”

 

Viale had obviously mistaken a table for a chair and went and sat on it. Vuoto had taken up the teacher’s seat. After a beat, Vuoto finally declared, “Mr. Zeppeli is a Stand user,”

 

Viale responded, “Yeah, I suspected that one of the teachers had a Stand,” He thought back to Amicio and how he’d reacted to Viale insinuating that he was working for a teacher, “I fought a guy that was working for him.”

 

“Fought?”

 

“Yeah, with my Stand,” To display, he summoned Mr. Blue Sky, its imposing frame taking Vuoto’s breath. He’d never seen anything like it. 

 

“Wow, so that’s a humanoid Stand…”

 

“What do you mean?”

 

“Oh, there are apparently many forms Stands can take. For example, my Stand doesn’t have a physical form. It’s called a bound Stand.”

 

“Huh, interesting,” Viale pondered, dismissing Mr. Blue Sky, “Where’d you get this information from?”

 

“There’s a bunch of forums online if you dig deep enough–”

 

DING! DING! DING!

 

Viale stood up and picked up his book, “Shit, there’s the bell. We’d better get going.”

 

“Yeah, nice meeting you.”

 

Just as Viale was about to leave the room, Vuoto almost-yelled, “I’m Vuoto, by the way,”

 

“Giovanna. Viale Giovanna,”

 

The two parted ways.

 

They did not notice the slight shimmer in the air as a thin thread retracted out of the room.

 

~~~

 

Master’s Academy

Business Class

Afternoon

 

It was around three o’clock in the afternoon when an announcement came over the speaker. Viale was in Business class, the teacher rambling on about some manipulative marketing strategy. Little did he know that danger was waiting for him on the other side of the school.

 

“Gioviale Giovanna to the front office. I repeat, Gioviale Giovanna to the front office.”

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Misterioso

 

A cold chill washed over Viale, as a slight panging began in the back of his head. From across the class, Matito, the guy Viale had sat with on his first day, glanced over to him in mild concern. What he saw was someone who knew his fate, and was going to actively try and reject it. He saw it in his eyes.

 

Viale got up.

 

Viale walked out the door.

 

Viale went down the hall.

 

Viale went down the stairs.

 

Viale turned right around the corner.

 

Viale entered the front office.

 

Viale approached the front desk.

 

Viale locked eyes with the receptionist.

 

Viale said, “I’m here from the announcement,”

 

She responded, “Yes, of course. Let me just call Mr. Zeppeli,”

 

Viale had expected this. This was it. He had no idea what Zeppeli’s Stand was going to be – he’d forgotten to ask Vuoto if he’d seen the Stand in action. The receptionist was ringing Zeppeli; she was the herald of Death. He considered taking out his phone and calling his father, or even Polnareff, just to say goodbye, in case he lost this ineluctable fight.

 

But he didn’t. Instead, he counted the seconds.

 

Zeppeli entered on the twenty-fifth second, bearing a saccharine smile that Viale wouldn’t have trusted even if he hadn’t bumped into Vuoto and discovered the truth.

 

“Viale,” The teacher placed his hand on his shoulder, and Viale held the slight urge to bristle at the contact. “How are you? Doing alright?”

 

“Fine. Doing fine,” he said. Zeppeli nodded at him, still smiling that same fake smile.

 

“That’s good, that’s good. Do you mind taking a short walk with me? Just to my office.”

 

And there it was. If he’d had any doubts remaining, those were reduced to dust the moment he heard those words. Viale still had no idea how dangerous this man was – Polnareff had told him that all Stands were dangerous in some way (he’d cited an old lady that had almost killed him in his youth).

 

“Sure,” Viale said. “Yeah, sure.”

 

Zeppeli’s smile thinned a little as he gave him another pat on the shoulder. As his hand hovered there, Viale turned his head upwards, looking him in the eyes. Briefly, almost imperceptibly, something flickered in the air about Zeppeli, a flash of blue fire that sent shivers dancing up Viale’s back.

 

He knew he was in for it.

 

Zeppeli turned away from him, leading the way towards his office. Viale paused for a second, regathering himself after Zeppeli’s display, then following after him, the first two steps jittery from the nerves and tension.

 

The receptionist hadn’t reacted to the burst of flame surrounding him, the blue aura that had enwreathed him for but a moment. But why would she have? She couldn’t see, couldn’t know. It must be Stand-related.

 

This was the Fear of the Unknown.

 

Polnareff wasn’t around the corner this time.

 

His hands clenched into fists.

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Male [this means ‘bad’ in Italian]

 

He was going to forge his own blue skies.

 

~~~

 

‘Shit shit shit!’

 

Vuoto was texting Fragi when he heard the announcement that drove him into a minor crisis. No doubt that Viale would be fighting a tough fight soon, and Vuoto could do nothing about it.

 

Behind him, Sana was seated. She, too, was concerned about Viale’s situation. She noticed that the person in front of her was similarly panicking. 

 

“Hey, guy,” Sana whispered, trying to not draw the attention of the teacher, “What’s happening to GioGio?”

 

“H-huh? Rossi?” 

 

“Shh!”

 

In a quieter voice, he responded, “Oh, sorry. Who’s GioGio?”

 

“Giovanna,”

 

“Oh, okay. I think he’s in trouble,”

 

“What do you mean?”

 

“One of the teachers is dangerous,”

 

“Huh?”

 

“Sorry, I can’t say more,”

 

He decided to ignore the flurry of questions that followed, and went back to texting his hospitalised friend. 

 

~~~

 

“I assume you know why we are here, Gioviale.” God, he hated it when people called him that. It made them sound like his father.

 

“Yeah,” Viale stood resolute, “because I know you’re a Stand User,”

 

Zeppeli quirked an eyebrow. “Actually, that’s only one reason. If that were the case, then wouldn’t I have called Mr. Vuoto in, too? I would’ve assumed you know the relationship between our families?”

 

“What, are we related? Maybe some long-lost uncle?”

 

“No, no, I’m not a blood relative. But it’s your father’s family that I’m talking about,” Zeppeli rounded his desk and sat down to an open laptop. “Here. Read this .”

 

As he turned the laptop around, Viale saw his father’s portrait, amongst others he didn’t recognise. It was a family tree. A very weird-looking family tree. Tonnes of branches reaching across the screen. 

 

“What I want you to see here is…” He pointed to one ‘Joseph Joestar, 1920-2013’. “This man,”

 

“I’ve never heard about anyone from my father’s side of the family,” Viale declared. “I know that they exist – they have to, but father has never let me meet them.”

 

“Let me finish.” Zeppeli took a deep breath. “This man, Joseph Joestar, recently died. Before I could get to him.”

 

“Get to him? Oh, you mean kill him.”

 

“Correct,” Zeppeli stood up tall from the seat and approached Viale, who was inching closer to the door. “You see, this man drove my great-grand-uncle, Caesar, to death back in 1939, and forgot about the four other brothers and sisters – one of which being my mother – and left them to suffer without an older brother. You, Giovanna, and your family, must pay for his death.”

 

Without time to process all of this information, the blue glow that had stunned Viale briefly earlier returned in full force. Alongside it, Viale felt something pierce his upper left leg. He cried out in anguish, falling to the floor.

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Squadra

 

“You, Giovanna! You shall pay for your family’s crimes! You shall die at the hands of my Stand, 「Broken Strings」!

 

Viale looked up at Zeppeli, just in time for him to disappear into thin air. Viale felt more piercings open up in his body, as Zeppeli’s head appeared floating near the roof. Viale was going to try reason with him, but he figured he was too far gone to listen to reason. ‘I don’t even know my father’s side of the family! I told him that, didn’t I!?’

 

“My Stand, Broken Strings, allows me to thin my body parts to microscopic levels and elongate them.”

 

‘Oh, I see,’ Viale thought as he effortlessly sank into the floor from his already compromising position on the smooth-tiled floor.

 

“You can’t run, Giovanna! I know your Stand’s weakness!”

 

Zeppeli pierced the floor, inside of which Viale yelped in surprise. 

 

‘Damaging the surface damages me?’

 

Without thinking, Viale popped up for a bit of air, instantly feeling the damage Zeppeli had done to the tile he was in. With a newfound vigour, he yelled, “ 「Mr. Blue Sky」!

 

Mr. Blue Sky flew out of Viale’s body with a flash, its retro body gunning straight for Zeppeli’s still-floating head.

 

“Not so fast, Giovanna,” Zeppeli yelled as his head yet again disappeared just before Mr. Blue Sky could land a clean hit, “I can move faster than you’ll ever dream of, and you can’t see me while I’m doing it!”

 

Viale did not notice the head appearing behind him.



To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Ayo wassup.
- Scout TF2

 

Anyway, I've just finished writing Chapters 7 and 8, with 8 being edited now by CarmineDeer (tysm) so expect to see those up soon.

Chapter 7: Broken Strings II

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Augustus Zeppeli’s Office

Master’s Academy

Afternoon


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Esperienza D’oro 


‘Shitshitshitshit–’


Zeppeli had flipped what confidence Viale had in his Stand in a matter of seconds, and he was panicking. ‘I should really practice more…’


Viale lunged at the bookcase propped up against the wall of Zeppeli’s office, gunning to confuse Zeppeli as to where he was hiding. He knew full well that Zeppeli had eyes on him somewhere.


Zeppeli used his 「Broken Strings」 to attack Viale, but he persisted, just managing to knick a book that was obscured from Zeppeli’s view. Viale summoned 「Mr. Blue Sky」 to distract Zeppeli, so Zeppeli began to just go for every book on the shelf to hit Viale’s hiding spot. Acting quickly, Mr. Blue Sky started punching air, Viale hoping to somehow hit Zeppeli’s nigh-intangible form.


While Mr. Blue Sky was keeping what was supposed to be his teacher busy, Viale had a second to think. ‘I don’t care about what happened in the past, I’m being attacked now. I need to figure out where he is.’ Through the corner of his Stand’s eyes, he saw a red switch. ‘The fire alarm!’


Viale instantly ejected himself from the book he was hiding in and sprinted across the room, ignoring the needle-like wounds he was receiving. In a stroke of genius, he overlaid Mr. Blue Sky over himself to use its superior defence when compared to human skin. 


For Viale, the Stand-suit (as he’d later call it) was not enough to prevent Zeppeli from taking advantage of his compromised position. He went for the head. Viale felt something in the air, and dodged last-second, resulting in a rather fashionable ear piercing.


Despite the pain and tinnitus that was settling in, Viale made a last-ditch effort and used Mr. Blue Sky to pull the lever of the saving grace one might call a fire alarm.


“THERE IS A FIRE. THERE IS A FIRE. PLEASE EVACUATE TO THE ERBA OVAL.”


He let out a sigh of relief as he heard footsteps in the corridor. 


“That was a mistake, Giovanna.” Zeppeli had reformed into his regular size and shape. “You’re already bleeding out. If you had just stayed–”


“MORA!”


One clean shot. He had managed to land one clean shot. Zeppeli stumbled back, exiting Mr. Blue Sky’s two metre range.


“So that’s the real power of Mr. Blue Sky… very interesting,” Zeppeli chuckled as he swiftly recovered. “Let’s see how it fares against my full strength.”


He once again disappeared, but Viale knew it was only a matter of time. A matter of time before the firefighters arrived and found a damaged office. Viale also knew that he had to survive in order for this plan to be successful, and he was currently working on that part. So he quickly devised another half-formed plan. It was quite simple.


Mr. Blue Sky reached up to the roof and punched the sprinkler.


~~~


As soon as the fire alarm went off, Vuoto bolted out of the door. Fortunately for Vuoto, he had been to Zeppeli’s office before, and knew exactly where to go. He rounded many corners, weaving between people who had just started to evacuate. In his head, it was just as chaotic. 


‘This is all my fault this is all my fault if I had just kept my mouth shut no one would’ve gotten hurt this is exactly what led to Fragi being stabbed this is all my f– there it is!’


Just as he reached the door, he felt water drop onto his shoulder. “Huh?” was all he could say before he was absolutely soaked. He dismissed the setting water and pressed his ear against the door.


~~~


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Il Vento D’oro


“I get how you’re attacking me. You’re so thin that any movement in the air, you can feel. But what happens if, oh I don’t know, a dashingly handsome and debonair gentleman such as myself were to make the air unreadable?” It was, of course, a rhetorical question. The sprinkler, constantly spewing water, reduced the volume Zeppeli had to work with when shrunk. To top that off, he’d have to read where the water was in order to dodge, as if he was hit when unprepared and thinned, that small droplet could sever his body. By the time Zeppeli had figured this out, Viale had regained his confidence, “It means you’ll have to see me to attack me.”


“Damn you, Joestar!” Zeppeli roared, “you’re going to have to deal with the consequences of your actions. Behold: the Ripple!”


Zeppeli breathed in deep, suddenly glowing golden with power. From where Viale was standing, it looked as if the water droplets that were spewing out of the sprinkler were freezing midair, but Viale noticed a slight electrical shimmer that was running through them.


‘Uh oh.’


As this string of water became more defined and lengthened, Viale saw that it was actually Zeppeli’s thinned body running through the water. It was nearly imperceptible, but it was there. Summoning Mr. Blue Sky yet again, Viale attempted to punch the frozen-in-mid-air water, only to find that it was as tough as steel.


“This, young Giovanna, is the power of the Ripple!” yelled Zeppeli as he swung his new water whip at Viale. It wrapped around his neck, choking him out. He tried to summon Mr. Blue Sky, but it appeared with half-opacity, and noticeably more sluggish than usual. He noticed Zeppeli’s forearm thinning and knew that an attack was coming. He threw his hands up just in time to block. “Zoom Punch: Broken Strings!”


The force of the new-and-improved ancestral Zeppeli move hit Viale’s arms so hard it broke the water whips apart around his neck. After he caught his breath, Viale noticed that Zeppeli was almost done preparing another water whip. Viale yelped and dove into the floor, leaving Mr. Blue Sky to attempt to fend off the crazed teacher.


The Stand unsuccessfully ducked and weaved, sustaining numerous wounds that reflected on Viale. ‘Shit! With that whip of his, he won’t be damaged even if I break them again! And that Zoom Punch was nuts!’


There was another problem: Viale couldn’t breathe whilst inside a surface. He was already winded from the minor choking he’d sustained, so he knew he couldn’t stay hidden for long. Viale brought Mr. Blue Sky into the floor with him, and pushed its hand out just where Viale could feel Zeppeli’s weight pressing into the ceramic. Mr. Blue Sky’s hand latched onto Zeppeli’s ankle, tripping him over, and allowing Viale to pop up for a second and catch his breath. 


Zeppeli, finding the Stand a mere nuisance, simply thinned his ankle, shifting onto his left. “There’s no use, Viale, come face me. What, are you too chicken ?” he said after returning his right ankle.


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Il Vento D’oro, but the good part


Now, Viale fancied himself a reasonable man. Sure, he got into a fight here and there, but they usually deserved it. And he wasn’t typically one to start them. That is, unless someone called him “chicken”. He didn’t know why that got to him, no one knew. What they did know, however, is that you shall never, ever , call Gioviale Giovanna a chicken.


Zeppeli, unfortunately, didn’t know this. It is again unfortunate that he did not see nor hear Mr. Blue Sky rise up from behind him and crack its knuckles. In the artificial rain, he was too focused on Viale rising up in front of him, cracking his knuckles in sync with his Stand.


“Really?” Zeppeli deadpanned, “ That’s what gets you?”


“What. Did you call me?” 


“What are you, Marty McFly?”


“What. Did you call me?”


“Chic–”


He was cut off by a knock to the back of the skull. No tricks, no plans. Just punches.


Viale inhaled, Stand aura flaring up a golden yellow.


“MORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORA–”


Mr. Blue Sky punched and punched and threw in a few kicks here and there for good measure. Viale had never done anything like this. Amicio’s fight was ended through creative use of his Stand’s ability, but not this one. This one was barbaric, merciless, and downright vindictive.


“–MORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORAMORA!”


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Il Vento D’oro


Mr. Blue Sky grabbed the now bloodied and bruised Zeppeli by the ankle and SLAMMED him into the desk, smashing it in half. He wasn’t going to wake up for a while.


Nobody calls me chicken .”


~~~


「Broken Strings」


Stats:

Power: D

Speed: A

Range: B

Stamina: C

Precision: A

Potential: A


~~~


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - A Fate that Still Remains


Outside, Vuoto was peeking through the door he’d cracked open. He’d wanted to see the fight – sue him. What he saw, however, wasn’t a fight. It was a one-sided beatdown Viale had given Zeppeli. He had to admit: he was now more scared of Viale than Zeppeli. ‘Then again,’ he thought to himself, ‘I never really knew what his Stand could do. It could be weak for all I know.’


Vuoto decided to make himself known. “Hey Viale, are you good in there?”


Viale snapped his head around, but when he saw it was only Vuoto, he relaxed. “Oh, hi Vuoto,” he said, “I’ve just finished taking care of our problem, here.” Viale gestured to the unconscious teacher on the floor, surrounded by the remains of the shattered desk. 


“Uh yeah, I saw that.”


“Damn,” he sighed, dropping to the floor like a sack of potatoes. Vuoto noticed that all over Viale was bleeding from his legs and arms, which had miniscule puncture wounds littered throughout, and his neck was bruised, as if something had choked him out. 


“Everyone’s evacuating, so we should probably get out.”


“Yeah, hey, can you help me move Sir Rage-A-Lot here?”


Vuoto nodded and approached him. Just after Vuoto grabbed Zeppeli’s wrist, Viale heard something with Mr. Blue Sky’s microphone-like hearing. Fast footsteps.


“Shit–!”


“Hey, Giovanna!” It was a classmate. “Everyone’s evacuating– woah, what happened here?”


Viale staggered up. “I’m wondering the same thing.” he looked back silently to Vuoto, who had frozen like a deer in headlights. ‘He can’t see Vuoto or Zeppeli. Is this an extension of Vuoto’s Stand?’


“Looks like a fight broke out…” He put his hand on his chin. “Are you alright, by the way? Let's get outta here.”


Viale spared Vuoto one last glance before agreeing and limping off with the classmate.


Vuoto would be stuck here until the firefighters were done searching for the fire that had already burned out.


~~~


Outside, on the oval


“Oh my gosh, Viale, are you alright?” Sana ran up to Viale, who had resorted to being supported by his classmate, who passed him off to Sana. “I heard the announcement. Was it bullies who used the intercom? What did they do to you?”


Viale said thanks to the nice guy who he’d bled all over. Viale’s homeroom teacher noticed him and ticked him off, saying something about not being paid enough for this. Almost everyone in the school – dorms and all – were here lining up to be checked off.


“Uh– yeah, bullies. Don’t worry, I fended them off.” Viale didn’t feel like telling Sana about his deathmatch with her Maths teacher.


“Obviously not very well. Look at you!” She took out her phone (Viale left his phone in his dorm room, as per school rules) and gave him the mirrored camera. His neck was bruised, Viale had already noticed that his arms had bruises on them too from when Zeppeli used that weird extend-o-punch move, blood was running down his neck from when that teacher asked kindly if he could give him an ear piercing, and worst of all…


“Yeah my hair looks like shit, sorry.”


“Ugh, not the time.” She took her phone back. “We should get you to the school nurse to get you cleaned–”


𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music


All of a sudden, silence. Viale looked around, and noticed everyone in the crowd went silent and statue-still, including Sana. Viale took a nervous step back. Seeing that nothing was happening, he got closer to Sana, seeing something glowing in her eye.


“I see you, Giovanna, and I’m coming for you.”


And just like that, as if nothing happened, everyone returned to normal. Sana noticed Viale’s stare, and said “What? Have I got something on my face?”


Viale was still startled, but responded, “No, no, it’s just as pretty as ever.”


~~~


Later that night


Sana had not been impressed, but – god bless her – had still escorted him to the sick bay after everyone was returned inside. He’d fallen asleep in the bed he was given to recover in after explaining to the nurse how the bullies had used the intercom to jump him for some reason.


He woke up groggily and found his phone on the bedside table.


Vuoto

Hey. I got Zeppeli to the hospital. 


Didn’t have to pay as they couldn’t see me. I guess they could hear me over the phone though? 


Anyway apparently he’ll be there a while, maybe a week – Fragi is in the bed next to him, and the nurse was more than willing to tell him about his teacher. 


Oh yeah I brought you your phone from your dorm room. Enjoy.


Viale smiled. Vuoto really was pretty reliable. He looked back at his phone and found another notification.


Father  

Missed calls: (22)


‘Shit.’ The school had probably contacted him about Viale’s acquittal to the nurse’s office. He went to put his phone back down, but hesitated.


Beep beep beep .




Hello?


“Hey, dad, it’s me.”



To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Oooooh what he gonna do?

Giorno's gon' get some BONDING done TONIGHT! Yessiree.

Chapter 8: Golden Son

Summary:

They finally talk. Holy shit. Took your time.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Giovanna Household

Naples

Near-Midnight

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music

 

Guido Mista was almost asleep when the phone rang. ‘Goddamnit, what now?’ He had been on the phone all day, and honestly, he just wasn’t up to it. All of the politics and the business and the finances, they were all Giorno’s thing. Yet he was entrusted with the responsibility of it for the day. He understood; it was Giorno’s day off. When people ask “do your villains take the day off?”, the answer, Guido knew, was a resounding “yes.”

 

“Hello?”

 

Hey, Dad, it’s me.

 

“Uhh, I don’t have a kid.”

 

 

“OH! Viale! It’s Mista.”

 

“Oh, Mista, hi. Can you put Dad on?”

 

“Yeah yeah of course!” He set the phone down next to the receiver by his bed and hastily donned his dressing gown (and airbender hat). After jogging down the hall to the master bedroom, he knocked on the door and poked his head in.

 

“Giorno?” he whispered, “Giorno, there's a phone call for you.”

 

He heard a grumble.

 

“It’s urgent, Giorno.” He heard a louder grumble.

 

“Gior–”

 

“Mista, shut up!” Grace yell-whispered from the other side of the bed.

 

“It’s Viale–”

 

Giorno shot up, almost as fast as Guido had, and scrambled out of bed. “I’ll take it in the study,” Giorno said as he passed his best friend.

 

Guido watched Giorno stumble down the corridor. ‘He must’ve hurt his leg getting out of bed…’ he snickered to himself. Guido, once again, set off back to bed. ‘Giorno is such an idiot when it comes to his son. To think that this man single handedly took down an entire mob only to rebuild it more morally sound. I remember when, just before Viale was born, Giorno brutally killed a man for insulting his unborn baby. Although, to be fair, that man was also caught selling drugs to middle-schoolers, so he kinda had it coming.’

 

Mista put his dressing gown away in his walk-in-robe, doing a double-take on the mirror as he passed it. He was still impressed with how accurate Giorno was with healing his bullet wounds. ‘I swear, bullets are magnetically attracted to me. Hmm, maybe ‘gravitationally’ would be a better way to describe it.’

 

As he got into bed, he pondered. ‘I wonder what it is that makes Giorno so protective of Viale? After all of these years, Giorno still hasn’t told me what his childhood was like. Yeah, sure, I know he changed his name from Haruno Shiobana because of the legal documents I have to sign for him, but that’s all I know about him from before we met.’ Guido paused, ‘Oh, and of course, he had a dream.’

 

~~~

 

On the other side of the house

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Link

 

“Viale, are you still there?”

 

Yeah, hey Dad.

 

Giorno sat down with a sigh of relief.

 

“It’s… good to hear from you,” Giorno weakly responded, “I take it you saw my calls?”

 

Hard not to, ” Viale chuckled, “ Did you hear about what happened at school today?

 

“Yeah, there was an evacuation, and you were hurt. Are you alright?”

 

I’m fine, Dad. Just a few bruises.

 

“The email said you were missing an earlobe.”

 

Yeah… and that.

 

 

There was an awkward silence. Giorno understood wanting to keep secrets – he’d done it his whole life, after all – but these were secrets that weren’t meant to be kept.

 

“What did you name it?”

 

Name what?

 

“Your Stand, of course. You were stabbed by the arrow and you survived, therefore, you gained a Stand.”

 

Uh, its name is 「Mr. Blue Sky」 .

 

“‘Mr. Blue Sky’, huh. It’s got a colour in its name. Just like mine. What can it do?” Giorno was intrigued, he had to say.

 

I can enter surfaces, like walls and tables. It also punches good.

 

“Interesting. Is Polnareff teaching you how to use it?”

 

No, he isn’t doing much, honestly. Just pestering me to call you.

 

“That sounds like him. Well, when you see him, ask if he can train you. He used to be quite the Stand user, you know, and is still quite knowledgeable on the subject.”

 

 

W - well what’s yours? You do have a Stand, don’t you?

 

“Of course. My Stand’s name is 「Gold Experience」 . It can turn any inanimate object into any living thing, excluding humans. It also, as you put it, ‘punches good.’”

 

Mr. Blue Sky probably punches harder.

 

Giorno, despite himself, cracked a small smile from the pettiness Viale was displaying. It was refreshing to hear Gioviale’s snark again, but there was something more pressing that Giorno had to discuss, now that he had confirmed Viale had a Stand.

 

“Gioviale, I want to tell you something.”

 

Yeah?

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Approach

 

Giorno took a shaky breath in. “There exists a gravity between all Stand users – a fate which says that all Stand users are destined to meet each other. Now that you’re a Stand user, you’re most likely going to have some tough battles ahead of you.”

 

Giorno paused. He really didn’t wish this upon his son, but, much to Giorno’s chagrin, it had to be this way. “But do not fret. From this experience you will have come out a better man. You have, however faded it might be, the Joestar blood within you. I know, because you and I have the same birthmark. I saw it from the moment you were born. I knew at that moment that you, Gioviale Giovanna, were destined for greatness. So I ask you now, what is your resolve?”

 

The line was silent for a beat. Giorno could faintly hear his son’s battered breath through the receiver. 

 

My resolve? ” Viale asked rhetorically, “ It’s quite simple. No matter the cost, no matter the sacrifice; I am going to forge my own blue skies.

 

Giorno was satisfied, but Viale continued.

 

But Dad, ” Viale’s breath hitched, “ I’m scared.

 

~~~

 

The Next Morning

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - A Fate that Still Remains

 

“I’m telling you, he needs help!”

 

“Yes, I know he does, Pannacotta, but we are not to intervene.”

 

This argument had been going on for hours, Giorno’s study being ground zero for the explosion of voices. Fugo was pacing around the room, slightly irritating Giorno. They had been arguing about whether to send someone, be it one of their underlings or even themselves. 

 

“Giorno, the arrow is missing . Do you know what could happen if it ended up in the wrong hands?”

 

I agree with Fugo ,” Polnareff said from the phone, “ Viale can’t do this alone. He could hardly beat Zeppeli .”

 

“He told me the story. He made it seem like he was pretty soundly beaten. I have confidence in my son.”

 

You didn’t see his injuries.

 

“Exactly. You’re not getting it. He’s not you! He doesn’t have a dream, he doesn’t have Gold Experience. Think about how much easier it would’ve been for you if you had the influence of the Speedwagon Foundation behind you when overthrowing Diavolo.”

 

“I’m not budging. He has all the help he needs.” Giorno got up from his chair. “He has Polnareff to teach him, and he’s told me he has at least two friends that are Stand users backing him.”

 

To be fair, Giorno, ” Polnereff piped up, “ They both don’t have any combat ability from what I’ve heard. Both integrated Stands.

 

“Can you send us a write-up on the two?” 

 

Polnareff grumbled a “ yes .”

 

“Don’t change the subject. Gioviale is in danger . He’s already been sent to hospital. Who knows how many other Stand users are coming his way.”

 

“I have considered this,” Giorno responded. “Alright. I think it’s about time I give Signor Higashikata a call.”

 

Call Josuke? Yeah, I guess that could work, although it’d take a while to organise someone to come in .”

 

“I’ll tell Gioviale that help is on its way.” Giorno pointed at Fugo flamboyantly. “Get Higashikata on the phone.”

 

~~~

 

Speedwagon Foundation HQ

Tokyo

Afternoon

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Get Together 

 

Josuke looked out across the bay area his building was situated towards. His office was high up, higher than most of the skyscrapers he could see. ‘We’re not in Morioh anymore, are we Crazy Diamond?’ It was weird talking to himself. It had been thirty whole years since that fateful Summer of ‘99. He remembered that time fondly – it was when he felt his life truly started. After the Old Man kicked the bucket, Josuke was not in any position to take over Joestar Realty. It was only after Mr. Christo – the old head of the Speedwagon Foundation – retired that Josuke really put some thought into his life outside of Morioh. He decided then was the time he should look outside his hometown and make something of himself, apart from the mechanics business he started with his friends. After three years of corporate hell, he managed to make it to Head of the Speedwagon Foundation’s Stand Division. After all, he’d left Morioh-Cho in the capable hands of Koichi, Okuyasu, Rohan, and Yukako. 

 

This was what Josuke was thinking about when his thoughts were interrupted by the phone ringing. He recognised the number: his somehow-great-uncle from Italy.

 

He had only met Giorno Giovanna a few times. Once at a family reunion, another on some important business (Stand user bullshit), and finally at Joseph Joestar’s funeral a few years back. He honestly didn’t know what to think of the Italian mafioso. Jotaro had told Josuke that he was trustworthy, but the whole ‘I run the biggest mafia in Italy’ thing didn’t sit right with Josuke. There was also the fact that he was apparently unbeatable in a Stand fight. Josuke didn’t want to find out if it was true or not. 

 

He picked up the ringing landline.

 

“This is Higashikata.”

 

Buongiorno, Signor Higashikata. It’s Giorno Giovanna.

 

“Hey, Giorno, how’s the wife?”

 

I’m afraid this isn’t a social call. This is about Gioviale, my son. He’s in a bit of trouble.

 

“Trouble? Really? Noooo.” Okay, he was being a bit sarcastic, but a Joestar being in trouble was just like another Tuesday for him.

 

Yes. And it pains me to say it, but it’s Stand trouble.

 

Josuke wasn’t surprised in the slightest. He knew very little of Giorno Giovanna’s son, but it made sense that he’d be a Stand user like his father.

 

“Alright, well, what can I do for you?”

 

I’d like you to send him some backup. A Stand user or two. Also an interrogator. He’s recently bested a teacher who stole a Stand Arrow, and we need to know where it is.

 

“You lost your Stand arrow? Jesus, Giorno, we don’t just have those lying around!” Josuke knew how much damage a rogue Stand arrow could do. He now understood the importance of the call. In his mind, Josuke chastised Giorno further, as the Speedwagon Foundation entrusted Giorno with the arrow, should he keep it safe. 

 

I gave it to Gioviale as a parting gift.

 

“Alright, let me see what we got…” Josuke searched his laptop. “...Oh! We’ve just received a new Stand user in our Rome branch that'd be perfect for the job. Where would I be sending her?”

 

Gioviale’s new school, Accademia Magistrale, in Venice.

 

“I know the place. The principal works for us. I’ll let him know of the Hotspot at his school.”

 

Small world, huh?

 

“Right. I can probably get my gal there within the week, if that suits you. I could also send a combat Stand user in within the month. She’s on a mission right now, but I’m sure she’d drop everything for her great-uncle’s son.”

 

That would be great. Thank you, Signor Higashikata. I cannot express my gratitude. I’ll send over a full report of the situation.

 

“Alright, Giorno. Hey, before I let you go, we’re having another family get-together in July, if you’d like to come?”

 

The line went silent.

 

C-could Gioviale come with me? ” 

 

‘Holy shit,’ Josuke thought, ‘I’ve never heard Giorno nervous.’

 

“U-uh, yeah, of course!” Josuke stammered out, “He’s part of the family, after all.”

 

I appreciate it.

 

“Alright, see you later, Giorno.”

 

He hung up.

 

“That’s a conversation I’ll be chewing on for a while,” Josuke ruminated aloud.

 

~~~

 

Master’s Academy

Venice

Midnight

 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Restaurant Bar

 

Across the world, Viale returned to his dorm room after another night’s stay at the sick bay, albeit only managing to return with the help of Sana. She was a godsend throughout this whole thing. Even Viale’s injuries felt better after being near her, not that he’d tell her that. 

 

“This is yours, right, GioGio?”

 

“Yeah, thanks, sweetie.” He had to admit, the nickname was growing on him.

 

“Yeah, ha ha, keep calling me ‘sweetie’ and losing an ear will be the least of your worries.”

 

Viale didn’t doubt that for a second, but he was content with pushing his luck. Sana helped him through the doorway. It was a tight fit with both of them shoulder-to-shoulder, but they managed to squeeze through. 

 

“Don’t take it personally. I’m like this to everyone.”

 

“I don’t see you calling Amicio that.”

 

“That’s because he tried to kill me.” Viale murmured underneath his breath.

 

“That makes sense.” She paused. “He tried to WHAT?”

 

“Uh, you weren’t meant to hear that.”

 

Viale plopped onto his bed, the other one across the room still vacated. 

 

That’s why he’s sleeping in my room.”

 

“What?”

 

“We’re family friends. He’s been sleeping on the couch.”

 

“I told him to switch rooms , not to crash yours .”

 

“Well, it’s late, and I gotta get back to my room before curfew.” She put a hand on Viale’s shoulder. “Get some sleep, and don’t get jumped by bullies again.”

 

“I’ll make sure not to.”

 

She rolled her eyes and left the room, Viale’s eyes still staring at where she had once been with a dumb smile on his face. He snapped out of it, though, when he realised his wounds had healed more than he thought. In fact, they were almost faded. He reached for his missing  earlobe and found it almost completely restored. ‘Huh. I thought that was torn off…’

 

Coco Jumbo crawled out from under the bed, Polnareff and his chef-hat-like hair popped out with her. “That was awkward. Now if you would, Coco hasn't had food in a day.”



To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Hey there.

I've got Chapter 9 written and soundtracked, and Chapter 10 written, and I'm currently reworking like 500 words in Chapter 11. Too much exposition, you know, same ol' same ol'...

Yeah. That's all.

Chapter 9: Take On Me

Chapter Text

Mr. President
Master’s Academy
Morning

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Day job

“Come on, Viale, this stuff’s easy!”

“Yeah I agree, easy… for you to say, harder for me to lift!”

“Oh please, if I still had 「Silver Chariot」 , I’d be wiping the floor with you right now.”

“Yeah, because you have forty years on me!”

As it turned out, 「Mr. President」 could create rooms to suit the needs of the user. The gang didn’t know this before, as the user was a tortoise, but now that the Stand was shared between two people – one being a human with needs – this aspect of the Stand had been discovered. In this case, it produced a training room, designed specifically for determining a Stand’s capabilities. 

“So, three-hundred kilograms is your limit… Huh. Jotaro’s was similar… Unfortunately, you couldn’t hold it as long.” Polnareff took out his clipboard and checked a box. “That’s an ‘A’ in Power and a ‘B’ in Stamina, then.”

「Mr. Blue Sky」 dropped the weights, Viale stretching his now-sore arms. “Cool, can I leave?”

“Ha! In your dreams! We’ve still got like, four more stats to figure out!”

“Who made this whole thing, anyway?”

“Me and a couple of old pals came up with this ‘Stand Stat’ system. We’ve found it to be pretty consistent with humanoid Stands, but it gets pretty funky when it comes to out-of-the-box Stands, and when considering abilities.”

Polnareff thought back to that time under the stars after arriving in Egypt. Kakyoin had come up with the idea, Jotaro (who all other Stands were ranked against) had done the tests, and Joseph had fleshed out the system. They’d come up with five stats: Power, Speed, Range, Stamina and Precision. Potential came later. With the baseline of 「Star Platinum」 , the list was quite comprehensive; it even accounted for abilities that compensated for a physically weak Stand. 

From what he had heard, Old Man Joseph and his son Josuke had spread the system around those old Stand forums, and it’d caught on. When Polnareff had met Giorno and the gang, they were already using it.

“Hey Viale, do you know how we test Speed and Precision?” From behind his back, Polnareff revealed… 

“What the–” 

…a tommy gun.

RATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATATA!

Viale was caught by surprise, but Polnareff had fortuitously aimed just to the side of him so he wouldn’t get hit. Not that it mattered, as Mr. Blue Sky had aptly caught and dropped all of the bullets Polnareff fired.

“HAHAHA! You should’ve seen the look on your face!” Polnareff wiped a tear from his eye. “Ah, geez, that never gets old!” He put the firearm down on the table to his right. 

Mr. Joestar had come up with that one. Inspired by both a “badass vampire fight” in his youth and Star Platinum catching a bullet Jotaro shot at himself before he and Polnareff had met. 

“Hehe, looks like an ‘A’ in Speed and Precision, too!” he giggled.

“Polnareff, please, is that the last test?” Viale was still catching his breath. He made a mental note to put laxatives in Coco Jumbo’s food later.

“Huh? Oh, yeah, since we can’t really test Potential until I see more of Mr. Blue Sky.” Polnareff turned the page. “Alright, Viale, let’s see that ability of yours.”

Mr. President’s floor suddenly glowed with a bright light, instruments that weren’t being used anymore dissipating into the Stand. In its place, a jungle gym. 

“I want to see the full capabilities of your Stand.”

“Ugh, fine.”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Approach

Viale reluctantly approached the monkey bars, put his hand on the nearest pole, and was sucked inside.

“Interesting…” Polnareff wrote himself a note as Viale exited the pole. “It looks like you were sucked in there. Is there momentum to the action?”

“I can decide whether or not I want to be sucked into the surface.”

Polnareff nodded. Next to Viale, a spot on the ceiling glowed and produced a sandbag with an electronic display appearing underneath.

“Try to kick this whilst entering the monkey bars.”

Viale shrugged and took a few steps back. With a runup, Viale grazed the pole and stuck his leg out. With a large thud, the sandbag was knocked back, and Viale was gone. The digital display on the ground showed a ‘1494N’.

“Wow. One-thousand-four-hundred-and-ninety-four newtons. If we take into account how much the average male leg weighs, which I know off the top of my head, you entered the surface at…” he paused to calculate, “eighty-three metres per second.”

Viale popped his head out of the bar. “Is that fast?”

“Well, seeing as Star Platinum’s fastest punch was twenty metres per second, yeah I’d say that was pretty fast. That’s definitely an ‘A’.”

Viale smirked.

~~~

“Hey Viale?”

Training had just ended, and Viale was now getting ready for school.

“Yo?”

“With Mr. Blue Sky, can you put bigger objects inside smaller objects? Not just yourself, I mean.”

Viale considered the question. He knew he had brought things like his clothes inside smaller things like books as they were considered part of his ‘person’, but he had never thought of trying this new idea.

“I don’t know… why do you ask?”

“Well,” Polnareff adjusted his position resting on the gem inside the key, “What if you got, oh I don’t know, a 10-sided-die? And put a bunch of things inside it?”

Viale felt dumb. 

“It’s just a thought. Oh yeah, I forgot to tell you, but the principal wants to see you. He’ll call you in at some point today.”

Viale nodded, threw his bag over his shoulder, and left the room.

~~~

Master’s Academy
Venice
Midday

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Appears

As per usual, Vuoto was stuck inside his own head. This time, he was thinking about something pressing. Something that didn’t make sense. It had been on his mind for a few days – since the day Viale fought Zeppeli. The answer, really, was quite simple, but the reasoning behind it was a riddle.

It was to do with one Sana Rossi. She had seen and talked to Vuoto in class. At the time Vuoto had been stuck in his own head, thinking about Viale and his precarious situation. The answer as to ‘how’ was easy: Sana was a Stand user. But the real question was ‘how?’

‘Actually,’ Vuoto thought, ‘That’s an easy answer, too. She was obviously in contact with the Stand Arrow at some point.’

But that brought up some concerning questions, pointedly, if she was really trustworthy. ‘For all I know she could’ve had the Arrow this whole time.’

Vuoto was brought out of his head by the school bell ringing.

As he made his way to class, he bumped into someone. Because of the paranoid thinking, Vuoto instantly sprung back, as people were meant to just walk around him. The person he bumped into had to be a Stand user!

The person in question was a relatively short guy, with thin, black hair, and a matching leather jacket which looked a size too big. All of this was offset by a simple yellow A4 spiral notebook that the boy had dropped. When Vuoto went to pick it up, he saw the words ‘Property of: My Ass’ on the front cover.

“Give that back.”

Vuoto looked up to see that the boy wound up to uppercut him. Vuoto yelped and dodged back, the fist missed him, and the notebook fell back to the ground.

“What the hell!?” Vuoto yelled, “What’s your problem?”

The boy picked up the book. “This is my book.”

“I thought it was My Ass’ book.”

“Alright, I didn't write that.”

“Look, man, I know you’re a Stand user. Just back off and we don’t have to fight.”

The boy opened the notebook and had a quick read.

“Wow, your Stand sucks! No one but Stand users can see or perceive you? Man, what a bummer. How are you gonna get bitches if none of them can see you?”

Vuoto was dumbstruck. How did he know that?

“My name is Matito Romano, and this is my Stand 「Take On Me」 !” Romano struck a pose, one hand covering an eye, the other one ominously holding the book that, when Vuoto looked closer, had a slight grey Stand-aura surrounding it.

The hallway was empty now – everyone had gone to class. That is, everyone but the two Stand users in a face-off, and Sana Rossi peeking around a corner, trying to figure out what was going on.

~~~

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Seeker

‘What does he mean, no one should be able to see Vuoto? I can see him just fine!’ Sana thought.

“Hello, Ms Rossi, wanna come have a chat?” Romano called out. Sana let out a little squeak, surprised she was discovered so easily. She stepped out from her hiding place. 

‘From where the guy’s standing, he shouldn’t have even been able to see me! What gives?’

“I’ll tell you what gives, Ms Rossi. My Stand, Take On Me, absorbs all data around me in a twenty-five metre radius and writes it all out in this book. That includes reading minds.” To display, he flipped through some pages, not that Sana could read it from how far away she was. “And to answer your question about Vuoto, you can see him because you have the same power we do: a Stand.” 

“I knew it!” Vuoto exclaimed. She and Matito paid him no mind.

“Well, this little confrontation has been very informative. I’m sure Vuoto can explain what a Stand is.” Romano began down the hall, confidently walking past Sana. “Just remember, with my Stand, I can know all of your secrets. Don’t test me, and I won’t ruin you.”

He left. 

“Rossi, come by Viale’s room after school. I’ll explain there, and hopefully, he will too.”

Sana nodded, and set off to a class she definitely did not pay attention to.

~~~

Principal’s Office
Master’s Academy
Lunchtime

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - A Fate that Still Remains

Viale sat on the stool opposite the Principal’s desk. The last time he’d been in here was a couple weeks ago, when he transferred in. Despite having weeks to comprehend, Viale still couldn’t understand why this person had so many movie posters of such second-rate movies. 

He remembered that he’d gotten a text in class, but Viale, fancying himself a good student, hadn’t checked it at the time.

Vuoto

Hey, I forgot to tell you, but I remembered something about my Stand.

I talked to the principal when I had 「Coldplay」 .

He’s probably a Stand user. And so is Sana, but she doesn’t know what her Stand does. I promised her that we’d explain it in your dorm after school.

Just a heads up.

Also Sana and I found another Stand user. I’ll tell you later.

Viale wasn’t allowed to process this, as his reading was cut off by someone clearing their throat. When Viale wasn’t looking, the principal had somehow entered the room and sat down.

“O-oh, sorry.” Viale put his phone in his pocket. He was slightly wary; Vuoto wasn’t one to lie, so he fully believed the contention that the principal was a Stand user. The principal must’ve noticed the hesitation in Viale’s eyes. That wasn’t in-character for the young Giovanna.

“Hello, Mr Giovanna. You look healthy. Before we begin, it is my understanding that you know I have a Stand.” Esposito leaned forward, leaning on his intertwined hands. “But you don’t, however, know a lot about me and my background. I am, first and foremost, principal of this establishment. It is my goal to pull this school up, as it and its staff and students deserve. I am also an agent of the Speedwagon Foundation. That means you, being a Joestar, are my second priority.”

He leaned back and stood up from his chair, and turned to look out the window. Viale was silent throughout this exchange. 

“I am also Augustus Zeppeli’s uncle.” Viale’s eyes widened. “Now, before you go all beatdown on me, understand that I do not agree with his ideals. I know for a fact that your cousin, Joseph Joestar, killed our ancestor. In any case,” he waved a hand, “your family has already done plenty for the world; they don’t always get it right. Augustus did not know this. I am only privy to the information I have because of my role as a S.P.W. Agent. Despite what you may think, he is a good person. His heart was in the right place, but his anger clouded his judgement. Therefore I take blame for his foolish actions. Please forgive me.”

He did not expect an answer, but Viale nodded anyway. Esposito continued.

“Now that that’s out of the way, let’s get down to brass tax.” He returned to his seat. “As I told you before, and I don’t know if you have had any interaction with the Speedwagon Foundation, but it is my duty to aid any Joestars that ask for it. As the principal, I can cover up any, hmm, ‘justice-seeking’’, that you may perform in order to keep this school safe, should you ask me to.”

Viale was shocked. Not only at the news that his school principal was an international spy, but that his teacher that he’d just recently beaten up was completely unfounded in attacking him. Viale realised that Esposito was still waiting for an answer.

“R-right, uh, well I know of…” he counted with his fingers, “eight – including you and I – Stand users in the school. I don’t know if we should, like, compare notes, or…” Viale trailed off. This was an unprecedented conversation. “You know what? Yes. I’d appreciate your help.”

“Excellent.” To Viale, the sickly principal didn’t seem like much of a fighter, but he knew that one should not judge a book by its cover, unless the cover was League of Legends . “I’ll give you my phone number, should any unforeseen complications come your way.”

~~~

Viale’s Dorm Room
Master’s Academy
Late-Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Get Together 

When Viale opened the door, he had not expected Vuoto at his desk doing homework, and Sana playing with her phone on his ex-roommate’s bed. They both startled at the door opening, Sana scurrying off the bed. 

“I see you’ve made yourselves comfortable.” He put his messenger bag down next to the door. “How did you even get in here?”

Sana stammered, “U-uh, Amicio gave me his key.” She looked down, embarrassed. “Sorry, GioGio.”

‘While if it wasn’t for his incompetence, I just might be dead, it sure is annoying when Amicio’s not useful.’

“It’s alright, but you just ask if you want to stay over.” 

Viale’s shit-eating grin was quickly dissuaded when Vuoto reminded him why the two were here in the first place. “Sana deserves an explanation of Stands, Viale.”

“Finally, something interesting is happening.” Polnareff yawned from the tortoise shell that had somehow got on top of the dresser.

“Oh yeah,” Sana recovered from her embarrassment, and offhandedly gestured to Coco Jumbo. “We met your uncle. Is your whole family like that?”

“In a tortoise?”

“It’s a turtle.” 

“I’m pretty sure turtles are sea creatures–”

“This isn’t why we’re here, Viale!” Vuoto interrupted Sana and Viale’s bickering. “Stay on topic.”

“Right.” He reached up to Coco Jumbo and placed her softly on the ground next to his feet. He then turned to his two friends, and deadpanned, “Get in the tortoise.”

Legend says that only Viale would ever be able to say that with a straight face.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 10: All Star and Funkytown

Summary:

Not copyright because I changed a few words ok? Also from (I think) this chapter on, the formatting is gonna be a bit different - a bit more concise, y'know? CarmineDeer said that she'll go back and edit the other chapters, but IDK when that's gonna come to pass.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Viale’s Dorm Room
Master’s Academy
Weekend

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Appears

Josuke Higash-I-Can’t-Spell-His-Name

Hey Gioviale 

Or do u go by Viale? I’ve heard differing opinions…

Anyway the Foundation has sent thru a Stand user to help you with ur Zeppeli situation

Good luck

Viale chuckled. A forty-year-old texting like that was a sight to behold. Even Vuoto, Viale knew, used proper grammar when texting. ‘Wait, isn’t this guy Japanese? His Italian is pretty good…’

Viale had decided to stay back with Sana after Vuoto left so they could use 「Mr. President」 to try and draw out her Stand. Viale (and Polnareff) attempted to explain what summoning a Stand was like, but Sana, for whatever reason, couldn’t reproduce the effect. “It’s like riding a bike,” Polnareff had explained, “if you’ve done it once, you can do it forever.” This was ironic, Viale thought, because Polnareff no longer had access to his Stand, 「Silver Chariot」 .

They ended up resorting to explaining the origins of Stands. Seeing Sana’s Stand would have to wait for another day. 

The topic of Viale’s family came up with Polnareff after Sana turned in for the night. For some reason Polnareff had the same family tree Zeppeli had shown Viale before their fight, which helped explain that Josuke was Viale’s ‘First Cousin, once removed’. Viale honestly had no idea how the convoluted Cousin system worked, and he didn’t want to think about it any more.

His thoughts wandered back to Sana Rossi. It was all but visually confirmed that she had one. It intrigued Viale. It also gave Viale an idea, involving Vuoto and his Stand 「Coldplay」 . Vuoto could, in theory, go around the school screaming like a madman and see who reacted. This would, theoretically, result in Stand users responding. But when Viale had pitched the idea last night, Vuoto practically died from embarrassment, refusing to ever do anything of the sort.

Viale was brought out of his head by a knock on his door. He got up and cautiously walked over. 

“Mr. Giovanna, please open the door.” 

Viale recognised the voice. It was the Principal. With his concerns dissuaded, Viale opened the door.

“Hello, sir. What brings you to my humble abode on this fine morning?”

Esposito narrowed his eyes as he closed the door behind himself. “Just because we’re working together, doesn’t mean I’m not still your Principal.”

“Right, sorry.”

The Principal cleared his throat. “I believe you’ve been made aware of the fact that a S.P.W. Stand user has taken residence in Hotel Montalvo just down the road?” Viale shrugged. “Well, this Stand user is not combat-oriented, and requires a bodyguard to proceed safely in this investigation. I am disappointed to report that when I visited my nephew in hospital last night, he was unwilling to disclose any information. In fact, he was only comfortable with small talk.”

Viale was concerned. “If he doesn’t talk to you, I don’t know what this whole thing with sourcing a Stand user will result in…”

“I assure you,” Esposito put his hand on Viale’s shoulder, “this Stand user can, and will, get you the results you desire.”

~~~

Giovanna Household
Naples
Midday

Datore Esposito

Good afternoon, Signor Giovanna. I’d like to inform you that your son is meeting with the Speedwagon Foundation Investigator Stand user today. Together they will, hopefully, be able to coerce the desired information out of Mr. Zeppeli.

Giorno had a bad feeling about this. He of all people knew that being a Stand user attracted all kinds of attention, and not always from the best source. However, he also understood that what his son was embarking on was eerily similar to the journey he had begun with Buccelatti all those years ago.

Giorno hoped, for his son’s sake, that whatever was lying around the corner, Gioviale was prepared to handle it.

GioGio! Mista wants you!

“Thank you, Number Five.”

~~~

Outside Montalvo
Venice

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Secret Manoeuvre

“Alright. I think this is the place.”

“I don’t see any other Hotel Montalvo ’s around here, so yeah, I’d say so too.”

“Don’t make me regret coming here with you, GioGio.”

Viale had called on Sana to help him to the hotel. While sure, he knew there was a hotel near the school – he had passed by it a few times when going into town – he still wasn’t accustomed to the area. Sana, however, was a local, so she knew what was going on. Also, with the Stand user apparently having gone through training, perhaps she could help out Sana with her situation.

“Alright, alright, calm ya farm. Let’s get this over with.”

As they crossed the street, Viale and Sana noticed two figures standing outside the building. They looked as if they were in a barbershop quartet, but with only two members. Their vests were inverse of the other; one was wearing a blue undershirt with a red-and-white striped vest, while the other had a red undershirt with a blue-and-white striped vest. The pair each donned an accompanying barbershop hat, with the ribbon on the base correlating to the colour of the stripes they both wore.

‘They look ridiculous.’

As Sana and Viale approached the wardrobe dysfunction, the pair seemed to notice their presence. 

“Hey, Checker, look! He’s here!” one said.

“Alright, alright, you know your lines?” the other responded.

“Yeah.” They both cleared their throats. “ Erherm.

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Team Rocket

“Prepare for trouble!”

“And make it double!”

“To protect the world from devastation!”

“To unite the people within our nation!”

“To denounce the evils of truth and love!”

“To extend our reach to the stars above!”

“Chubby!”

“Checker!”

“Team Hucklebuck dances off at the speed of light!”

“Surrender now or prepare to fight!”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Travellers Who Rest

Viale was nonplussed. “Did you two… seriously just copy the Team Rocket Motto and replace certain phrases to fit you?”

Sana leaned closer to Viale. “Is this how Stand fights usually go?”

“No, but just follow my lead, okay?” Viale told Sana, then turned back to the dastardly duo. “Also, ‘Team Hucklebuck’? What does that even mean? Just saying ‘Team Rocket’ would’ve flowed better, even if you aren’t Team Rocket,” Viale commented.

Sana spoke up to the ridiculous pair, following Viale’s advice. “Between the two of you, you couldn’t come up with an original rhyme?” 

Chubby and Checker looked at each other, then back. There was a pause, before Chubby (the one with the red undershirt and ribbon) announced, “We know what you’re here for, and we have orders to–”

“You two have single handedly destroyed the sanctity of the Indigo League .”

“Enough!” Checker stepped forward, exasperated. “You know we’re gonna kill you both, right?”

“Is that so?” Viale questioned as he brought out 「Mr. Blue Sky」 , who menacingly cracked his knuckles. 

“Oh, no, not like that. Both of our Stands are non-combat. Let me ask you, have you ever seen Monsters Inc. ?”

‘No.’ Sana thought, then replied aloud, “Of course.”

Checker’s grin expanded further. “Well then you’re in for a treat.”

With their speech done, they looked between each other, and bolted through the revolving doors of the hotel.

“That was awkward.”

“Let’s just… go after the bad guys.”

Before Sana could move, Viale grasped her hand with a worried look in his eyes. 

“Listen, Sana, we’re likely heading right into a trap. If you want to opt out now, I won’t blame you. This is going to be dangerous.”

Sana turned her head. Wearily, shakily, she responded, “No. I-I’m going with you.”

Viale let go of her hand. “Right. If that’s the case, just stay behind me, mmkay?” 

Sana shrugged. They proceeded inside.

~~~

“Those two were so rude!” Chubby complained.

“I know, bro. It’s not fair.”

“I mean, Ash and the gang never interrupted Team Rocket! Why do they get to?”

“Well, Team Rocket never had an intent to kill.”

He paused. “Alright, that's fair. But still!”

“Chubby, let’s just use our Stand abilities now; we’re running out of time.”

“Alright, Checker.”

“「Funkytown」!”

“「All Star」!”

~~~

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Evolution

Viale and Sana had made their way inside. The clerk, who had been told a guest was expecting people and directed them to the elevator. Neither Viale nor Sana were expecting to call the elevator, only to have the door open on an old lady showering. 

Steam emanated from the shower, pouring out into the lobby. Sana shrieked, and Viale hastily averted his eyes.

“Sorryysorrysorrysorrysorry…” 

“What’s going on here?” The receptionist had left the front desk and approached the commotion just as the elevator door closed.

“You have to leave.” Viale was still shaken, but the conviction in his voice reached the lady. Viale turned to Sana as the lady walked off, shakily smiling. “You sure you don’t want to back out?”

“Let’s… try the other doors.”

Sana approached the utility closet, but before she could open it, the door swung open by itself and slammed hard into Sana’s outstretched arm.

Viale was busy calling the second elevator when he heard Sana’s wail. He rushed over.

“What happened, are you okay?”

Sana frowned at him, waving her arm around to stimulate blood flow. “Does it look like I’m fine?! No, one of them can obviously open the doors at will.”

Viale pondered, “So one can make doors lead to different places, and the other can control the hinges? That’s a combination for sure. Not sure if it’s a deadly one.”

He was standing too close to the same door Sana was just hit by, and proceeded to receive a plank of wood to the face.

~~~

“He just said we weren’t deadly!”

“That son of a bitch.”

“I’m gonna kill him.”

“Can I help?”

“Erm… sorry, bro, but your work is already done.”

“Rude.”

~~~

Sana and Viale were hiding behind the corner near the elevators. Viale had blood dripping down his face, and an assumedly broken nose to boot. Sana checked it out – she had done the school first aid training that all Eleventh Grade students had to do a few weeks back. Viale had opted to skip it. 

“It looks like it’ll heal.” Sana finished. “I can’t believe I’m the one telling you to be careful.”

“Well I can’t believe you’re sticking with me.”

“I’d be kicking myself if I let you get hurt all by yourself.”

“You’re a good person.” Sana looked up from checking her arm and wrist for possible dislocations. Viale elaborated. “You didn’t have to come here. You persist even when there are people in the building trying to kill us.”

“GioGio,” Sana interrupted, “You’re misunderstanding. I came for selfish reasons. It was obviously going to be a trap from the beginning, and I wanted a chance to unlock my Stand.”

“That’s not selfish,” Viale declared, “Nothing’s selfish about wanting the best for yourself.”

Sana had to admit, she was impressed by Viale’s bluntness. He didn’t hesitate to tell people what he thought of them. Her thoughts were cut off by Viale springing up from his seating position.

“Let’s go, then.” Viale began walking towards the utility closet that had slammed him in the face minutes ago.

“Where are you going?”

“To beat the shit outta some twins.”

“Do you have a plan?”

Viale slyly glanced back. “I got a few.”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Overdrive

~~~

「Funkytown」

 

Long-Ranged Stand

Stats:

Power: ∅

Speed: A
Range: ※

Stamina: B

Precision: ※

Potential: ※

 

(※: depends on location)

~~~

Chubby was bored. His Stand, Funkytown, was honestly pretty bad. The Stand’s only ability was to shuffle a building’s entrances and exits once every thirty minutes. He couldn’t even do it quickly in sequence. Once he activated his Stand, he had a huge cooldown until he could actually do anything.

At least the Stand’s appearance was cool. It looked like a haunted mansion crossed with a chest of drawers. A big block of purple, spikey wood, with technicolour doors that moved around every time Chubby activated his ability. It could also take quite a beating.

Right now, he was sitting on a couch in a suite he and his brother had commandeered from the hotel. His brother was looking out the window, patiently waiting for–

Checker smirked. “They’re coming back to the utility door.”

Chubby sat up. “You ready to slam?”

“You bet.”

Checker summoned his Stand. A big outhouse door, shoddily made, with a similar colour scheme to the outline of Chubby’s Stand; a purple, spiky wood, that looked as if it was reserved for Halloween. There was a cutout of a moon in the top-middle section of the Stand. Its name was All Star.

All Star worked well with Funkytown. It could control every door in a building. Lock, unlock, open, close. It could do it all. Checker’s favourite use of his Stand was opening doors magically for dramatic entrances with his brother. The boss never really cared for the Hucklebucks’ antics, but his distancing never had any effect on the brothers. 

The Hucklebucks were, despite appearances, relatively high-ranking in the gang. They had earned the respect of many in the gang, through Chubby’s tricky tactics, or Checker’s brute force. They had killed, interrogated, and tortured many, but never directly enough to pin the blame on them. If goody-two-shoes politicians pointed their fingers at the Hucklebucks, they’d find themselves being thrown down a flight of stairs, then being slammed with a door.

“What?” Checker’s eyes went wide. “Where’d he go? The girl’s still there, but Giovanna’s vanished!”

“Well, start swingin’!”

~~~

As Viale approached the dastardly door, he had already enacted his plan. He knew that the twins knew when he was approaching the door, so he only needed to get close.

“Sana. Get ready.”

“For what?” She was standing a fair few paces back, with her heart rate steadily increasing.

“Watch.”

He stepped within range of the door, and predictably, it swung open. In a flash, Viale had whipped his right foot back, and pivoted so his left hand touched the backside of the door, and–

He vanished, entering the back surface of the door.

The door closed, begrudgingly accepting defeat. Seeing as Sana’s sight was obscured by the door, she could not see that Viale had slinked into the room behind the door, and used Mr. Blue Sky to unhook the hinges from the door frame.

SLAM!

The door came off its hinges, fell forward into the lobby, and revealed Viale standing in the utility closet. Mr. Blue Sky was standing behind him, holding numerous screws in his palm. 

“That,” he glanced up to Sana, who was standing there dumbstruck, “was my plan.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Get ready for feels in the next chapter. It's gonna be a tear-jerker.

Chapter 11: Hotel California

Summary:

Team Rocket Rip-offs. What they gonna do?

Chapter Text

Hotel Montalvo
Venice

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music

“M-m-my finger! Chubby’s eyes were glued to his hand, which recently had a finger fall off.

“What the hecky?”

“MY FINGER!” he screamed. His eyes moved to the thumb on the floor, which is not where a thumb should typically be. “WHAT THE FRICK?!”

“That son of a bitch.”

“HE UNHINGED THE FUCKING DOOR!”

“Maybe you two should… give up?”

The two’s heads whipped around to the new voice. Checker said, “Right. I totally forgot she was here.”

“You’re telling the truth.”

If the twins were to make an educated guess, she was aged around twenty to twenty-three. Her raven hair was tied back into a neat ponytail, her small stature currently bound to a chair. She was dressed in what one would expect an investigator to be dressed in. Brown trench coat, black undershirt and matching chinos. If they were honest, she looked like she was trying too hard to fit in with the ‘noir’ aesthetic.

“Listen here, little lady,” Chubby said, still in agony, “You-” He pointed at her face, “-are bait. So why don’t you-” He pointed in her face again. She stayed nonchalant, unimpressed. “-stay quiet.”

Chubby and the woman held the stare for what felt like only seconds, because it was.

“Where are they, Checker?” He broke eye contact and turned to his brother, who was watching the confrontation. “I’m done playing around. We need to bring in some backup.”

“Yeah, I agree. Giovana is giving us a run for our money.”

“My ears are burning.”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stand Activated

Chubby and Checker startled at the other new voice that had somehow entered the room.

“Who’s there?” Checker yelled.

Chubby hesitantly stepped forward to the source of the sound: the balcony. As he proceeded, he didn’t see anyone. He exited the doors and went onto the balcony. Looking around, still no one. He peered over the edge.

“Here’s a tip,” Chubby’s eyes widened as he realised the voice was coming from above him, “When in a fight, don’t go near ledges.”

Before Chubby could turn around, 「Mr. Blue Sky」 appeared and pushed Chubby over the edge of the eleven-storey building. Acting quickly, Mr. Blue Sky grabbed the man’s vest and shoved it into the brickwork on the side of the hotel, securing the man in place as the vest half-entered the structure.

Viale dropped down from the surface of the roof that held the balcony from the room above. “I wouldn’t move much, if I were you. You don’t want to rip that expensive vest, right?”

Checker raced out the room. “You!”

“Me.”

“What did you do with my brother?” Checker heard screaming from the side of the building. He gasped, “You bastard! How did you get up here?”

Viale chuckled. “I can’t move when I’m inside a surface, so I climbed up the bricks, putting my hand into each surface.” He rolled his shoulders. “That’s definitely my cardio goal for the week, though.”

“You-” Checker rushed forward to help his brother, and Viale sank into the floor, a hand reaching up to grab Checker’s leg as he passed over him. The man tripped, face hitting the metal railing of the balcony and collapsing on the ground. Mr. Blue Sky popped out of the floor to check–

‘Yep. He’s out cold.’

Viale rose out of the floor, shaking his head slightly at the incompetence of the so-called assassins. 

“Giovanna?” Viale heard from inside the apartment. “Helloooo?”

Viale hastily made his way inside, skidding on the carpeted floor.

“Hey, uh,” He noticed the… bike lock… around the woman. “Who the fuck uses a bike lock to tie someone up?” he muttered to himself. To the woman, “You know this isn’t actually fastened around anything? You could’ve just stood up.” The chair she was bound to was completely straight. Made of wood, so there was a lack of friction. The woman blinked twice, before she attempted to stand up.

Viale ejected Mr. Blue Sky, and had it rip the chair out from under the woman.

“Wow, nice Stand.”

Viale blinked in recognition. “Oh, you must be…”

“The name’s Gatrice. Gatrice Beneficci. I was sent here on behalf of the Speedwagon Foundation. I have instructions to remain here until you– can you get off your phone?”

“Uh huh, yeah, sorry, texting my friend downstairs.” He put away his phone. “Anyway, remain here until…”

She sighed. “...I have to remain here until you no longer need my services.” She wiggled around. “Hey, could you get this bike lock off me?”

Viale blinked. “Yeah sure.” Mr. Blue Sky appeared and yanked the lock with a small amount of force. 

“MORA!”

The lock snapped off, and Beneficci was free. She stretched her arms behind her head and made a noise of relief. She fished a badge with the initials ‘S.I.D.’ engraved on it  from her breast pocket. “Here’s my badge.”

“Well,” Viale began, “What can you do?”

Beneficci smirked. She started to emit her Stand aura, a light brown, as a figure appeared on her shoulder. It was a bird, maybe an eagle, Viale figured. Its feathers were the same brown as Beneficci’s Stand aura, a light brown, whereas its underbelly was a dark crimson. The Stand had no eyes – none visible, at least, as they were covered by a visor, with the same colour of the underbelly. Its beak looked rather blunt, like it was not built to be a hunter. It was topped off with a deerstalker hat. 

“This is my Stand, 「Hotel California」!

~~~

「All Star」

Long-Ranged Stand
Stats:
Power: B
Speed: A
Range: ※
Stamina: ※
Precision: A
Potential: ※

(※: depends on location)

~~~

Speedwagon Foundation HQ
Tokyo
Evening

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Appears

“See you tomorrow, Higashikata-san.”

“Yeah, see ya, Maya.”

Josuke could never really shake his casual demeanour. Small-town life will do that to you. He would be kicking himself for staying at work too long; it was already evening, but he had to get this write-up on the Giovanna situation done. Sleep could wait. It wasn’t as if he had someone waiting for him at home.

Josuke’s writing was interrupted by a call. He smiled at the name that scrolled across his phone.

“What’s up, favourite sister?”

I’m telling Holly you said that, ” Shizuka Joestar, Senior Agent of the Stand Investigation Department, and Josuke’s adopted sister, responded over the phone. 

Josuke frowned. “Please don’t.” He pleaded. “What’s the occasion?”

I heard it’s someone’s birthday soon.

Josuke was confused. “Really? Whose?”

Makoto’s. Did you forget? April 23rd?

Josuke chuckled as he leaned back in his chair. “Nah, I didn’t forget. I got her a motorcycle helmet. When you two were over in February, she was complaining about a dent in her old one, so I got one. It’s ‘Phantom Thieves’ themed.”

Har har. Very funny. I’m sure she’ll like it.

“So,” Josuke began, “how’s the holiday?”

Hawaii’s great. You should take a vacation here one day.

“Not my style. Plus there’s a buttload of work to do.”

While it is a big step up from being a mechanic, you literally still spend an hour a day doing your hair.

“My point still stands.”

Josuke could practically hear his sister roll her eyes. “ C’mon. You deserve a break. Anyway, you called me earlier. What’s up?

Josuke leaned forward and opened a tab on his computer. “Right. I got an assignment for you. Long-lost Joestar bullcrap, y’know?”

Who’s the caller?

“Remember that Giovanna guy? He was at dad’s…” he trailed off.

Shizuka caught on. “ Yeah, I remember him. Looks like DIO, right?

“Practically identical. I think he’s a bit slimmer, though. Cuz, y’know, DIO had Jonathan’s body?” Josuke shook his head as he realised he’d digressed. “But Giovanna’s son, Viale, is in a bit of trouble in Venice. You think you could go help him out?”

The line was silent. Josuke heard someone talking in the background, as well as Shizuka asking “how long?” in the distance.

Yeah, we get back in around two weeks. I’ll need a couple days after that, too, so give it two-and-a-half weeks notice.

“Thanks, Shizuka.” Josuke gave a genuine smile.

Now I need to get back to Makoto. I’m pretty sure she’s got something… planned for me.

Josuke grimaced. “Ew. I do not need to know that.”

We’re going to the volcano, dumbass. Get your head out of the gutter.

~~~

Outside Venice Royal Hospital
Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Appears

“Are we really doing this?” Vuoto grumbled. 

“Yes, Vuoto. You’re the only way we can get in there,” Viale responded.

Despite Vuoto’s protests, Viale had come up with a plan for how to get to Zeppeli. None of them were his family, so there was no way the hospital would let them speak to him. Sana and Beneficci were also there. They needed Beneficci for her interrogation skills – apparently her Stand’s ability would help with the process. 

“Alright, let’s get this over with. Grab on, somewhere.” Sana, Beneficci and Viale each grasped a bit of shirt. Viale and Beneficci flanked his sides, Sana behind. Vuoto took a deep breath in. “C’mon, 「Coldplay」!

Vuoto was left standing there like an idiot. There was no real indication that the Stand’s ability was at work.

“Did it work?”

“I don’t know.”

“Let’s just go.” 

Vuoto led the way through the sensor doors of the hospital. 

~~~

Sana was honestly pretty frustrated that she couldn’t get her Stand out. Viale had shown her up in every way possible. He’d figured out the two Stands’ abilities, how to avoid the danger entirely, and took them both out at lightning speed. They had called the local Speedwagon Foundation branch and had them take Chubby and Checker in. Beneficci would be interrogating them later. 

Meanwhile Sana was relegated to… nothing. Vuoto was the stealth guy, Viale was the bruiser, and Beneficci was the one getting the information. Sana felt that she was just kinda… there.

She had agreed to come along with Viale the day prior to find Beneficci because she wanted to get her Stand. That didn’t work out. She came to the hospital for the same reason, but… what was the point? They wouldn’t be in danger in a hospital . Hospitals were the furthest from danger one could be. 

At least Vuoto seemed to be doing a good job of keeping them hidden. Sana had mixed feelings about Vuoto. On one hand, he was proof that she had a Stand. On the other hand, he was proof that she was failing. The fact that she could see him was… aggravating.

They had entered the stairwell by this point. It was an old kind of stairwell – winding, made of concrete, and smelled of cigarettes from overworked doctors and nurses, not ready to get back to their jobs. It was vacated at the time, so the group came out of their disguise.

“Alright,” Vuoto said, “That should be good for a bit.”

“Good job, Vuoto.”

“I didn’t do much.”

Viale deadpanned, “You need to learn to take compliments, dude.”

Beneficci interjected. “What room’s he in again?”

“Room 130.”

“That’s the second floor.”

“So that’s three floors up, right?” Sana pitched in.

“What? No, it’s two floors,” Viale argued.

“But this is Ground Floor. It goes Ground, Floor 1, Floor 2.”

“Please.” Beneficci was getting sick of the argument. “There’s a ‘G’ right there.” She pointed  behind Sana. Surely enough, a large ‘G’ was painted on the wall.

Sana counted this as a win.

“That means, because hospitals are weird, Room 130 is one floor up. The hundred represents the floor.”

Viale grumbled in defeat. 

~~~

Room 130
Venice Royal Hospital
Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Stardust Man Appears

“Alright, Vuoto, you’re good.” Vuoto sighed in relief as everyone retracted their arms. Viale continued. The hospital room had four total beds, all separated by closed curtains. Three were currently occupied. “So where’s Zeppeli?”

“I think he’s–” Vuoto was cut short by a curtain being drawn, to reveal Vuoto’s once-bedridden friend, standing and in street clothes. “Fragi?”

“What’s up, Vuoto?” he responded.

Beneficci tapped Vuoto on his shoulder. “We’re gonna go find Zeppeli. You can chat here.”

Vuoto nodded, thankful. 

“Actually,” Sana interjected, “I want to stay back, too.” She looked rather downtrodden.

Beneficci agreed.

“Beneficci, he’s here,” Viale called out. He was standing at the end of another occupied bed. She checked the bed perpendicular to Zeppeli’s, but found the man there asleep, statue-still. Beneficci made her way over to see Zeppeli’s eyes staring daggers into the side of Viale’s head. She flashed her SID badge, which caught Zeppeli’s eyes.

“My name’s Gatrice Beneficci. I am a detective of the Stand Investigation Department of the Speedwagon Foundation. I’d like to answer some questions, if that’s alright with you?”

She had gotten Zeppeli’s attention, but it seemed like to her that he needed a bit more coercion to agree.

“Before we begin, I must let you know that I have authority to sanction you once your time in the hospital is over, on behalf of the SID, if you do not comply. That also applies if you lie.”

Viale snickered, but quickly turned around to hide it. Beneficci dismissed it, and continued. “Will you comply?”

The three were in a heavy silence. The only noises in the room were the hushed whispers from Fragi, Sana, and Vuoto off in the corner. 

“I will comply.”

“Alright.” Beneficci began emitting her light brown Stand aura as Hotel California appeared on her shoulder. “My Stand, Hotel California, will tell me if you’re lying. Be warned, if you do lie, it won’t be me keeping you in this hospital.”

“Now,” she attempted to do a cool trick with her notepad as she grabbed it from her pocket, but it slipped out of her fingers, and fell onto the floor. She sputtered some incoherent apology as she bent down and picked up the notepad. Her Stand had flown up off her shoulder when she had ducked down to avoid falling off. Meanwhile Viale was dying from both second-hand embarrassment, as well as laughter. “Erherm,” she attempted to recover from her embarrassment, “Let’s start the questions.” Hotel California returned to her shoulder and shook its head in mild bemusement.

“Who do you work for?”

“My uncle, Principal Esposito.” Viale nodded, although Hotel California had already confirmed the answer.

“Are there more Stand users in the school that we do not know about?”

“Yes.” 

“How many?” 

“I don’t know.”

She decided to ask the big question. “Do you have the Stand arrow?”

“No.”

Did you, at any point within the time that Gioviale Giovanna was at Master’s Academy, have the Stand arrow?”

“Yes.”

“But you don’t have it now?”

“No.”

“Does one of the Stand users we don’t know about have it?”

“Yes.”

Viale glanced at Beneficci, rather impressed. ‘ Despite her first impressions, she sure knows how to ask the right questions.

“Do you know who ?”

“Yes.”

“What’s their name?”

“I cannot tell you.”

Hotel California turned its head to its user. “Hotel California says you can.”

Zeppeli’s breath hitched. “Fine. His name is Haf Horse. He is a Third-Year, but he’s been held back a few times. And, no, before you ask, I don’t know what his Stand is.”

Hotel California let out a loud squawk of approval. “That will be all, Mr. Zeppeli. Enjoy your recovery.” Her mouth turned to a sly smile. 

She and Viale turned to leave the room. Before Viale could get out of the door, however, Zeppeli called, “He’s dangerous.” Viale turned around, intrigued. “I don’t know what his Stand does, but I know he’s dangerous.”

Viale merely responded, “See you at school, Mr. Zeppeli.”

He walked out.

~~~

Master’s Academy Dorms
Haf Horse’s Room

See you at school, Mr. Zeppeli.

“Shit,” he swore under his breath.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 12: Free Bird I

Summary:

Sad shit incoming

Chapter Text

Somewhere in America
2011

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Farewell

“No! Please don’t go!”

“I’m sorry, baby, but I just can’t stay tied down. I’m a free bird now.”

“But what about Harry? He’s only a year old! You can’t leave him!”

“The boy… I’ll admit, Sharon, I do love him, but I just don’t think I’m a good influence on him.”

“No, please, Holland!”

“C’mon, baby, that’s not my name anymore.”

“Right, sorry.”

“Say my name.”

“Huh?”

“Say. My. Name.”

“Hol Horse.”

He looked up to the clear morning blue sky. “You’re goddamn right.”

~~~

Seven years later
Venice

“Hey mom?”

“Yes, honey?”

“Who’s ‘Holland’?”

She popped her head out of the kitchen, surprised. She found Harry looking through her old diaries. “Oh, Holland? He’s…” She trailed off.

“He’s my dad, right?”

Sharon left the kitchen and began to break down. “Oh, Harry, I’m so, so sorry.” She rushed over to her son and put her arms around him.

“Where did he go?”

“He… he went away, dear. For a very long time,” she said between hiccups. 

Harry’s mind began to churn. ‘ I’m going to find him,’ he thought. Once he did, he didn’t know what he was going to do.

“Can you tell me about him?”

Sharon brought her arms out, still holding her world. “Yes, of course, Haf.”

~~~

2027

As it turns out, Haf’s mother didn’t know much about his father. She’d told him his full name, ‘Holland ‘Hol’ Horse’. She had named her son after him, naming him ‘Harry ‘Haf’ Horse’. This made it pretty easy to find him on the internet. 

He was on a school trip to America. Not anywhere interesting, just Austin, Texas. Haf and a few of his rowdier friends decided to try to sneak into a bar. He’d managed to get in, as he looked like a 25-year-old man after not shaving for a week. 

It wasn’t like he wanted to get drunk. He was responsible like that. He’d leave the drinking to his friends – some of which had followed him in and already started ordering the cheapest stuff they could.

Fags,’ he thought. Yeah, he knew he wasn’t allowed to say that word, especially in America. But honestly, he didn’t give a shit about what those snowflakes were enforcing. 

He excused himself to go to the toilet, offhandedly pinching a woman's ass on the way, when he spotted a man that looked to be in his early-seventies sitting in one of the booths. He had a cowboy’s hat on, even though he was inside, and wrinkles lining his once-handsome face. Haf recognised him instantly. It was his father, Hol Horse.

He made an instantaneous decision.

“Hey, old man.”

Hol’s cowboy hat tilted to the side, his eyes obscured by shadow. “What do you want, kid?” He answered, mildly annoyed. His voice was gravelly, a far cry from what it once was.

“Isn’t it bedtime for an old man like you? Your wife must be waiting.”

“Heh.” Hol Horse staggered out of the booth, “A smart mouth, eh? Well let me tell ya, I don’t have no wife. I’m a free bird .” He got up in Haf’s face. Had Hol been a younger man, Haf would be staring into a proverbial mirror by how much they looked alike.

Hol Horse’s eyes widened in recognition. “You’re… you’re Harry, aren’t you?”

“Glad you recognise me, pops.”

Hol Horse gave him a shaky grin. “Yeah, I see you. In fact,” he said as he slowly backed off, “I see right through you .”

“What on God’s Green Earth do you mean?”

“Heh. You’re no kid of mine.” Hol Horse waved him off as he began walking towards the door. The bar was quiet, especially now that they all saw a young man pestering the elderly. “I bet your mother has told you all about me and my… womanising, hasn’t she? I bet you think you’re just as good, if not better than me, huh?” He looked over his shoulder. Haf was silent. He didn’t like what he was hearing. “Well, I can’t blame you. I wasn’t there to prove you wrong.”

“You,” Haf grabbed his shoulder, “are just a deadbeat old man.”

“That’s where you’re wrong, kiddo.” Hol turned to face his son yet again. “I’ve had my redemption, I reckon.” He looked down, a hint of regret lining his eyes. “Maybe– maybe if I had stayed, I coulda told you all about my life.” He shook his head. “Eh, whatever. My story’s over.”

Haf was left in disbelief. He couldn’t believe, after all these years, this was the only interaction he’d get from his father. Boy was he right.

“Come with me, kid. Just outside.”

Haf looked over to see Old Man Hol Horse holding the door open. He glanced at his friends, who were already drunk off their asses, and shrugged.

~~~

“Ya want some advice, kiddo?” Hol asked his son outside. It was the Fall, so it was getting rather cold. “Lord knows I’ve had plenty of mistakes to learn from.”

Hol Horse sat down on the curb. His son followed suit.

“Whatever.”

Hol ignored his son’s attitude. “Don’t let other people tell you what to do. You’re your own man.” Haf was surprised. He hadn’t expected this kind of introspection from the old fart. “A long, long time ago, I was hired by a man named DIO to do some… dirty work.”

“Like the Italian word for ‘God’?”

Hol hummed, “I always thought it was like the band, but sure. Whatever floats your boat. Anyway, this guy, DIO, heh, he walked all over me, lemme tell ya. He made me do things that…” he trailed off for a second, “...that I’m not proud of.” He sighed. “He put me at odds with the Joestar Family. Joseph Joestar died a few years back – I went to his funeral. Anyway, after his grandson, Jotaro Kujo, kicked the shit out of me, and his bastard son helped me out one time, I learned something: do what you choose. Don’t let people walk all over you; go your own way. I’ll tell you now: if you listen to my advice, you’ll become a free bird , just like me.”

Before Haf could react, he saw something glint in the corner of his eyes, and he heard a loud gunshot. Something warm ran down his head. Blood. His father fell over, 「The Emperor」 disappearing from his hand.

Hol Horse was dead.

The world grew colder.

~~~

Haf’s Dorm Room
Master’s Academy
Venice

Haf woke up in a cold sweat, huffing and puffing. ‘ That damned dream again…

Ever since that day, Haf Horse hadn’t been the same. He could never focus in school, so much to the point that he was held back two years. He’d done some… things , too, that shall go unnamed. 

Another thing that happened after Hol Horse died was Haf’s Stand, which he’d discovered a few months ago. It acted like a virus, which spread through eye contact, starting from him. Anyone with the ‘virus’, Haf could paralyse. Anyone that had the virus could also spread it. 

He’d been given the Stand Arrow to protect from Zeppeli; he’d only reluctantly agreed, only because he was really in charge. And Haf didn’t want to piss him off. 

He checked the time, 4:52pm. He chastised himself. He knew that Giovanna was going to be interrogating Zeppeli in the hospital around this time. Thankfully, he already had a mole in the room.

He reached and waded through his Stand’s networks until he found what he was looking for: the guy he didn’t know the name of. That didn’t matter, though, as what mattered was that this guy was in the same room as Zeppeli. That meant he had eyes and ears where he shouldn’t.

He activated his Stand, causing the already-asleep man to freeze.

Something he had figured out with his Stand was that, if he tried hard enough, he could sort of take the place of someone who was frozen. He could see what they see, hear what they hear, and even with some difficulty, project his voice out of their throat. 

When he did this, he heard something rather concerning:

“He’s dangerous. I don’t know what his Stand does, but I know he’s dangerous.”

“See you at school, Mr. Zeppeli.”

“Shit.”

~~~

「Hotel California」

Long-Ranged Stand

Stats:

Power: C

Speed: A

Range: A (1km)

Stamina: C

Precision: B

Potential: D

~~~

Streets of Venice
Near Master’s Academy
Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Travellers Who Rest

“Uh huh, yeah, a kid named…”

“Haf Horse.” 

“Haf Horse. Yeah, that’s the guy. Can you get on that? Thanks.” Viale hung up the phone. “Esposito said that he’s gonna go get the guy.”

Vuoto smiled and responded, “That’s great.”

Viale nodded. They’d walked back from the hospital. It was a pretty long walk. During the walk, he noticed Sana’s persistent silence. It was odd. She was usually rather quiet, but this, Viale noted, was out of character for the redhead. Viale fancied himself quite adept at reading people's emotions. It’s how he knew something was up when Zeppeli called him to his office. Sana’s face, however, gave nothing away. 

The group passed Hotel Montalvo, and bid farewell to Beneficci.

“Thanks for your help.”

“Call me if you need any help.”

Viale turned as Beneficci waltzed inside. Viale caught Sana staring at where Beneficci once was. Knowing that the mood was delicate, Viale turned to Vuoto and whispered, “You go along. I need to talk to Sana.” Vuoto raised his eyebrow knowingly. “No, not like that.”

“Sure, Viale. Whatever you say.” Vuoto waved him off as he left.

“What was that for?” Sana finally broke her silence. 

“Privacy. We need to talk.”

“Do we?” Sana asked, seemingly agitated. “As far as I can tell, things are going great.”

“Then you can tell me what’s been going on with you, and things will be even better.”

Sana was silent as they walked, slightly slower than Vuoto so that their friend wouldn’t be able to listen in.

“Sana?”

“Yeah.”

“Can you tell-”

“I heard you the first time.”

“Okay.”

“It’s… my Stand,” she said finally, shaking her head. “I can’t…”

“It’ll come,” Viale said. “I’m sure of it.”

“I… maybe. Yeah.” She looked off to the side, and he got the impression that she was frowning. “But the rest of you…”

“We’ve had time. You…” She turned her head back towards him before he could say any more, glaring into his eyes.

“So have I,” she said. “The hotel. The hospital. I’ve had plenty of opportunity to… to…”

“Hey.” Viale got her attention. “Look on the bright side. Maybe your Stand is like Vuoto’s. Y’know, a curse, more than an ability.”

She put her hand on her hip. “What, glass-half-full?”

“Exactly.”

“Yeah, no thanks.”

The two continued walking. 

“I think you need to find your resolve.”

Sana was silent.

Once they were close enough to the school, she noticed something.

“Hey, we lost Vuoto.” 

“Hmm? Oh, I’m sure he’s fine.”

Viale’s phone buzzed.

~~~

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Bad

Haf peered down at Vuoto running away in slow-motion. Haf was intrigued; he’d had no experience with using his Stand on other Stand users before this day. It seemed that they could still be frozen, but only with significant eye contact, not just a one-off glance. He shrugged. It wasn’t as if this was a set-back – it was merely a quirk. 

Vuoto had just walked into the dorm building when Haf caught him. The principal, who Haf had known was coming through his Stand, was frozen outside his dorm room. That was how he’d learnt what effect his Stand had on other Stand users. 

Vuoto hadn’t recognised him, and he didn’t really know what Haf’s Stand’s ability was, so he hadn’t stood a chance.

Refocusing on the underclassman’s prone form, he decided he would make an example. Rossi and Giovanna had to be arriving soon, so he had to make this work properly. 

「Free Bird」 wasn’t going to let him down.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 13: Free Bird II

Summary:

Free Bird finale. I like it personally, but I think I might be biased...

Chapter Text

Master’s Academy Dorm
Entrance Hall
Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Oh please…

Honestly ,’ Haf thought, ‘ I kinda feel bad for the guy .’ 

Vuoto was trapped in his own slowed perception. To him, everything would be moving around sixteen times faster than normal, and that product was only growing through the continued eye contact between himself and Haf Horse. 

Sana and Viale are right behind me, Sana and Viale are right behind me ,’ he kept repeating in his head. 

Sure enough, Viale burst through the doors, Sana meekly following suit. Viale had his Stand out, confidently holding its hand out in front of his eyes. Sana, too, had her eyes closed. They had run from the front entrance when they’d seen a student mid-step, frozen in place.

“It’s over, Haf Horse.” Viale brought out his phone. “The principal texted me ‘eyes’ a few minutes ago. I know your Stand’s ability.”

Haf responded, “Is that so? Enlighten me.”

Viale sighed. “I hate this trope,” he whispered under his breath. Then louder, “You can freeze people. Through eye contact. You did it to Sana and the rest of the school last week.”

Haf burst out laughing, slightly scaring Viale, but he held strong. “Correct! Got it in one! As expected from a Joestar!” He wiped a metaphorical tear from his eye. “But that won’t help you now.”

“What do you mean?”

Haf rounded the slowly-moving Vuoto, though Viale could only hear it. “You already have my Stand, Viale! You al-rea-dy have the 「Free Bird」 virus~!” Haf sung, out of pitch.

Viale frowned, 「Mr. Blue Sky」 still holding its colourful hand out to block line of sight. “What are you talking about?”

Haf let out another chuckle. “What I mean is that all I need to do is activate my Stand, and you’ll be slowed down. Maybe not by much, but enough for me to do something you can’t stop .”

Viale was still. Silent. He heard things shattering from a distance away, maybe in the communal kitchen down the hall.

Haf gave a manic grin. “I’ve activated Free Bird for everyone in the school. I could do you and Sana at any time. If you’re slowed down, you won’t be able to stop me from, oh, I don’t know, stabbing some more people with the Stand arrow.”

Viale was about to step forward to punch Haf in the face, but the last comment made him halt entirely.

“T-that was you?”

Haf made an innocent face, bringing his hands together and up to the side of his head, forming a little hand-pillow. “Yes. But I’m vewy vewy sowwy.” He violently shook his head. “Please. I only used the arrow on people that attracted it. No-one died . Stop being a snowflake.”

“You gave everyone here a Stand?” Sana pitched in. “Vuoto, Fragi, Zeppeli, myself?”

“Nah, not Zeppeli. He already had one. No point in stabbing someone twice, amirite?” He continued. “But yeah, I stabbed you. And a few others, two. I bet you’ll be meeting them soon.”

“Alright, enough of these games.” Viale took a deliberate step forward, but when he lifted his leg, the world slowed down. He had half of his speed taken away. 

“Actually.” Haf was now exuding a red Stand aura. “I changed my mind.” His eyes turned to Sana, the last one fully conscious. She took a shaky step back, instantly recognising that tone. 

“You wouldn’t.” She challenged.

Haf’s eye twitched. “I already have.”

Sana’s arm fell down, her eyelids were the only thing protecting her. She assumed, because she had made eye contact with Viale recently, that she would be frozen next. 

“If you just, y’know, accept it, that’d be better for both of us.” Haf was slowly approaching her, with a certain intent. “I love as much as the next guy seeing a woman completely defenceless, and I found last time that the bitch being frozen… got old quickly.” He shrugged. “Plus, if you aren’t slowed, it’ll just go faster for you!”

“Stop talking.”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music

“Huh?”

“Stop. Talking. I’m tired of hearing you speak.” She wasn’t finished. Her eyes were now open, ready to face the Emperor’s son. She briefly cast her eyes to her volatile friends. She took a deep breath in, and took a few slow steps forward. 

Sana Rossi had found her resolve.

“You spit in the adege ‘with great power comes great responsibility’. You use your Stand as a tool for pleasure, not to help those less fortunate. I find you sickening, though I doubt you  see why.” She stared deep into Haf Horse’s eyes. “And from the limited interaction we’ve had, I’d say I’ve said enough.”

“Heh, bitch.” Haf’s eyes flared, and Sana went sluggish. “Have it your wa–”

“FORA!”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Diamond is Unbreakable

An arm shot out of Sana’s body, which was now radiating a pink aura brighter than the sun. The arm slowly grew as a head and torso phased out of Sana. Its whole body was pink and blue chequered, top-to-bottom. Its eyes were yellow, with large green pupils. The checkers flowed down into a short dress, stretching down past the knees. Its torso featured a large hollow circle, composed of the checkers as the borders – although they were squares, they formed a ring. Across its arms and legs were black-and-white stripes that separated two sides of the sequence pattern. It was topped off with a pure-pink sequin hat, with shining gemstones seemingly glued to the brim.

The Stand struck Haf in the abdomen, causing him to double over, spewing out blood onto the very arm that punched him. A swift punch to the head sent the boy flying, crashing hard into a nearby wall. The Stand flew back up to its user, whose mouth’s corners were slowly turning upwards, and placed a palm on her head. Instantly, Sana regained her speed, falling over from the shift.

The Stand hovered around the vicinity and did the same to Viale and Vuoto. Vuoto fell over like Sana, while Viale used his Stand to catch himself. He looked around in disbelief, and spotted Sana looking at him with a small smile. He knowingly returned the gesture after seeing the multicoloured individual standing behind her.

In a second, Viale was holding Haf Horse down with Mr. Blue Sky, its hands over Haf’s eyes to break any unwanted eye contact. 

“YOU FUCKING FAGS WILL PAY FOR THIS! MARK MY WORDS!”

Sana stood over him.

“What’re you gonna do?” Viale left Sana the choice.

She breathed out. “Let him go.”

Viale looked at her quizzically, before recalling Mr. Blue Sky. “You’re the boss.”

She nodded. 

“You idiot! What are you doing?!” Haf rolled around, but–

“FORA!”

In a fraction of a second, Rossi’s Stand struck Haf across the jaw, his head ringing as he spun with the momentum of the punch, sagging against the wall moments before another blow landed upon his ribs.

Haf felt bones break.

He needed eye contact, he needed–

A blink. One small, mistimed error.

“FORARARA!”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Diamond is Unbreakable 

The force of the Stand cracked the wall behind him as he was punched in the shoulder, head smacking against the wall. Haf screamed as he felt his bruised jaw strike the wall, flesh tearing in his chest.

And then, just as suddenly, he felt it leave. Flesh melded together, splits in skin seamless and unremarkable, bruises vanishing into nothingness. He blinked hard, gasping as he felt up his body.

“Wha–?”

He was cut off as Rossi stood before him, arms crossed, her eyes firmly shut.

“Give me a minute, GioGio,” she said as her Stand rematerialised behind her. 

Haf felt his blood run cold. Rossi twitched her hand, and the Stand twitched with her. There was something uncanny, inhumanly terrifying in the brief glimpse he saw of her eyes as her eyelids fluttered. Her pupils flamed, a Dark Determination had settled in, cold and intent, the gaze of a sniper staring down a target through a scope.

“I have a few… choice words to say,” she spoke as her Stand strode forward, fists clenched tight. 

Viale, knowing that he was in a danger zone, put his hand on Vuoto’s shoulder, and slowly backed away, Vuoto following suit. “We’ll uh, we’ll leave you to it.” Rossi nodded as the two boys left the room.

“Now, friend.” Sana dropped down to Haf’s level, slightly tilting her head. “What was it that you said you’d do to me?”

“U-u-u-h-h-h-h–” 

“Come on, you can do it.” Her death stare deepened. “Hmm. Maybe your jaw is still broken. Let me fix that.”

With her own fist, she right hooked his jaw, whipping his head to the left with a snap. She might’ve broken his neck with that punch, but they’ll never know, because as quick as it happened, the damage was reversed. 

“That’s better. Now, I believe you inferred you’d rape me?” She tutted. “That’s… unacceptable. For that, and the fact that you’re a repeat offender, I won’t. Hold. Back.”

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Diamond is Unbreakable 

“FORARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARA!”

He was slammed into the floor, bloodied and bruised, struggling to stay conscious. But as if the Gods wanted nothing more than his suffering, he found his injuries being healed yet again.

The Stand pummelled and pummelled, never giving the disgraced Son of the Emperor time to breathe. Sana didn’t let up. Over the constant Stand cries, Haf heard Sana shout, “This is my Stand, 「Out of the Blue」 !” 

“FORARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARA!”

She chuckled darkly. “And you never saw it coming.”

~~~

「Free Bird」

 

Bound/Shared Stand

Stats:

Power: ∅

Speed: A
Range: D (eyesight)

Stamina: ∅
Precision: A

Potential: E

~~~

Giovanna Estate
Nighttime
Naples

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Peace

“Thanks, Gioviale. Yeah, I know it’s disappointing, but these things happen. Have that SID agent have a go at Mr. Horse, why don’t you? Hmm? Rossi? Give Higashikata a call, and let her talk to him. He’ll understand. Alright. Yes, goodnight, son.”

Giorno sighed and rubbed the bridge of his nose as he hung up the phone. Yet another late-night call. He was sure Grace would understand; it was their son, after all.

He heard a knock on the door.

“Come in.”

Pannacotta Fugo popped his head in the door, still donning his cheese-like jumper. “Status?”

“They didn’t find it. Horse had it, but he gave it away a few days before Gioviale found him.”

Fugo took a deep breath in, before slamming the door behind him as he fully entered the room. “This is bullshit!”

“Calm down, Fugo.”

Fugo sat down with a huff, before shifting his eyes up at Giorno. “Sorry,” He winced. “It’s just… we’ve been dealing with this arrow for almost thirty years. We had Volpe, Pucci… and that Kars guy a few years ago.”

Giorno hummed in agreement. “I think… it’s time we destroy the Beetle-shaped arrow.”

Fugo raised an eyebrow. “How do you suggest we do that? Kujo already tried that years ago, but it just split into more pieces.”

“I believe one of Higashikata’s friends could help.” 

“Nijimura? Yeah, he could do it, if he didn’t fuck up every time he uses his Stand.”

“Josuke vouches for him, so I’ll trust him.”

Giorno turned his head to the calendar next to his laptop. “Fugo,” he addressed, “Ready the jet. It’s… that time of year again.”

~~~

Apollo Clinic
Venice
Evening

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Bad

The flame in Sana’s eyes had completely extinguished. She was now feeling the backlash of shattering someone’s bones over and over again with what were essentially her bare fists. She was currently at the Speedwagon Foundation’s Apollo Clinic near the city centre. Beneficci urged her to get checked up, as well as Haf, as her Stand ability wasn’t fully understood. 

It seemed like she could heal anything that she caused herself, but otherwise only if the things that caused the damage were no longer a danger could she heal the damage. For example, if someone was stabbed, she wouldn’t be able to heal the wound until either the knife was gone, or the perpetrator was taken out.

Beneficci came out of the room where they were keeping Haf Horse – sunglasses were required, although he himself had a permanent pair of goggles he couldn’t remove without alerting the SID. Even then they were practically fused to his face.

“He’s a babbler,” Gatrice declared. “He said he’d tell me everything if he didn’t see…” She discreetly nodded towards Sana.

Viale spoke up. “So what does he know?”

Gatrice yet again tried to flip open her notebook, but it caught on her trenchcoat and slipped out of her hands. Luckily, 「Hotel California」 was ready to catch it with its beak. She retrieved it from her Stand, and cleared her throat. “He doesn’t know where the arrow is. Hid it behind a dumpster last night after he received a text from a blocked number. We couldn’t track the number. A burner.”

“What’s a burner?” Vuoto asked.

“Dunno. Anyway, he told me he made a total of nine Stand users, including you two,” she looked between Vuoto and Sana, “...Mr. Fragi Vole, and this Matito guy Vuoto told me about.”

Vuoto frowned and put his hand on his chin. “So, that leaves… five, unaccounted for.”

Viale stood up, staring into nothing. “Then I guess we’ve got our work cut out for us.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 14: Interlude II

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Beaches of Sardinia
Evening

𝅘𝅥𝅮  - A Dream

Over the many, many years since Giorno Giovanna first visited Sardinia, he’d noticed that not much about the place actually changed. The beaches were always the same, the flowers were always in full bloom, and the children were always playing outside. 

Some years ago, in 2002, the Don of Passione erected a cemetery on one of the beaches. The rocks from the surrounding sands decorated the since-furnished beach. Giorno had personally made sure that the construction was done properly, even moving headstones himself on a few occasions.

This year, he was back again. From his privately owned airstrip, he, Fugo, Mista, and his wife Grace didn’t make a single sound on the drive over. The residents of Sardinia knew about his yearly visits, and found them fairly odd. “What would a mafia boss be doing here?” they would ask. “Is he here for trouble?”

What no-one would expect was that they were here for the opposite: they were here only for peace.

The car rolled to a stop next to the stairs of the mafia-funded cemetery. Grace waited in the car, while Fugo opened the trunk and got out a large briefcase.

Giorno, Fugo, and Mista entered the cemetery in single file, respectfully greeting the groundskeeper, who had long since grown accustomed to the yearly visits.

Inside, they spotted a pink–haired individual solemnly reading a headstone. Trish Una, who was taking a break from her tour. 

The three approached her, and wordlessly exchanged greetings. Giorno turned to the grave Trish was reading. There were three in a row.

 

Leone Abbacchio

25/03/1980 – 19/04/2001

‘To be remembered.’

 

Bruno Bucciarati

27/09/1980 – 19/04/2001

‘To remain together.’

 

Narancia Ghirga

20/05/1983 – 19/04/2001

‘To fly high.’

 

Giorno turned to Mista and nodded. 

Mista summoned 「Sex Pistols」 , all six of whom hovered over to Fugo, who had set the large briefcase down, and opened it. 

Number 1 and Number 2 grabbed a hold of a wine bottle, the most valuable Giorno could find of Leone’s favourite, and took it over to Abbacchio’s headstone.

Number 3 and Number 5 found a pot of soil with a white daffodil planted in it, and lifted it to Narancia’s grave.

Number 6 and 7 hoisted a pair of zippers and laid them on Bruno’s resting place.

The Pistols returned to Mista and sat down on his shoulders. They all understood the significance of the situation, and there was no bickering, no teasing at all coming from any of them. A rare sight for the Stand.

Finally, Giorno picked up the red wine on Abbacchio’s grave, opened it, and poured it out on all three graves. 

Once the bottle was emptied, Giorno returned it to Abbacchio. 

The four remaining friends fell back in line, closed their eyes, and said ‘hello’ to their fallen comrades. 

The future forecasted blue skies.

~~~

Local Park
Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Link

Viale was moving on autopilot. He had been for two days now, ever since Sana… did that . School was a blur, Vuoto tried to talk to him a few times in vain, and he’d had the conversation with his father. No matter what Viale tried, his thoughts would stray back to the incident without fail.

He had somehow made it to the park around the corner from school. It was a common meeting place for students for various activities, Viale’d found. Mostly to vape and smoke. 

Right now Viale had no idea what he was doing with his after school time. He could be doing homework (Stand homework that Polnareff set), or hanging out with friends. But instead, he was wasting his time wandering around. 

Viale was about to return to school when he noticed a glimmer of auburn hair up on the hill. Sana was sitting on top of the tall hill, arms around her knees, holding them close to her chest.

Viale sighed. He knew what he had to do. 

He stumbled up the hill, making the whole thing difficult for himself as he scaled the sheer side of the cliff rather than taking the stairs on the other side of the mound. 

Sana had noticed him by that point, incredulously wondering what the hell Viale was doing.

Viale finally made it up the steep incline, doubled over, huffing and puffing. “‘Sup?” he asked.

Sana was perplexed. “You know there are stairs, right?”

He had not. “Of course.” 

She rolled her eyes.

“This is quite the sight.” He looked around from atop the hill. He pointed off into the distance. “You can see the ocean from here.”

“Yeah…”

Viale sighed. “You know why I’m here, though.” He sat down next to her, mirroring her position, but resting his arms on his legs instead of around them. When he thought back, Viale could still see the wall, plaster caved in, blood splattered along the edges of the broken material. He waved those thoughts away. “Are you okay?”

“No.” She said it without pause, barely a second between hearing the question and speaking the word. “I’m not.”

Viale sighed, gently raising a hand to massage his temples. It had been a stupid question. “Sorry.”

“Don’t be.” The words were spoken with bitterness, with a dangerous slant of tone that cut through the space between them like a knife. “You didn’t do anything wrong.”

He couldn’t help but wonder if there was a double meaning to that.

“Neither did you.” 

Sana glared to her left, staring Viale in the eyes, disbelieving. “I tortured him! I– I committed a war crime ! Seriously! I looked it up!” She shot up. “I broke the Geneva Convention ! What do you mean ‘neither did you’? Yes I did! I should be tried in court!”

Her eyes were closed, trying to stop her tears from falling. She didn’t notice Viale getting up.

She felt his arms wrap around her. Her breath hitched. If she was crying before, she was sobbing then, as she leaned into Viale. Viale held her, trying his best to comfort his torn friend.

“You–” he made sure that she could hear him, “You… can do so much good. With or without your Stand. Remember that you’re still a good person . Haf Horse… he was scum. He hurt people. The way I see it, he got what was coming to him. But it came at the cost of your sacrifice, and…” He remembered what his father had suggested. “Sana, my dad’s got a friend. He’s… got a similar Stand to you, apparently, and he’s been in a similar situation, too. He asked if you’d want to talk to him.”

Sana sniffled. “I-I’d like that,” she whispered into his shirt. Viale decided to delicately pet her on the head. Sana giggled in relief. “You’re so corny.”

Viale considered this mission: complete.

~~~

「Out of the Blue」

 

Close-Ranged Stand

Stats

Power: B

Speed: B

Range: D

Stamina: A

Precision: A

Potential: B

~~~

 

Yongen-Jaya
Tokyo
Late Afternoon

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - A Fate that Still Remains

Yongen-Jaya was often considered quiet. Homely. That’s why Josuke liked it. It reminded him of home. Sure, he’d left Morioh in good hands, with Okuyasu, Yuya, Koichi, and Yukako, but Josuke couldn’t help but worry. It was the town he’d sworn to protect in honour of his grandfather. However, the intrusive skyscrapers of Tokyo weren’t very prominent in Yongen. That, and Shizuka’s best friend lived nearby, and any friend of Shizuka’s was a friend of his. He was almost at the apartment when he got a text from Viale.

Viale Giovanna

Sana’s agreed to call

Be cautious, I’ve only just gotten her to calm down

Josuke sent back a ‘Ready in 5’ text as he entered the PIN for his apartment. 

He’d been thinking about this conversation for a while now. ‘Well, that’s not entirely true. It only happened yesterday,’ he thought. But the topic had really been on his mind since the bizarre summer of ‘99. Was it really alright for Josuke to pass judgement on Terunosuke Miyamoto? Sure, Angelo deserved his fate, but he wasn’t sure about the Enigma. From what Josuke heard, Terunosuke was still a book in the Morioh library. 

He was brought out of his head when he heard his phone buzz. 

“Hello, this is Josuke Higashikata.” 

Um, hi, uhhh, don’t you speak Italian? ” Josuke heard. 

“Oh, yeah, right. Italian, not English. Sorry, Viale, I didn’t read the caller ID. Have you got Ms. Rossi there?”

Yeah, I’ll pass you over.

Josuke heard a faint ‘do I have to?’ before some shuffling.

~~~

Viale’s Dorm Room
Same Time

“H-hi?”

Hi, is this Rossi-san? ” His voice sounded warm, sort of like the voice of an old friend. She took a deep breath, failing to steel herself.

“Yeah. Uh, Viale told me… that you know about…”

Yeah, I do. Don’t worry, when Viale said that you’re not to blame, he was right. ” Sana was surprised by how much Viale had told him. “ Oh yeah, Viale’s my cousin, by the way .” That explained it. “ Well– first cousin, once removed– it’s complicated, but we’re family, okay?

“Yeah...” Sana took a moment to think. “C-can you tell me… what you did? I-I just wanna know… if you really were in, y’know, a similar situation.”

She heard Josuke chuckle at the other end of the line. “ Man, what haven’t I done? That’s not some weird flex, by the way. Stand business can get… pretty bizarre, sometimes.

“That’s a word for it.”

Josuke paused. “ So, do you want to hear the most gruesome, or the least, first?

“U-uh, least?” She was unsure. She did not expect this guy that sounded like a childhood friend to have a list of all of the horrible things he’d done.

Right, well, my Stand, 「Crazy Diamond」 , can essentially restore anything, living or no, to a previous state. Like if there was a broken table, I could fix it, but I could also turn it back into a tree stump. You get me?

Sana nodded, but then realised it was a phone call, so said, “yeah.”

But I can also incorrectly fix something. With the table from earlier, I could make one of the legs twisted ninety degrees. So, this one time, this dickhead was riding around town, destroying stuff, so I… uh… snapped his knees and reset them to be backwards.

Sana had a thought. ‘Hold on, that was the least gruesome?’

This other time, I fused a guy into a book.

“Yeah, you’ve proved your point.”

I haven’t even got to Angelo, yet. ” Josuke sighed. “ Look. From what Viale’s told me, this guy you fought… was a pretty bad dude. ” He paused. “ Wait, was his last name ‘Horse’?

Sana raised an eyebrow. “Yeah?”

No way. Just a sec, let me get out my laptop. I think Beneficci made a profile on him .”

Sana waited impatiently, kind of annoyed that Josuke was making this about the guy she was stressing about. 

Ha… No way.

“What? What is it?”

His father… is Hol Horse.” Sana heard a chair creak. He’d probably leaned back. “I went to his funeral a few years back. He was an old friend. He helped me fight a Stand user back in ‘98.” Josuke paused. “Hey, I have a question for you. You might need to remember the fight, though.

“Hit me.”

When you were beating him up, what did you feel?

What did she feel? She felt herself leave. She felt her humanity ebb away. “I– fire. Bloodlust. I felt… absent.”

Hmm. I thought so. There’s this thing that happens to Stand users in times of stress. Apparently I had it when I turned Angelo into a rock. That’s what Jotaro said, anyway. You really can’t blame yourself. That’s just a side-effect of being a Stand user – it’s unavoidable. Having these powers isn’t all sunshine and rainbows.

Sana gave a small smile. “Thanks, Mr. Higashikata. I think I understand.”

No problem, Rossi-san. Call me anytime. Not business hours, though. And not on school nights. ” 

“God, you’re just as corny as Viale.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

'Sup? I'm gonna stop putting in any musical queues in this chapter because I discovered that the 𝅘𝅥𝅮 symbol doesn't work on FF.net, which i've been crossposting on. Let me know if you'd like to see future chapters soundtrack'd, because I won't bother if you guys don't want it.

Chapter 15: Sweet Child o' Mine

Summary:

The answer to "was carne trying to bullshit diavolo"

Chapter Text

Venice Royal Hospital
Midday

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music

“Are you sure it’s alright that you’re here?”

“No one can see me, so it’s fine.”

Vuoto was helping Fragi return to school. This involved Vuoto infiltrating the hospital again. It was much easier the second time around, not having to take three other people with him. 

Fragi was still adjusting to the Stand user lifestyle. Vuoto had told him over text about what he’d learned about Stands and their intricacies. Apparently, he had what was called a ‘Bound Stand’, as in, it was bound to his person, and couldn’t be actively summoned. 

From his previous experiences, he’d discovered that his Stand was the ultimate suicide-prevention Stand. He could practically heal Deadpool-style from any wound he intentionally inflicted on himself. And even then, apparently Sana Rossi, the aloof subject of many people's ambitions, had a Stand that could heal people, with some limitations. Basically, if Fragi said “I meant to let that happen”, he could survive anything. Not that it wouldn’t still hurt. 

He’d named his Stand 「Stayin’ Alive」 .

The move out of the hospital was a difficult change. Fragi had a bit of atrophy from his stay. Vuoto was honestly just surprised that it took a week-and-a-half for Fragi to get out of the hospital. It was only a stab wound. Usually that was just a checkup and a night at the hospital. 

Vuoto was almost done packing Fragi’s bits-and-bobs that he’d accumulated from his tenure, when he remembered that Zeppeli was in the next room over, still recovering from the brutal beating Viale had given him. Apparently Viale had broken multiple of Zeppeli’s bones during his beatdown. Vuoto decided to say “hello” to the former enemy. 

He peeked his head through the curtain to see Zeppeli already staring at him. “Vuoto.”

“M-Mr. Zeppeli.” Vuoto was caught off-guard by the man knowing he was going to talk to him.

“What can I do for you?”

“R-right, uhh, I just wanted to say ‘hi’.” Zeppeli continued staring at Vuoto. “So, uh, hi.”

As Vuoto went to retreat, Zeppeli called out, “I don’t bite.” Vuoto re-entered the space. “My reservations lie only with the Joestars.”

“Why?” Vuoto questioned.

Zeppeli quirked an eyebrow. “Come again?” 

“Why do you hate them so much?” Zeppeli was about to speak again, but Vuoto beat him to it. “From what Viale has told me, he didn’t know his entire dad’s side of his family, and you knew that. You had to explain to him why you were having a fit. Doesn’t that seem a bit, you know, rash?”

He continued, “And even then, we talked to Joseph Joestar’s son, Josuke, and he said that Joseph had always regretted not saving your relative. Why don’t you leave what happened in the past in the past? It was literally ninety years ago. Get over it.” 

Before Zeppeli could instinctually retort, Vuoto heard that Fragi had opened the door, and turned away, leaving Zeppeli shocked. He had much to think about.

~~~

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music

Vuoto decided to take a more direct route from the hospital this time. For some reason, no one Vuoto knew had a car, so they had to either wait an hour for a bus, or walk back to the dorms. They chose the latter, despite Vuoto still being wounded. 

This meant that they passed by Vuoto’s least favourite place in the city: the cemetery. He hated the cemetery. It wasn’t just this one, too. He hated all cemeteries. He had plenty of respect for the dead, but he didn’t like being reminded of it. Plus it didn’t help that he had necrophobia.

For Fragi, though, he faced his irrational fear, and marched on through.

“What’s with that look on your face? You know ghosts aren’t real, right?”

Vuoto’s face was scrunched up, nose upturned, eyes slammed shut, all, “to keep out the death”, whatever that meant. “Can we just keep moving? I don’t like this place.”

Fragi snorted. “Sure, buddy, sure–” 

He was cut off by the sounds of sniffling. Fragi turned the corner around the cemetery wall to see a boy, a young boy. He had tears running down his porcelain face, obscured by his rainbow propeller hat. 

“Hey, kid, what’s wrong?” Fragi knelt down to his level, ignoring the aching from his back. 

“D-D-Dad… he’s gone!” the boy responded.

Fragi grew more concerned. ‘This boy’s father is gone?’ “Where did you see him last?”

The boy sniffled, and pointed at the wall surrounding the cemetery.

“Ohhh no no,” Vuoto declined, “I am not going in there. Not a chance.”

“C’mon, Vuoto. The poor boy lost his dad.”

“M-my name’s Dolce.”

Vuoto looked like he was fighting himself. Finally, after making a multitude of odd noises, he relented. “F-fine, but make it quick! But just so you know, I don’t like this.”

Fragi nodded, and turned back to the sniffling boy. “What’s your dad’s name, young man?”

The boy held onto his red-accented white shirt. “His name’s Gelato.”

~~~

Many, many years ago
Venice

𝅘𝅥𝅮  - Wonder

“Oh, mi Dio, Dolce. Stop. Crying.” Dolce was sitting in the back seat, bawling. “Please!”

“Why do we have to go to away?!” 

“I told you, the boss is trying to kill us!”

“Yeah but why do I have to come?”

“Because you literally can’t last five minutes without me! And I can’t let you get hurt.”

This only made Dolce cry harder.

Gelato sighed. “Look.” The car slowed at a red light. Across the street, Gelato saw his salvation. A gelato stand. “Will you stop crying if I get you ice-cream?”

Dolce instantly quietened. Gelato saw his smile in the rear-view mirror, and groaned.

~~~

Inside the Graveyard

“Alright Dolce, can you see him?” The boy’d taken to holding Fragi’s hand, which Fragi found very cute. They were at the entrance of the yard, Vuoto deciding to “keep lookout”. For what, Fragi had no idea.

“Mmh-mmh,” Dolce shook his head. “But he’s here.”

“Maybe he’s looking at a grave. Let’s look around more.” They trotted along, Fragi trying to keep a slow speed so Dolce’s little feet could keep up. “So, who is your dad visiting, do you know?”

“No, he just took me here without saying anything.” Dolce’s head turned down slightly. Fragi noticed this, and decided to change the subject. Obviously, Dolce and his father didn’t seem to get on well.

“Do you like ice-cream, Dolce?” His mouth instantly turned into a smile, and he nodded vigorously. “It’s pretty hot today. Have you had some?”

“No… I haven’t had ice-cream in a while…”

“What’s your favourite flavour?”

Dolce hummed as they turned into another aisle. “I like strawberry flavour!” he declared.

“Really? No way, that’s my favourite, too!”

Dolce’s eyes widened as he beamed. Without his hat blocking the sun, Fragi now saw that his skin was rather shiny. Very shiny. Almost plastic-like. “Hey Mr. Fragi, do you go to school?”

Fragi puffed out his chest. “Of course! I go to school all of the time! I live at school!”

Dolce gawked. “No way. I really want to go to school!”

Fragi deflated and curled an eyebrow. “You don’t go to school? Why not?”

“Dad doesn’t let me. He says stuff like “you’re too good for school”. I don’t think so, though.” His cap cast shade over his eyes.

“Aww, c’mon, little guy. I’m sure you’d fit in fine at school–” He was cut off by his phone ringing. It, oddly, was Vuoto. Fragi stopped and turned around to see Vuoto still standing at the entrance, glaring at him and pointing at his phone. “What’s that?”

“Uh, a phone.” He answered the call. “What do you want?”

Ask the kid if he can see me.

Puzzled, he lowered his phone. “Hey, Dolce, can you see my friend over there?”

Dolce looked over to where Fragi was pointing, but there was no recognition.

“No, he can’t, Vuoto. Yeah, I’ll be alright. Bye.” He hung up. “C’mon, let’s find your dad.”

Suddenly, Dolce gasped. “There he is!” Fragi looked around, scanning the direction the boy was pointing in, but he only found more graves. Dolce let go of Fragi’s hand and began running towards one plot that had two spaces filled. “Dad!”

Fragi took a second to consider, but ran after Dolce, despite the danger that being around a Stand user presented. 

Turns out, the child was quite the runner. He stopped at the end of the row – next to the double-plot. Fragi came to a slow stop next to the boy. “What’re you…” he trailed off. In front of him were two headstones. They read:

 

Sorbet Neve

1981 – 2001

 

Gelato Neve

1978 – 2001


𝅘𝅥𝅮  - Nervous

Gelato… wait, that’s…!

“Hi dad!”

He turned to the child. ‘ How? This guy died twenty-seven years ago? How is this his kid?

“Hey, uh, Dolce. Are you sure this is your pops?”

“Mmh-hmm!” He nodded in confirmation.

“This… this guy’s been dead for twenty-seven years, kid. There’s no way.”

“He is, I swear! That’s my dad and his brother!”

“Which one, uh, is your dad?”

“He’s Gelato!” Dolce’s eyes widened for a brief moment, but turned downtrodden. “It’s… it’s been really hard without dad. He always– he always knew how to cheer me up.”

Fragi realised something. ‘ This poor kid… he hasn’t had a family in twenty-seven years… but there’s definitely something off about him.

“Hey, kid,” Fragi started, “Do… Do you want to come back to school with us?”

~~~

Master’s Academy
Afternoon

“This is the kid?” Viale was speaking in hushed tones to Vuoto. Vuoto had called ahead, trailing behind Fragi and Dolce (they’d gotten ice cream). “Are you sure he’s a Stand user?”

Vuoto nodded. “He’s smart. Much too smart for a ten-year-old.” He then did a once-over of Viale. “Hey, are your clothes alright? You look a bit… burnt.”

He was. His school uniform, a plain white dress shirt, blue-cyan striped tie, and a similarly coloured blazer that he was hoisting over his shoulder, was practically in tatters. Singed marks were splayed around, and even the Gucci plain-white shirt he’d recently bought was missing a sleeve. 

“Feeling crisp, thanks. I’ll tell you later.”

“Okay then.”

“Do you know any good burn relief stuff I can use?”

“Huh? What? No.”

“Don’t worry then.” 

Fragi got down on one knee in front of the doll-like child. Viale flanked his left. “Alright, Dolce, this is my friend. His name’s Viale. He’s gonna ask you some questions.”

He flashed his signature smirk. “I’m Viale Giovanna. Nice to meet you–”

“Giovanna?” Dolce interrupted, “Like, Giorno Giovanna?”

Viale frowned and tilted his head. “He’s my father.” He responded cautiously. 

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - Squad

Dolce’s eyes flared as his innocent grin faded from his cheeks. He dropped his ice-cream, which he somehow hadn’t finished on the walk back to school, and clenched his open hand. A sepia aura began spewing out of Dolce’s body, the same colour filled his pupils. Viale noticed this change in body language and began to slowly back away. 

“Bring out your Stand.”

Suddenly, what looked to be a miniature hippopotamus jumped up next to Viale. Viale threw his hand out in front of his body, causing the aggressive hippo to chomp down on his arm. 

After a cry of pain, Viale summoned 「Mr. Blue Sky」 .

MORA!

The Stand karate-chopped the mammal, the force tearing the supposed Stand apart. Realising his mistake, he looked over to see the child’s rather imposing form standing there as if nothing happened.

What? Doesn’t damaging the Stand damage the user? ’ Viale thought.

Fragi had taken cover. He reasoned that he was no use in a real Stand fight. “We’ll just leave this to Viale,” he reasoned. 

Meanwhile, Viale was reeling. Many more plastic hippos had appeared, and Mr. Blue Sky could only keep up for so long, especially after the prior events of the day. 

Viale flinched and stumbled forward as a frisbee hit him from behind his head. He was so preoccupied with the Stand that he had no idea what its ability was. The frisbee, defying all physics and acting like a boomerang, returned to Dolce’s open hand. He seemed quite adept at wielding the plastic weapon.

Vuoto was thinking hard in the backline. He knew, thanks to Fragi, that 「Coldplay」 had its intended effect on Dolce, which was confusing, as he obviously had a Stand…

Why would a Stand user not be able to see me? ’ Vuoto had a limited amount of time to figure this mystery out, as Viale seemed to be on his back leg, and was now being assaulted by LEGO Millennium Falcons and TIE Fighters. ‘ It can’t be one of those Colony Stands, as it’s a bunch of different things! Different… toys…

Vuoto’s eyes lit up. He shouted from behind the corner he was hiding behind. “Viale! The Stand is just a bunch of toys!”

Viale’s eyes widened as he recognised what Vuoto was saying. “Thanks, but let’s hope it doesn’t turn into those other toys!”

“This is not the time for those kinds of jokes, Viale!” Vuoto admonished. His thoughts turned to his own Stand. ‘ Now, why can’t he see me? That’s the million-Euro question.

“Time’s up, Giovanna!” Dolce announced, “You’re done!”

To Viale’s immediate confusion, all of the toys attacking him disappeared. In their place, a Jenga Tower the height of the dorm building rose from the ground, with wooden blocks the size of cars. Vuoto estimated that one of those dropping on a person would kill them without discrimination.

He’s gonna topple the whole thing onto Viale! ’ Vuoto sprang out of his hiding place, sprinting towards the child. ‘ It’s just a kid! I can overpower a kid! Especially when he can’t see me.

“Goodbye.” Dolce flicked his hand, bringing with it the base block facing Viale. He quickly realised what was up, and braced for the worst. At the same time, Vuoto spear-tackled Dolce–

–and fell right through him!

“He’s a Stand! Dolce is the Stand!” Vuoto called out. Understanding flashed across Viale’s face before…

BOOM! CRASH!

The tower crumbled, taking Viale with it. Dolce carelessly wandered over to where Viale made his last stand, next to the game of Jenga. Vuoto was in shock, still sprawled out on the ground after eating dirt. “No… no way…”

Fragi popped his head out of the bush, clearly confused as to what had happened. 

Dolce spoke up. “Hmph. He wasn’t worthy of Passione. Just like I thought.”

“Guess it’s a good thing I’m not in Passione.”

“MORA!”

A technicolour fist shot out from the nearest block, clocking Dolce in the cheek. Being an actual child, the force flung him back a few paces. His demeanour instantly changed as he started sniffling. 

“How?”

“Simple.” Viale fully emerged from a ‘1 Euro’ coin that had been in Viale’s pocket. “I used my Stand, Mr. Blue Sky, to hide in this coin, and save myself from the impact.” He rolled his shoulders and craned his neck. “But I did feel a bit of the fall, if that makes you feel any better. Now…”

Mr. Blue Sky floated out of Viale’s person. He jumped down from the block he had hidden in and slowly made his way to the runt. 

“Why don’t you tell me…” the Stand cracked its knuckles, “...who you really are?”

“My name is 「Sweet Child O’ Mine」 , at least, that’s what Dad called me at first…” Dolce sputtered, “a-and he told me to ‘test Giovanna’ before he died, so I-I was just doing what I was told!” he cried.

~~~

Diavolo’s Mansion
Late Night
Venice
2001

Alright, Dolce, get in there,” Gelato whispered. The boy-like Stand obliged, and slipped through the wall. Even though he was sentient and acted like an eight-year-old, he was still a Stand, and could act like one. He could float, he could phase through walls, he was invisible to non-Stand users, and he had a massive range. This made him amazing for infiltration and reconnaissance. 

Personally, Gelato didn’t like using his surrogate son this way, but Dolce was all for it, so he yielded, and let La Squadra bring him on missions with them. 

Right now, he and his brother, Sorbet, were spying on the elusive Boss of Passione. They had figured out his identity, but couldn’t contact the rest of their team to relay the information as Passione was watching all forms of communication.

Little did Diavolo know, there were two intruders on his property. They had heard of the unstoppable nature of Diavolo’s Stand, but decided that they were too far in to back off. 

Luckily Sorbet’s Stand was more than capable of handling King Crimson’s wrath. Unlike his brother, it was a close-ranged Stand, named 「Nightrain」 . It was about as strong as a train, that whenever summoned, would always appear where the target least expected it, and ram them. Unfortunately it wasn’t as big as a train, only the front carriage ever appeared. This lent it very well to assassination.

After looking through Dolce’s eyes to see where he was up to, Gelato signalled to his brother who was across the hall to–

~~~

「Sweet Child O’ Mine」

Automatic Stand

Stats:

Power:

Speed: C

Range: A

Stamina: C

Precision: B

Potential: D

 

( = depends on summon)

 

~~~

𝅘𝅥𝅮  - Fierce Fight

“Dad? Dad, where are you?” Dolce frantically ran through the hallways, making wrong turns and hitting dead ends. “Are you hurt? I felt something, but I didn’t–” 

He rounded one last corner, before– 

“「King Crimson」!”

A man was standing behind him. He knew he had experienced a Stand ability; he just knew. But at this moment, he had to attack. He threw out his hand behind him. Not having enough time to prepare said attack, he could only muster a Jack-in-a-Box into existence. Not that it mattered, as a red-and-white chequered leg crushed it as soon as it landed on the ground.

“A child?” The man muttered. Dolce felt strong hands roughly grip his head. “No… a Stand…! How interesting.” 

The man’s Stand abruptly let go. “It seems like Carne wasn’t spouting nonsense about post-mortem Stands… very well.”

The man’s laughter echoed through the halls as Dolce ran.

~~~

“...and he never came back.”

Viale hesitated walking over to the boy. The new insight into the Stand was concerning – learning that there was a powerful Stand-user out there that easily bested two hitmen. 

“What happened next? Did the man… you know, do anything to you?”

Dolce chuckled and gave a sad smile. “He tried, but I escaped pretty easily. I’m not some pushover, you know.”

Vuoto tapped Viale on the shoulder. He and Fragi had been a safe distance away during Dolce’s story, but Vuoto had a pressing matter.

“Do you live somewhere?” he asked. It was a fair question. For someone who looked like a child, he mustn't have had a permanent residence. 

“I usually just hang around here. But… maybe I should be staying closer to the school. The only problem with that is that I’ll still be on the streets.”

“You know what, Dolce.” Viale dropped down to his height. “I think we have a place for you to stay.”

~~~

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - No Music

“So then I said ‘Your panties are showing’ in sign language, and Kakyoin knew exactly what that meant, even though we sign in different languages!”

Viale nodded sagely. Polnareff needed some companionship, and they were both ghosts, so they had a lot to talk about. It helped that Dolce was easily entertained, too.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 16: Disco Inferno

Chapter Text

Master’s Academy
Morning

The thing Fuoco Esercito hated the most about life was social standings. They rarely made sense to him. As he aggressively paced through his godforsaken school, he constantly stumbled into places and situations where he thought he’d be accepted, but was consistently refused entry. Places like the extensive library, the gym, and even most floors of the dormitory. 

There was no logic to it. No number system, no statistics. 

At age five he understood the Dewey Decimal System. At age eight he knew the first thirty digits of Pi. At age eleven he’d mastered Morse Code and Italian Sign Language. Now, age sixteen, he had nothing to show for it. Sure, he’d won many awards over the years, and he’d been placed highly in IQ tests – the same helped him get into Master’s Academy. But none of that mattered in the face of the hardest challenge of them all: the fight for popularity. 

He’d long wanted to perfect his schooling career. He was intelligent, he was great at sports… all things that would typically assist in becoming ‘popular’, yet there he was. Alone and forsaken. 

Esercito was walking down the hall, doing his own thing, when he brushed past him . Gioviale, goddamn, Giovanna. 

The man was the bane of Esercito’s existence, and he didn’t even know who Esercito was! He was effortlessly popular, becoming friends with Sana Rossi — a feat known for being practically impossible — in the first two days of being at Master’s! Fuoco figured he’d bought her off. He’d learned about the Giovanna family shortly after Viale arrived. The books didn’t lie; his family was filthy rich off mob activity. His father had been the Don of Passione for long enough to where just about everyone in Italy knew what he was. He’s probably a drug trafficker, Fuoco thought. He’s got that Passione money.  

But lucky for Fuoco, he had recently been hit with a certain arrow, and well, let’s just say that this new development had changed some things. 

~~~

Viale fancied himself a forgiving man. He forgave Polneraff for shooting him without warning, he forgave Zeppeli for attacking him without warning, and he forgave himself for constantly being attacked… without warning. There was one person he did not forgive, however, and that person was standing right in front of him, stunned in the middle of some random hall.

Amicio Nemico was doubled-over, out of breath, heaving his lungs out in front of Viale. Viale was only trying to get to his next class, but of course, the life of a Stand user got in the way and took precedence.

The black-haired dunce caught his breath and attempted to speak once again.

“There’s a Stand! Out on the grounds!” he hastily described. “It’s like… a tiny fire guy…”

“‘A tiny fire guy’?” Viale raised an eyebrow. “You gotta be more descriptive than that.”

Amicio described how the Stand was like one of those toy soldiers he had as a kid, but on fire and without the guns. Viale didn’t have many toys as a kid, but recalled the appearance of said toys from a movie he watched in which they were characters. With a better understanding, Viale merely brushed off the desperate man.

“I don’t know why I should help you after what you did to me,” he plainly stated, “Besides, who knows if this Stand is even causing trouble.”

“But Viale, buddy,” Amicio begged, “I can’t fight him! I could only make one Stand, and it just burned right away! I had to run away to avoid breathing the fumes in.”

“So why should I help you?” Viale turned heel to face his nemesis, and stared him down. Amicio shrank into himself in response. “Because as far as I know, you’re still working for someone to try to get my arrow – which you stole, by the way.”

Amicio groaned. “I’m not trying to get your arrow… again. There’s a legitimate threat to the school running around!”

Viale sort-of-laughed. ‘ Yeah, sure. ’ “Okay then. Where is he?”

They set off to the pool area.

~~~

Esercito paced around, waiting for Giovanna to show up. He was getting impatient. He’d sent Amicio to go get him, and to make it sound believable. “ He should be here by now!

As if on queue, the boiler room door flung open just on queue. Light was spilling into the dark, dank room behind Viale. The blond stood there, in some kind of pose in the doorway (Fuoco was certain he’d seen that same pose in some magazine). Fuoco could see Amicio hiding behind the blond. 

“Finally, you decided to show up, huh?” Fuoco taunted. 

“Yeah, I thought if you were gonna break some shit, I should be here to watch, y’know?” Viale was lying. He only wanted to see if Amicio’s claims had merit. It was obviously a trap – he didn’t trust Amicio one bit – but he thought if he could handle Amicio once, he could handle this clown. “It’s good entertainment.”

This set something off in Esercito – he decided that talk was a waste of time. In an instant, Fuoco dragged the phosphorus across the rough surface of his matchbox that he’d been carrying in his hand, obscured to Viale’s eyes. From the flame that danced around the matchstick, a faint battle cry was produced. Amongst the various other sounds that came from the room, however, it was silent on Viale’s ears. 

Viale watched the match silently. He’d learned by now that some Stands had odd activation requirements. Polnareff had told him of one that required the user to win a game of poker to activate the ability, so he knew to be wary. His hesitance proved fruitful, as from the match spawned an inch-high, seemingly sentient ball of fire. To Viale’s confusion, the fire moulded itself into something resembling a human. 

“Aww,” Viale cooed, feeling cocky, “it’s a little fire guy! Is this what you were talking about, Amicio?” Not hearing a response, Viale turned around to see Amicio had fled. He wasn’t surprised.

“Hey! My Stand, 「Disco Inferno」 , is not a “little guy”, it’s a very strong Stand!” Fuoco was beyond offended at this point. First, he came to this school and swooped up all of the ladies~ , then he insulted Fuoco’s very strong, very cool Stand! How dare he! “You’ll pay for that comment, Giovanna!” 

As Fuoco focused, more and more Infernos stepped out of the flame between his fingers. As Viale realised that it was another colony type Stand, he mentally admonished himself. Dozens and dozens piled on top of each other, more falling on top of each other in a massive miniature dogpile.

Before Viale knew it, he was being chased out of the room by around two hundred bite-sized fire Stands, who were all coughing up their own miniature fireballs and flinging them at him. He just barely managed to make it out of the pool area when he spotted Amicio, a safe distance away, just watching Viale get pummelled from behind. 

Viale didn’t have time to think about that, though. He decided it was time to fight back. “ 「Mr. Blue Sky」! ” He dove into the cement that lined the oval. Unfortunately, as Viale soon discovered, the ‘I get hurt when the surface is damaged’ weakness of his Stand extended to singe marks on the cement. He quickly found himself getting burned from his hiding place. Viale quickly ejected himself from the slab. He took a small amount of time to attempt to punch the little Stands, but quickly gave up as it would be a fool’s errand to try to defeat so many small targets. 

Meanwhile, in the boiler room, Fuoco was exerting himself more than he expected. His Stand required more brain power and focus the more Stands he created. He had an upper limit of six hundred and sixty-six Stands that he could produce; the implications that number presented were lost on Fuoco. It turns out that Amicio was merely around the corner while Disco Inferno chased Viale out. With his job seemingly done, he entered back into the room to ask Fuoco a question.

“Is- uh… is that all you need me for?” He asked meekly. Fuoco was on the ground in a meditative position, eyes glued to the match that was still burning on the ground in front of him. There was a constant stream of Infernos coming from the flame and sprinting out the door. He was sending them to aid in the defeat of Viale. 

“No, actually,” the seated boy said, “I need you to stay right… there…” 

As he trailed off, Amicio noticed the line of Stands marching out the door had split, and now there were a few Infernos aimed towards him. 

~~~

Viale had a problem.

Scratch that, he had hundreds of problems.

And they were all climbing up him, fast. Somehow, Viale had found himself cornered almost two-hundred metres away from the user, just near the north-east corner of the school. ‘ How big is this guy’s range? ’ Viale thought. The pain was immense, but Viale fancied himself quite tolerant of it. What he was mainly concerned about was the fact that he was wearing his brand new Gucci plain-white shirt. ‘ I gotta get these guys off me!

Viale hastily observed his surroundings. Luckily, everyone was supposed to be in class at the time, so he practically had free reign over where to go, as long as it wasn’t in sight of the classrooms. Finding nothing in his vicinity that would be able to help him get the Stands off him, he had a realisation. 

“The pool has water in it,” he said aloud. Viale would later chastise himself for not realising this sooner. He flung himself forward, returning back the way he came from. How silly was he? The boiler room was right next to the pool! It was obvious. But now he had to actually get there. Viale hoped his past sprinting training was enough for this.

~~~

“Woah– hey hey! What are you doing?!” Amicio did a little dance, attempting to brush off the sizzling Stands that were halfway up his leg. He’d been expecting a simple job: get Giovanna to the boiler room, and leave. That was all Esercito requested of him. But now, in this moment, he realised that he may have been too hasty in accepting the ‘request’. But he had no choice; the boy said he’d burn down the building if he didn’t do what he asked. 

“Isn’t it obvious? Tying up a loose end.” 

Amicio regretted a lot of things he’d done. He regretted taking orders from Zeppeli, he regretted using the arrow, but most of all, he regretted attacking Giovanna. But he couldn’t help himself. He’d done it again. He couldn’t stand for himself.

Or could he?

Because he wasn’t going to give up that easily. In his first fight, he knew Giovanna wasn’t going to kill him, or even seriously injure him – Zeppeli had said so. But this guy… he was in real danger.

Acting fast, he summoned his Stand, 「Innervisions」 , and let one of the many crumpled paper balls that made up his base Stand catch fire. It hurt like a bitch, but by some miracle, his gambit paid off as the Infernos instantly became more enamoured with the concept of lighting the paper on fire, rather than himself. This allowed him to abandon the doomed paper and turn heel out of the room, slamming the door behind him.

Fuoco, who was busy trying to keep the match alight, only noticed that his Stand wasn’t doing what it was supposed to do after Amicio had already left. He grumbled, but carried on attacking his other target.

~~~

Viale had just made it to the pool when he noticed Amicio escaping the boiler room. He had no time to think, though, as the enemy was still hot (haha) on his tail. A few Infernos had been shaken off during his mad dash back across the oval, but the ones that remained were costing him his clothes’ value by the minute. Oh, and it was starting to hurt, too.

That didn’t matter, because he’d made it to the pool in time.

He was elated, but that elation slowly turned to confusion, then to horror. Viale looked on in shock as he found that the pool was completely void of any water. ‘ How? People were using the pool yesterday. They can’t have drained it this fast! ’ He could vividly remember walking past an in-use pool that morning as well.

Viale’s questions were quickly answered, as he peered into the empty pit. At the base of the structure were hundreds of Infernos, all cheering and chest-bumping each other.

The bastard drained the entire goddamn pool! In like, five minutes!

That was it. He was defeated. The Infernos in the pool had noticed him and were beginning to climb out of the pool, melting holes in the tiles to use as footholds. He did what he could, even summoning Mr. Blue Sky again in an attempt to fend off the little devils, although that was quickly proving to be useless. Just as Viale was about to run away and get help–

FWOOSH!

–he was sprayed with a hose. Soaked, he turned to see Amicio at the nozzle, who turned his attention to the Infernos that were climbing the side of the pool. He quickly gave them the same treatment. They were safe, for now. 

“Amicio?” Viale questioned, his eyes squinting as if he didn’t believe what he was seeing. He was shocked that he’d come back for him, after Viale had all but put him in the hospital on his first day there. 

“How are you losing this fight?” Amicio questioned forcefully, “You kicked my ass, yet you’re falling to a bunch of little candles? What the hell, man?”

Viale was indignant, “Not that I’m not glad for the help, but didn’t I just see you running away too?” 

Amicio slightly recoiled from the observation. “Yeah,” he admitted, “I did. I also lured you to a trap.” Viale was about to respond, but he was cut off. “I also tried to hurt you before. But Giovanna, we need to get this guy, right now. No matter how.” Viale was still on the ground, so Amicio offered him a hand.

This time, Viale was visibly flabbergasted. When they first met, Viale thought he was a pretty cool guy, but that was quickly changed when he tried to do the whole killing thing. That wasn’t cool. Then, after Viale had soundly beat him, he was once again thrown for a loop, as the defeated Amicio was something else. But now, what was he seeing in front of him? It was a far-cry from the meek, order-taking boy he thought Amicio was. 

Viale took his hand. As he helped him up, Amicio smiled at Viale nervously. “Now, have you got any idea of how to beat this guy? Because this hose won’t reach.” 

Viale scratched his chin, and smiled wryly. “Yeah, I got something.”

~~~

Fuoco huffed as Amicio closed the door behind him again. “Why are you back? Want to die that badly?” He sneered. Amicio scoffed, and had his Stand, primarily made up of discarded chip packets this time, drop what looked like Viale’s unconscious body down next to him, face down. Fuoco looked down at Viale, then suspiciously back up at Amicio. “This is interesting, but didn’t you just extinguish my Stand?”

Amicio rolled his eyes. “Yeah, but that was just to get him to trust me. One clean knock on the head with my Stand was enough.” Amicio rounded the body. “You leave me alone, and I’ll let you walk away with this.”

Fuoco got up from his meditative position. He looked like he was considering it, but his sinister smile was a dead giveaway that he was only acting. “You know what? No.” This was obviously a trap, Fuoco thought. He didn’t know what he was planning, but he knew for a fact that Nemico wasn’t bright enough to come up with something solid enough to severely hurt him.

The two stood eye-to-eye, the tension rising through the roof, each man waiting for the other to move. Fuoco was confident, whereas Amicio was moments away from breaking his thin strand of composure. The moment lasted an eternity, but the first move would end up being made by Fuoco. Suddenly, and as fast as the first time, another match was lit, dropping as many Stands out of the flame as Fuoco could manage, without needing to focus. 

Amicio acted fast, sending his Stand to try to stomp out the fire, but Fuoco decided to get his own hands dirty and rammed into Amicio with his full body, sending him tumbling towards the wall next to the door. Innervisions put up a good fight, but the sheer number of Disco Infernos that Fuoco had sent towards Amicio was proving to be too much for just the one Innervision to handle. 

The fact that it was flammable was also not helping the fight. 

Disco Inferno had taken to climbing Innervisions like a fish to water. In an instant, the outer layer of the trash-Stand started to burn.

“You absolute dumbass, Nemico! My Stand is way more powerful than your literal garbage!” Fuoco taunted as he stood back up. ‘ It’s just too easy!’ he thought. Indeed, it seemed like that, but upon closer inspection, he noticed that Amicio was giggling. “What? What’s so funny?”

Amicio started laughing harder. That’s when Fuoco noticed that Amicio had moved so he was leaning again up against the door. Before he could stop him, his hand shot up and turned the doorknob, and the door swung outwards, causing Amicio to fall back, only to be caught by another Innervision that was waiting for him outside. It scooped him up, and slammed the door. 

Fuoco, confused, turned to see the discarded Stand, still on fire. That was when Fuoco realised that Viale’s body was gone, too. He’d figured out his mistake too late. 

His eyes widened marginally as he saw that the flaming Innervisions was made up of chip packets. He thought back to the chemistry class he never paid attention to, and remembered that most chip packets are primarily composed of polypropylene, which produces highly toxic smoke when burned. 

And the room was filled with it. 

He rushed at the door, yanking and abusing it, trying to get it open. ‘ Why isn’t it opening? There’s no lock! ’ 

Unbeknownst to him, Mr. Blue Sky’s fingertips were popping out where the ground met the door, holding it shut like a superpowered door stopper. Viale himself was in the floor, completely safe from the smoke. And even if he was outside, he was equipped with a torn-off sleeve of his precious shirt around his mouth and nose, acting like a makeshift mask. 

Fuoco was coughing and wheezing, but before he lost consciousness, he said one final sentence. “What did I do to deserve this?!”

Amicio opened the door, letting all of the smoke out at once. At the same time, Viale emerged from the floor. They both wore the same expression on their face: satisfaction.

~~~

「Disco Inferno」

Long-Ranged Stand

Stats:

Power: E

Speed: B

Range: A (200m)

Stamina: D

Precision: A

Potential: A

~~~

“Another one, Viale?”

Viale chuckled bashfully. He’d gone to get the principal so he could cover up Viale’s absence, as he usually did when there was a Stand fight. Esposito in turn called the Speedwagon Foundation to escort the newly minted Stand criminal off the premises. “Yeah, this one was tough. You might want to look at getting the oval un-burned.”

Esposito sighed in resignation. “Alright, let's get him out of here, boys.” He and the Foundation members that had been dispatched swiftly exited the scene, the recently suffocated Stand user on a stretcher in tow. They were assured that he was alive. 

Viale was about to head back to the dorms when Amicio tapped him on his shoulder. “Hey, Giov– Viale,” he corrected, “are we good now? Because I know I've kinda been a dick to you.”

Viale smiled, internally asking himself if attempted murder is considered a ‘dick move’. “Yeah, we’re good now.”

Amicio breathed a sigh of relief. “Great, because Rossi’s couch is not very homely.”



To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 17: Thunderstruck

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Master’s Academy Dormitory
Venice
Morning

It had been about a week since Viale and Amicio had faced off against Fuoco Esercito and the weird Stand-ghost kid. He’d been assured by Beneficci that the fiery one was no longer a threat and had been put in the Speedwagon Foundation-funded Stand prison, which Viale had many questions about. How were they sure they could keep in Stand users when Stands varied so heavily? Where is this prison? Is water wet? Viale decided to keep these thoughts to himself.

In other news, since the fight, Amicio moved back in with Viale and the tortoise. It was still pretty awkward. Amicio mostly kept to himself, feeling that he was walking on ice when he was around Viale, as if he were to trip and accidentally attack him. Viale thought it harmless, so he didn’t press. 

It was the weekend, so the two boys were just lounging around when something Amicio said bothered Viale. It was then when he realised he’d been using his Stand wrong the whole time. 

「Mr. Blue Sky」 was able to store objects in surfaces. He could put his phone inside his phone case, for example, and have only the case be visible. He knew that, as long as it was a different surface, being divided by a corner, he could fit multiple objects in one thing, like hiding a pencil in the other side of the case. 

So logic would dictate (or rather, Amicio would dictate) that if he got something with many sides, he’d be able to fit many things in one object. It helped that no matter the size difference, the object would cartoonishly squeeze itself down. 

That was when Polnareff piped up from inside the key.

“What if you got a twenty-sided dice?” He suggested, as he leaned on his palm resting on the gold alloy of the key.

Viale paused in disbelief, looking between Polnareff and Amicio. How had he not thought of that?

So that was the current mission: find a store in Venice that sells a d20.

It started in the city centre. The half an hour walk was worth it for the possibility of conducting the two boys’ new form of a science experiment. They asked around, walked around, and Google’d around. Viale suggested they check general stores and news agencies, but the search there fell flat.

One suggestion from Amicio was a magic shop. Viale raised an eyebrow at the proposal. 

“Haha, yeah, I went through a bit of a magic phase back in middle school.” That explained a lot. What he was surprised by was what Amicio next revealed. “That’s actually how Sana and I became friends.”

Viale was intrigued now. “Are you saying that Sana Rossi used to be big into magic tricks?” he deadpanned.

Amicio smiled. “I’d known her for a while before that,” he explained, “her dad and my dad are friends, so we met when we were kids, but we never talked until we both wound up in magic club. Oh yeah, don’t tell her I told you; she’s still embarrassed about it.”

That conversation made Viale’s day. If they didn’t manage to find a die, he wouldn’t even be disappointed. Fortunately, it wouldn’t come to that. Just after Viale learned of Sana’s dirty secret they arrived at the magic shop. It was nothing special, a large window at the front depicting various crystal balls and tarot cards. 

It was nestled among the winding canals and colourful buildings, and had a quaint air of mystery about it. A faded wooden sign above the door read ‘ La Bottega Magica ’ in elegant script, and as they stepped inside, the scent of old books and exotic spices filled their senses. The shelves were lined with curious objects: crystal balls, potions, spellbooks, and mysterious trinkets from distant lands. The shopkeeper, a wizened old lady with a twinkle in her eye, greeted them and warmly invited them in. The bell jingled as Viale pushed open the door. 

As they explored the shelves of La Bottega Magica, they caught a glimpse of a stooped old woman shuffling between the shelves, her long black dress sweeping the floor. She introduces herself as Signora Magia, the owner of the shop, and listens attentively as they describe their epic quest for a twenty-sided dice. “Ah, Necimo, I thought you’d left us for good.” she comments.

“Sorry I haven’t, Signora Magia, but I’m actually not here for myself today.” Viale could tell that Amicio was in his element here, being much more confident here compared to normally at school. “We’re looking for some dice – twenty-sided, if you have it.” 

With a knowing smile, she leads them to a dimly-lit corner of the shop where a velvet-lined box sits on a small table. With a flick of her wrist, she unlocked the box and presented them with a stunning array of dice in all shapes and sizes, each one glinting in the dim light. She explained the intricacies of each type of dice, from the standard six-sided dice to the elusive twenty-sided dice. Finally, she produces a beautifully crafted twenty-sided dice and lays it gently in the palm of our characters' hand, assuring them that it is, in fact, twenty-sided. 

As Viale and Amicio left La Bottega Magica with their newly acquired twenty-sided dice, they made their way through the bustling streets of Venice towards Accademia Magistrale. The blond couldn't help but fiddle with the dice in his pocket, admiring the intricate designs etched into its surface. Amicio rolled his eyes at his friend's fascination with the thought of being able to unlock a new way to use his Stand. 

The streets were teeming with people, and they had to navigate their way around gondolas and water taxis, making sure not to get caught up in the crowds. Finally, they arrived at the front gate of their school. 

~~~

Why are they going into a magic shop?

This was one thought on Tuono Fulmine’s mind as he stalked the two boys. He wasn’t one to believe in superstitions, so the choice to enter La Bottega Magica surprised him. The only force of nature he believed in was… well, he wasn’t allowed to say.

Stands were funny things. He’d heard tales of one that could turn people into snails, one that required you to play a video game, and even one that could mimic any other Stand. ‘ Actually, that’s the one I’m concerned with, right now, ’ he thought. 

Tuono had been given a job. The, uh… his superiors…? Yeah, let’s go with that. His ‘superiors’ had told him to get the principal of Accademia Magistrale into an ‘accident’, and right now, Giovanna was his best shot at that, especially if he used his Stand to its fullest potential. 

He didn’t know why he’d been asked to do the deed, but he would’ve jumped at the opportunity to give that old bag a quick one-two on the chin. Hell, he didn’t even really want the payout, but, y’know, free money?

Shit, ’ he cursed. He’d been daydreaming for so long that the two teenagers had already left. Luckily, they were just down the street, hopefully making their way back to school.

~~~

In the seclusion of their dorm room, the pair got to work. They sat on their own bed, Amicio nearly as curious as Viale. One by one, he started to put objects inside the different sides of the dice, carefully managing his Stand's ability to keep everything in place. It wasn't easy, but with each successful insertion, Viale grew more confident in his abilities.

Eventually, he managed to fill around seven sides of the dice with different objects, small trinkets like a pencil or eraser. Viale marvelled at the feat, feeling a sense of satisfaction and pride in his Stand's unique ability.

“This is so cool.” He announced. He woke up Polnareff with the slightly-too-loud proclamation, but wasn’t too mad when he found out what they’d accomplished. Again, it was Polnareff that asked the real questions.

“What’s the size limit?”

They’d started small, with the pencil again, working up through differently sharpened and worn pencils, to a freshly opened one, which fit. Viale pulled out his spare change from his pocket (he’d paid for the dice), and one by one inserted cents to full Euros. When that worked, they started going crazy with the thing.

Amicio suggested larger items like his empty school bag, which fitted, and Viale stuffed his entire comforter from his bed inside the barely twelve millimetres of the surface (they did get a ruler to measure it, and then put the ruler itself inside the dice itself).

Eventually, they got to the big things by their standards. Polnareff was surprised Viale hadn’t tried to go inside already, but Viale said that he’d already been inside of a coin already, so he didn’t bother. He did, however, try to fit his entire bed inside the five-side of the dice. That one didn’t go too well.

Viale had to call Esposito to ask for a replacement bed frame. 

Come on, Viale ,” he admonished over the phone, “ I know having a Stand is fun, but you gotta…

~~~

The school security was lax at best. All he had to do to get through the front office was tell them he was a past student. That only worked because, well, he was a past student. They didn’t really care all too much as to why he was there, but his quick-thinking excuse of “having nostalgia” worked like a charm.

Now, all he had to do was find Giovanna, and get his Stand up and running. In the meantime, he was handed a visitor’s pass and let on through. It had been three years; might as well see what’s changed. 

~~~

...and that’s why you have to be aware of your surroundings when you’re experimenting with your Stand.

Viale breathed a sigh of relief as Esposito hung up. He thought he’d never get out of the lecture. This time, the sigh was in defeat. He’d realised that Amicio was getting off scot free because Viale had forgotten to mention his involvement to Esposito.

“That was quite the talking-to.” 

“No thanks to you,” Viale shot back. He stood up, frivolously itching and scratching his skull through his hair. “Nah,” he backpedalled, sighing shortly after, “I shouldn’t be mad at you.” He made his way back to his bed. 

But before he could make it, a knock was heard on their door. Viale groaned. He was already standing, so etiquette dictated he answer it.

Of course, behind the door was an enemy – one who had been watching them all day. He’d spotted them in the hustle and bustle of Venice, and remembered their profiles from the briefing that everyone had gotten a few weeks ago.

Luckily for Viale, his door had a peephole on it. He looked through it, saw someone he didn’t recognise, groaned again, and readied himself for yet another fight.

~~~

Tuono was having a great day.

He’d lucked out and found that Giovanna kid that the boss had told him and his associates about a few weeks back. Not only that, one of his allies was there too. While he wasn’t necessarily a target Tuono figured the boss would appreciate one less ‘problem’ he’d have to take care of later.

A little more about Tuono. He flunked out of Accademia Magistrale in ‘25 – goddamn principal and his rules of drug dealing… Then he’d been picked up off the streets by what would end up being his people. They understood how he felt. It was everything to him that school wasn’t: fun, united, and most importantly, fun. He’d been at it for a few years now; Venice was still quite active, even with Passione pushing up against their outer territories near Bologna. 

With joining the crew, he inherited the hatred for Passione that permeated out through the organisation. Because the Giovanna kid was a target, he’d taken it upon himself to eliminate him. He’d heard of his competence as a Stand user, but he paid no mind to the reputation he was gaining amongst newbies.

So there he was, boldly knocking on the kid’s door. He was confident – cocky, even. He had faith in his Stand. While the whole ‘Stand’ thing was new to him and a lot of others, he’d done jobs without it for way longer than people like Chubby and Checker. They were the real newbies, and Giovanna had put the fear of God into them.

However, it was not the time to be thinking about that, because Tuono noticed a set of technicolour arms phasing through the door in front of him. He feigned shock, but internally, it was going all according to plan.

~~~

Viale had Mr. Blue Sky reach through the door – not hiding, but phasing. Polnareff had told him that Stands could change their density and size like a slider in Photoshop, albeit with some effort. It took some practice, but of course Viale was able to nail it every time. 

Eventually, Mr. Blue Sky was far enough in the hall to reach, and therefore punch, the obvious enemy. Tuono summoned his Stand in response, a green, red and blue snake-looking Stand coiled around the man’s neck. The snake snapped out to defend its user from the vinyl-covered Stand. 

But it was too slow. Viale, still behind the door, but watching through Mr. Blue Sky ’s eyes saw this coming from a mile away and quickly dodged, keeping the momentum and pulling itself the whole way out of the door. Now unencumbered from being, you know, stuck in a door, Mr. Blue Sky quickly found its fist connected to the tresspasser’s face. Mr. Blue Sky watched the snake-Stand that was readying an attack abruptly fall out of existence. 

“That was easy,” Viale stated bemusedly as the man fell to the floor. He swung open the door, finding the man’s unconscious body splayed out on the floor in the hallway.

“What was easy?” Amicio asked from inside the dorm. 

Viale half-turned to have his face visible to his roommate. “Stand user. It only took one shot to knock him out.”

Amicio tsked offhandedly. “They don’t make them like they used to.”

Viale let out a short laugh. “Says you. You weren’t exactly competent.” Viale gave the body a once-over. “I’ll take him to Esposito – he’ll know what to do,” he said as he had his Stand heave the limp man over its shoulder.

“Why don’t you just call him?”

“He's already pissed at me. Might as well get the rest of the lecture over with when I’m there.”

Amicio shrugged as Viale left the room. He got up abruptly and walked over to the small hanging whiteboard that read ‘DAYS WITHOUT STAND USER’. He shook his head and erased the ‘six’ with his sleeve.

~~~

Tuono was definitely not knocked out, but he knew Giovanna was way too proud to check. The whole thing was going all according to plan. Giovanna would carry him all the way to Esposito, then he’d get them to fight to the death. The plan was foolproof. The only real downside that he didn’t see coming was that Giovanna’s Stand was so. Damn. Uncomfortable. He’d foreseen being needed to be carried, but surely Mr. Blue Sky would have some padding or something, he thought.

Luckily the front office wasn’t that far from the dormitories. All he had to do was wait.

~~~

「Thunderstruck」

Close-Ranged Stand

Stats:

Power: C

Speed: A

Range: D

Stamina: D

Precision: A

Potential: A

~~~

Accademia Magistrale
Staff Room

After getting off the phone with Viale, Esposito got up to clear his head. He decided that coffee would be the best bet for now. He got to thinking about how Viale had grown since arriving at the school. He was alone, the stale blue tabletops lined the room with half-drunk coffee mugs and ungraded assignments strewn across the room.

Sure, he’s talented. Sure, he’s intelligent. But he’s too cocky. ’ he thought, ‘ His attitude during his fight against Fuoco was too careless. Whilst he came out on top, there’s no telling what would have happened to him had Nemico not been there to support him.

His thoughts were cut short when a colleague entered. It was Professor Teripio, the resident school therapist. He was old. Very old. Older than anyone not in-the-know about his situation would assume. But that was no discredit to his skills. He had many accolades, mostly stemming from the psychology field. Let’s just say the ‘Professor’ prefix was well earned. Not only that, but he was wise beyond his years. God only knew why he chose to work at Accademia Magistrale of all places.

He was dressed in old-timey professional clothes, with the homburg hat being rather iconic with the students that visited his office. He wore a grey three-piece suit that looked as if it were plucked right out of the 1910’s and dropped in modern day. He also used a derby-grip walking cane that looked as antique as the man holding it. 

“Professor. It is good to see you.” Esposito greeted. 

The fossil nodded shakily. “As are you. How goes your research?” 

“It’s not producing the results I had hoped, unfortunately.” Datore spoke with more dignity when in the presence of the man. Whilst technically he was his boss, Luigi Teripio was held in high regard by many people. 

“Fret not, young lad. Patience bears many fruits to those who deserve it, and you deserve it.”

“I appreciate the compliments.” 

Teripio waved him off. “Think nothing of it. After everything you and your family have done for the school – and the Foundation – you should be rewarded with much more than platitudes from myself.”

Datore decided to move on. “So, what can I fix you for?”

“Oh no, you mustn't trouble yourself with that.”

“I insist.”

Teripio shrugged stiffly and hobbled over to the brown leather couch that had been the subject of a fundraiser a few years back. He rested his hands on the handle of his cane and responded. “I’ve got my home-grown tea leaves in the commode over there.”

Datore paused. “Commode?” he questioned.

“Sorry, the drawers in the corner.”

“Ah.” He spotted the drawers. 

“I’m getting so forgetful in my old age. All of these new terms.”

“Not to worry, sir.”

“No, really. What even is a ‘boomer’?”

Datore was forty five himself, but even he cringed at the old man’s use of slang, however outdated it was in modern contexts. “I believe it refers to the ‘baby boomer’ generation, sir.”

He looked bemused, and even slightly offended. “How young do they think I am?” He shook his head. “I’m getting too old for this.”

“Yeah well…” Datore trailed off. He was done making the tea. As he brought it over, careful to not spill it, he noticed the old man was looking out the window wistfully. He decided to enquire about his work, “How is progress with Miss Rossi?”

“Not enough, I’m afraid. My Stand seems to have little-to-no benefit in her situation.”

“She’s had it rough.”

“Those youngsters don’t know how good they’ve got it,” he noted, “We haven’t had a war in what, twenty-three years?” He paused. “I guess that’s a good thing, actually…”

“Yes, it is a good thing. I don’t want to see my students conscripted into a war they had no involvement, like you were.”

Luigi hummed in agreement.

“Well, I’d better get back to work.” He said as he turned to leave, but was interrupted by the old man, sipping his tea.

“You’ve left your tea.”

~~~

“Giovannna, why are you carrying someone over your shoulder?”

Viale swung around to see Esposito at the base of the stairs, as Viale was halfway up to Esposito’s office.

“Uhh, Stand user?” Viale replied dumbly.

Esposito sighed. “Alright, let’s get him upstairs. We’ll call it in from my office.”

As they made their way up, Tuono was sweating bullets. The entire plan hinged on whether or not he could pull this next bit off. 

What was even more difficult was keeping his composure in the face of the man that ruined his life. He hated Esposito more than he was able to give. Before he’d been kicked out, he actually respected Esposito, as much as any student would respect their leader. 

But the man had no respect for him in return, hell, he’d wager that Esposito didn’t even know who he was until it came out that Tuono was dealing drugs to primary schoolers. 

Viale and Esposito came to a stop when they got to the top of the staircase. 

“Let’s see the damage.”

“His Stand looks like some kind of snake, by the way. Pretty slow, if you ask me.” He paused. “Well, slower than me.”

Esposito internally rolled his eyes. “Did you get to see its ability?”

“Huh? Oh, no, I didn’t.”

Esposito turned back to the ‘unconscious’ man. “Wait a second, I recognise this guy–”

“You should fight him, Giovanna. To the death.”

The moment Viale heard Tuono say that, it became all that he could think about. Fight. Fight. Fight. Esposito whipped around to see that Viale had brought out Mr. Blue Sky instantly, the Stand’s face contorted in rage. 

Without taking his eyes off Viale, the frail principal spoke. “What did you do?!”

Tuono sat up, chuckling. “That’s my Stand. 「Thunderstruck」 . Because you so kindly asked. I call its ability ‘no turning back’, because it can make anyone commit to their current train of thought. Indefinitely.” The stand appeared, once again coiled around Tuono’s neck. Both him and Thunderstruck were now glowing a sickly shade of yellow. 

Shit! I can’t fight an enraged Giovanna! ’ He thought. While he did think Viale was cocky, there was no denying he packed a punch. 

Tuono got up, rounded the room, and sat down in Esposito’s modest office chair. “Now, if you don’t mind, I’m just going to sit here and watch.” 

I’m going to have to reveal my Stand!

Viale stepped forward. A deliberate move for intimidation. It worked as Esposito took a deliberate step back. Mr. Blue Sky moved, faster than the eye could see, only for it to stop just millimetres away from Esposito’s face.

Datore had left the Stand’s range by a hair. And it was very much on purpose.

“So it seems like you’re going to fight. Very well. Show me what you can do, Giovanna.”

Datore’s Stand aura flared to life, as if it had been sleeping for a long time. An almost heavenly white and grey spewed out of his body. Tuono, who had his feet up on Esposito’s desk and was eating grapes he found in a drawer, suddenly was way more interested in the fight. 

From Esposito’s chest, a majority of the Stand aura coalesced and compressed until it was formed into a spherical shape, three inches in diameter, with small indentations dotted all around the shape. It looked like a floating golf ball.

In fact, that’s exactly what it was. Just a golf ball, floating midair, doing nothing. 

“That,” Tuono began, “Has got to be the most anticlimactic Stand reveal ever.”

Esposito shot him a hateful glare, then smirked as he called out the Stand’s name.

“「Electric Boogaloo」!!”

As soon as he said that, the ball-shaped Stand grew. It moulded itself up and down, and a bit out, and changed colour to be a majority blue. It moulded into a humanoid figure, with camera lenses for eyes, a speaker for a mouth, and microphones for ears. On its torso, a vinyl record appeared. It was a one-to-one copy of Mr. Blue Sky .

“It’s been quite some time since I’ve been in a fight of my own. Let’s see if I aged like milk, or like wine. Electric Boogaloo !”

Electric Boogaloo shot out and nailed Mr. Blue Sky in the stomach, in turn making Viale wheeze. He quickly recovered with a swipe to the legs that knocked over Datore. Datore used the momentum to sink into the floor at a rapid speed, leaving Electric Boogaloo to fight in his stead.

Internally, Esposito was calm. ‘ I’ve read Polnareff’s notes on how Viale fights. This shouldn’t be too hard if I play my– I mean, his cards right.

Through Electric Boogaloo ’s eyes, he saw Viale had jumped forwards, causing Datore to be within the Stand’s range for when he inevitably had to come back up for air. 

In the meantime, Datore sent forward his Stand to try and halt Viale in his tracks. 

“MORARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARA!”

Viale responded with his own Stand rush, causing shockwaves to emanate from the two identical fists colliding. Esposito was struggling. Viale was way more adept with his Stand, not to mention he had been fighting battles since he got here. He wouldn’t be winning this fight with brute strength.

Meanwhile Viale had aggressively walked over to the spot Esposito had popped down into the floor, and was cocking back his Stand’s fists for another barrage. 

Acting quickly, Esposito sent Electric Boogaloo to catch the fist so he could escape unharmed. 

Esposito’s Stand was weird. It could copy any Stand it sees, but once it copies, it adapts the duplicated Stand’s stats too. So although the initial Electric Boogaloo had quite a large range, Mr. Blue Sky didn’t. But estimating range can only get you so far. He needed to end this. Fast.

But first, a bit of information. Through Electric Boogaloo ’s newly formed mouth, Esposito yelled out, “So is this all your Stand can do?”

Tuono’s eyes snapped open. He was about to doze off, but the taunt brought him back into the fight. “Ha! Of course not, idiot. Who do you think I am?!”

“I remember you, you know,” Esposito revealed, “Lazy kid who got caught dealing.” Tuono’s eye twitched. “It was a shame, actually. I met with your parents afterwards. They were very disappointed.”

“YOU TAKE THAT BACK! MY PARENTS LOVED ME!” He shot up from his lounging position, and Thunderstruck began hissing like the snake it is.

Esposito was juggling fighting Viale at the same time. He knocked Viale back so he could take a breath a couple of times, but it was time for Esposito’s gambit.

After a final hard fought pushback, Esposito surfaced. When he was clear of the ground, he had Electric Boogaloo change shape. In a flash, it had diminished from its humanoid form into a longer, lithe one, and coiled around Esposito’s neck. 

“You should disable your Stand.” 

And once he said that, it was all Tuono could think about. Thunderstruck slithered back into his mind, and Viale’s face snapped back to its usual emotive state. Once Tuono had realised what had just happened, he started slowly backing away.

“I am a firm believer in the quote ‘knowledge itself is power’.” Esposito stated. Viale was looking around, disorientated. “And once I knew that was all your Stand could do, I knew there was no danger in using your own Stand against you.”

Viale and Tuono’s eyes locked. Viale tilted his head. They were having a conversation internally.

“I’ll let you take care of this, Giovanna.” 

“Thank you, sir, but I actually thought we could go by this a little… differently.”

Tuono squeaked.

“I like that idea.”

“MORARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARARA!”



To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Hello! I'm back! I've been planning and procrastinating! I have up to Chapter 22 written and in the process of editing. Not that anyone reads... this...
Hello ghosts!

How would we feel about a seperate fic where I explain all of the Stands?

Yeah. I'm gonna do that.

Chapter 18: Interlude III

Chapter Text

Master’s Academy
Venice
Morning

Viale hesitated when he got to the door. 

It wasn’t anything special. The door itself wasn’t intimidating. Sure the doorknob could use some cleaning, but that wasn’t what he was afraid of worried about.

It was what was in the middle and behind the door. In the middle of the door was a plaque that read ‘Luigi Teripio’, and behind the door was presumably the man with that name.

It will be good for you, ” Esposito had said. Viale scoffed internally. ‘ Yeah, as if. The only good this will do is waste my time, ’ he thought.

He steeled himself. Esposito had made him promise he’d see this through, and Viale did fancy himself something of a reliable guy. Reliable enough to go to therapy, or something. Viale hummed, and banished the flawed reasoning from his mind. 

It was time to therapise.

Without stopping to ask himself if ‘therapise’ was a word, he knocked on the door. A set of wobbly footsteps responded. ‘ Great, a geezer, ’ Viale thought, ‘ too late now.

The door opened. Viale’s assertion was correct. The man was old. Old-old. Queen Elizabeth II-old. 

“Mr. Giovanna, please come in. I’ve been expecting you.” He beckoned Viale in. He hesitated. “There’s no need to worry, I don’t bite.”

"I doubt those dentures could do any real damage," Viale responded off-handedly, as if it were second nature.

The man replied in youthful laughter, “Haha! Yes, very funny! What quick wit you have!”

Viale raised an eyebrow. “Thanks, I guess?” He finally ventured through the door. Inside, he found what you’d expect a therapist’s office to look like. Calming, rustic style, oak furniture. The typical therapist couch was across the right wall, a table in the middle with a few books on it, and a lounge chair on the left. It was a thin and long room, being only a few paces wide. A desk sat in the far side, overlooking the two chairs and tables. Above it, a diamond-shaped window, giving view to the rather bad storm that was brewing.

The most interesting thing – or things – in the room were the hundreds upon hundreds of books littering every free space of wall in the room – even on top of the window sill. Bookshelves had replaced the common man’s wall in this room. Books ranging from every topic: politics, modern warfare, mathematics, physics, chemistry, children’s books, and even psychology. That last one seemed like the only relevant one.

“Yours is the face most have when first entering my office.” Viale almost forgot about the man himself, who’d made his way past Viale and through to his comfy chair. Viale shook the shock off his expression and slowly walked towards the empty couch.

“Nice place. Is this your couch?”

He shook his head in the negatory. “A great man gave that to me a long time ago.”

Viale examined the couch. It didn’t seem that old. Sure, there were a few screws loose, a symptom that seemingly afflicted the chair's owner.

“Let us get to it, shall we?” The man’s eyes shone with wisdom that would be expected from one that elderly. Luigi sat down, hands resting on his cane

“What am I in for, Doc?” Viale sat too.

He grimaced and shook his head, “Nothing good, my friend. A bad case of repression.”

A raised eyebrow. “What do you mean?”

“Isn’t it obvious?” he questioned, “you’ve been involved in numerous fights, seen much gore, and have sustained serious injuries. These things tend to have an adverse effect on the psyche.”

“What, like PTSD? Please, give me a break, Doc. I’ve won all of my fights.”

“That’s not the point,” he sighed, “If you would please lie down, and we can begin.

Viale shook his head dismissively and lay down. As he did so, he felt his mind wander back, back to a different time.

~~~ 

Gio was six years old. The year was 2018. MeToo was in full swing, Giuseppe Conte had just been elected Prime Minister, Morandi Bridge collapsed in Genoa, 43 people were killed. 

And in lesser-known news, Giorno Giovanna returned to Italy with his family. The United States was quite the place, but home was home for Giorno Giovanna. 

The three had just touched down. Their own private jet, of course. Giorno Giovanna spared no expense. He had made the right call appointing Fugo underboss while he made calls in America.

Phone calls were a common occurrence in the Giovanna’s household. Washington is 6 hours behind Italy due to timezones, so six-in-the-morning conference meetings were the norm.

The ‘break’, as Giorno called it, was set aside so he and Grace could raise Gioviale properly, but more times than often, it was Grace doing the raising. Giorno regrettably had mere brief encounters with his son.

At the airport, his mother walked a few paces behind his father, Gioviale followed closely behind his mother, and was surrounded by numerous men in black. Gioviale did not understand why there was a posse nearby at all times.

“Why are these people always around us?” he asked his mother in a brisk walk to keep up with the longer-legged adults.

Grace pondered how to explain this to a six year old. “Your father is an important man, Gioviale. These people are here to protect him, and us.”

The memory faded to white, and returned in a scuffle. The airport was in quite the rush, with people crying out and running around.

Gioviale once again did not understand. The men were gone, his mother was chaperoning him into the bathroom. Somehow, he heard people talking over all of the hustle and bustle.

“You rui–d me, Giov—a!” It was a woman’s voice. He heard his father’s next.

“Y–u ru–ned your–lf, fool.”

It was hard to hear, and his mother ushered him through a door. Before the door closed, Gioviale heard a few splats, and caught a glimpse of the woman–

~~~

Viale sat up with a start, 「Mr. Blue Sky」 appearing on instinct at the same time thunder rumbled outside.

“Calm down, son.” He whipped around, expecting someone different to be calling him son, but it was just the good doctor. “Disorientation is quite common.”

Viale held his head. “What did you do to me?!” Mr. Blue Sky looked around alarmed, standing behind the user with quiet vigilance.

“I have no idea what you saw,” the passé man responded sagely, “an unfortunate downside to my ability.”

Viale groaned, his Stand disappeared once it was sure there was no threat. “Another Stand user? I just can’t catch a break.”

“I assure you, I am no enemy. I have only the best of intentions.”

Viale glared. “Alright then, show me your Stand.”

Teripio shrugged lethargically. A bright light shone from behind him, a small rainbow appearing with a cartoon sun climbing up it. Both sides of the rainbow ended in fluffy clouds, and the sun’s rays had an antenna protruding from it. 

“This is my Stand, 「What A Wonderful World」 ,” he exclaimed with a small amount of pride in his voice, “It is very helpful, if I do say so myself.”

Viale was still cautious. “What exactly is your game here?”

Teripio exhaled. “As I was saying before, my theory is that you aren’t acknowledging what you’re really feeling.”

“What makes you say that?” It was not a question, but an inquisition – a challenge.

Teripio took him up on the challenge. He adjusted himself in the chair, pulling his sleeves further up. He moved to get a book from the table in front of him.

“Sigmund Freud. Born on the sixth day of May, in the year eighteen-fifty-six, died on the twenty-third day of September, nineteen-thirty-nine. He was a pioneer in his field of psychometrics and the mind. He wrote this book,” he showed the book in his hand, “‘The Interpretation of Dreams’.”

“Yeah, I’ve heard of him.” Viale turned away from the door as his curiosity was tickled. Why was he bringing up Freud, he asked himself.

“He was a good friend of mine, in fact he gave me that chaise longue you were sitting on.”

Viale paused as he was about to fall into the chair, but rather slowly lowered himself onto it, both out of respect for the dead, and the fact that he might break it.

“You said he died in nineteen-thirty-nine; how were you friends with him? You shouldn’t have been alive too long before he died.”

The man chuckled. It seemed like Viale had caught his slip. “I assure you, I’m older than I look.” He shook his head, “But let us get back on track. Freud believed that memories of traumatic events could be repressed into the unconscious. While you might remember your recent Stand battles, I have it on good authority that you have been involved in this world much longer than you think.”

Viale recalled the memory that What a Wonderful World had dug up. Maybe the geriatric had a point. He’d learned that his father had been operating as a Stand user for many years before his conception. 

“Furthermore, I believe that this, along with your paternal relationship complexities, has evolved into some rather obvious defence mechanisms. Notably when I answered the door, you hid your discomfort with a joke.”

Viale narrowed his eyes. “Are you saying I have daddy issues?” he accused.

He paused before nodding. “Well, yes, I guess I am. It’s nothing to be ashamed of. I myself didn’t have the best relationship with my father.”

Viale stood up again, this time in mild outrage. “Get serious, Doc. I barely know my dad, and we’ve been talking more recently! I called him the other day.”

He hummed, “That may be the case. I congratulate you for taking that step without help. However, the issue may be more underlying than that. May I ask, what did you see when I used my Stand on you.”

Viale stood for a few more seconds. “I saw… an airport. I was young, maybe six or seven. I was with my mother. Father was there, with his… bodyguards, I guess you’d call them?” He sat back down. “Then it skipped forward. Father and some other woman were arguing. I think she was a Stand user.” He lay down fully. “Hey… I have a question. How does your Stand work?”

Teripio hesitated to answer. “I can make a relevant random memory bubble to the surface of your consciousness. More often than not, they will be memories you’ve forgotten.”

Viale absorbed the information. “Any time limit?”

“No, no, just a willingness to remember.”

Viale braced. “Give me another one.”

Luigi raised an eyebrow. People didn’t tend to ask to be put under the effect of a Stand. He conceded. “Very well. What a Wonderful World !”

Viale saw the Stand’s bright light before he fell in.

~~~

Viale was thirteen years old. The year was 2025. The Renewable Energy Act 2025 had been passed in the Italian congress, Giorgia Meloni wass halfway through her term. 

The Giovanna family was back home in Naples. 

Viale had just graduated primary school, and was moving to Lower Secondary school. His mother was delivering him for the first day – he was going to have to walk with a bodyguard from then on. 

They stood outside the front gates.

“Papa has gotten the best for you, Gioviale. No acting up, you hear me?”

The younger Viale frowned. “I keep telling you, he started it!”

“Uh uh uh~” she interrupted. She got down to his level. “The problem isn’t that he started it, it’s that you continued it. No more hitting, okay?”

He grumbled, “Okay…”

The memory faded to white, and returned in a scuffle. There was a big crowd. Viale had taken a few good hits, and the other kid was much worse for wear. 

“Fight! Fight! Fight!” the other kids chanted. 

At this point Viale was the tallest in his class. His blond hair was scruffy and messy from the exertion. He was about to go back in for a few more hits but a loud deep voice interrupted him.

“What is going on here?!”

A second fade. He reappeared in the principal’s office, a multitude of clocks lining the walls and desk.

“Do you know why you’re here, Mister Giovanna?” the portly principal asked.

Viale gave him the silent treatment.

“Not even past recess on your first day and you’re already causing trouble. If it were up to me, I’d send you away and never look back.” he sighed, “Unfortunately, your father is an important man, so I’m only going to send you home.”

Viale rolled his eyes. “So my mama is going to come get me? One of the bodyguards?”

The door flung open. Giorno Giovanna stood in the doorway, boring a hole into the back of Gioviale’s head. Viale, suddenly stricken with fear, slowly turned his head to face his father.

They didn’t speak. They never did. Giorno Giovanna, at least to his son, was a man of few words. 

Almost imperceptibly, at the sight of Viale’s look, his own eyes softened. 

“Gioviale. Come with me.” He turned to the principal. “Thank you for contacting me.”

~~~

This time, Viale wasn’t disorientated. Rather he ‘woke’ with a small start. He groaned and rubbed his forehead as he heard thunder grumble once again. A glass of water appeared in his vision, What a Wonderful World ’s hand holding it steadily.

“Thirsty?” the crusty voice beside him asked. He graciously took it, and sculled it down. “I don’t mean to rush you, but what did you see?”

He topped off the water and set it down on the table. Blood rushed from his head as he sat up. “I saw my first day of Lower Second. I got into a fight.”

Teripio scribbled something down in his notebook. “Did this happen often?”

“Yeah, at least once a week, before then.” He leaned back. “It was usually mama or one of our bodyguards that would come and get me. But this time,” he paused, “this time it was the Boss himself.”

“Tell me about that.”

His face scrunched up. “He never—” he hesitated, trying to put the feelings into words, “he was never my father— my papa. He was always the Boss.”

“The Boss? Of what?”

“I don’t know. I didn’t know he was a mafioso at the time,” he clarified, “I just know he was “The Boss” of something. That’s what Uncle Guido called him.”

Teripio cleared his throat. “I think I am starting to get the picture. Feel free to interrupt if I am wrong.” He flipped back to a prior page in his notebook. “Your father, Don Giovanna, paid little to no attention to you, so you acted out by starting fights in school. But eventually, you got his attention, and it was not what you wanted. Is that right?”

Viale considered the conjecture. “I think by then I didn’t want his attention — by Lower Second. But I still got it? I don’t know, Doc.”

“Then maybe what happened was you started fights to get his attention, but you discovered you liked fighting, so you kept going. You said it yourself, that you expected your mama or your bodyguards to come get you.”

Viale let out a small laugh. “Yeah, that seems about right.” He thought a bit more, “I haven’t exactly been adverse to Stand fights since I got here.”

“Well you do have quite the tendency for battle.”

Viale chuckled again. “So what now, Doc? Do you have any advice?”

He tapped this pencil on his notebook. “Stay true to yourself. Fate has a funny way of resolving things.” He stood up slowly, and hobbled over to his desk. Inside one of the drawers, he fetched a tin. 

Luigi approached Viale, and said, “Do you want a cookie? I have chocolate chip.”

~~~

Stepping outside the office, Viale felt way lighter than normal. Sure, there were some things to work out, but that was to think about after knocking off the amazing baking skills of the old man.

“I gotta say, Doc, I owe Esposito a thanks,” he said after stuffing his face with as many cookies as he could fit, “I might come back just for a top up on biscuits.”

The old man let out a hearty laugh. “Come back any time, my friend.”

Viale turned to face the hallway, but before he could bid his new acquaintance farewell, he noticed someone standing at the far end of the hallway.

That’s…!

It was the woman from the Giovanna family’s past. The woman from the airport. And it looked like she was back for round two.

~~~

Viale heard the thunder crackle outside. Now that he thought about it, it was thundering all throughout his session with the Good Doctor. As he listened, he dared not move, as a ghost from his family’s past was standing not ten metres away. 

He could only watch. He knew she was a Stand user. He’d just revisited the memory of her fighting his father not thirty minutes ago. 

What was it? ’ he thought, ‘ I know there has got to be some clue in that memory.

“So Giovanna’s brat does go here. You must be Viale,” the woman declared, “My name… is unimportant. I know your father.” 

She said it so casually that Viale nearly forgot that she was most likely there to kill him. Viale took the time to examine the woman

She was around her early forties. She had shaggy brown hair down to her shoulders, eyes covered with a Gucci pair of sunglasses. On her lapel was a golden skull and crossbones. She had a similarly styled umbrella at her hip, with some skull engravings around the handle. The rest of her looked well prepped for the storm outside, with a saggy poncho still on, despite being inside. 

“You’ve grown since I last saw you,” she stated as she started moving towards him, “your father was very… important to me.”

“Cut the shit,” Viale interrupted, “Get to the point. I know why you’re here.”

“Hmph. You aren’t as much like Giorno as I expected. You look like him,” she gave him a once over, “but you sure don’t act like him.”

“I’ll take that as a compliment. Now leave before things get messy.”

Viale knew his golden Stand aura was flaring up, but he kept a lid on Mr. Blue Sky for now. 

“You’re a feisty one! I like that. But believe it or not, I’m here on official business, and my boss and I have an appointment with your principal, so step aside.”

She clutched her umbrella tight. Viale could faintly see her own purple Stand aura wisping off her. 

Think, Viale! What was wrong with that memory?! I was with my mum, and my dad, and we were going through the airport! Our bodyguards were watching over— ’ his thoughts paused, ‘ our guards. Where did they go?

She stepped closer. 

That has to be it. I heard splats, like a meatloaf hitting the pavement. And where were the guards? Mr. Blue Sky materialised in defence of Viale, facing the slowly approaching woman. ‘ Splats, guards, splats, guards—

She opened her umbrella, pointed towards her adversary. 

“「It’s Raining Men」.”

~~~

The first thing he felt was his hair going wild in every direction. ‘ Damn, ’ he thought, ‘ It will take ages for me to get that back down.

The first thing he heard was wind rushing past his ears.

The first thing he saw was a blue sky, uninterrupted by clouds. ‘ That’s odd. Wasn’t it thunderstorming?

His thoughts were cut short, as the second thing he felt was that it was really goddamn cold

Where am I?

His questions were answered as he began being pelted from below by tiny ice droplets. A loud BOOM indicated his predicament.

Gioviale Giovanna was falling through the thunderstorm.



To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 19: It's Raining Men

Notes:

I thought about this fight for a while before writing it. It's just one of those things.

Chapter Text

20 kilometres up
Venice
Midday

𝅘𝅥𝅮 - It’s Raining Men by The Weather Girls

Viale was, of course, panicking. Thunder and lightning coalesced in front of him. It was a deafening and blinding cacophony of lights and noise. 

“WHAT THE ACTUAL SHIT?!”

He was breathing at an alarming rate, both trying to catch the air as he fell past it, as well as the lack of oxygen this high up. 

His panic was short lived, as he quickly steeled himself. 

He managed to flip himself around so he was facing the way gravity was pulling him. He recalled that cumulonimbus clouds typically sat at around twenty thousand metres away from the earth’s surface, and judging that he was wet, freezing, and damn near suffocating, he had around a minute to figure out how the hell he was going to avoid becoming a Viale-shaped puddle on the pavement. 

He started by pulling out his 20-sided die. There should be something in here that could help him out.

Mannequin? No. Air horn? Maybe if he was on the ground, he could use it to get some help. Teddy bear? No, but keep it, just in case. Sleeping bag and a length of rope? Now that’s something he could use.

He brought out 「Mr. Blue Sky」 and had him rip a few holes in the now unzipped sleeping bag, and thread the rope through. 

By the time he was done, fifteen seconds were gone, and he had a barely-functioning parachute. It was slowing him a small margin, but parachutes are made out of canvas, kevlar, and nylon, while the sleeping bag was made out of polyester.

The sleeping bag was quickly falling apart, and Viale’s momentum was slowly building again. 

“Shitshitshitshitfuckshit—”

As the rope fell out of the makeshift parachute, the knapsack was falling slower than Viale, despite being larger.

That’s right! ’ he thought as he began freefalling again, ‘ Things with more surface area fall slower! Like a kilogram of rocks versus a kilogram of feathers! The rocks fall faster, not because they’re heavier, but because feathers catch air more!

Unfortunately for the falling man, this logic prevented him from reclaiming the sleeping bag that was flying away from him. He swore aloud, as that was his only large-surface item.

I do have a set of spare clothes, but they’d just get wet and weigh me down .’

As he turned his attention to the rapidly approaching surface of Earth, he quickly found Accademia Magistrale, its large open fields and swimming pool easily visible with Mr. Blue Sky ’s enhanced eyesight. 

The pool! I could just fall into the pool and have my Stand take the force.

He’d already considered just using his Stand to enter one of the thousands of rain drops around him, but he wouldn’t survive that.

Surfaces Viale entered acted as his body when he was inside of them. If the surface broke, Viale did too. If he were to go through with that plan, the second he hit the ground, he’d be shattered into a million pieces. 

The ground was approaching fast. He needed a solution. 

What falls slowly? Something light, like a feather. But no, birds were hiding from the rain, so that wasn’t an option—

Wait a minute.

Can I… do that? Can I enter something so small?

Nearly one hundred metres from the ground, Viale experimented. He grabbed the item in question, and tried to enter it with Mr. Blue Sky .

~~~

“What a great day to be alive.” 

Maria Pioggia was living the high life. She was promoted to a personal guard of the Boss, she’d gotten revenge on Giorno Giovanna by presumably killing his oh-so-precious son. 

Maria had a difficult life – a tough childhood. She never had much as a kid. Sure, she had loving parents, stability, a mansion, and a thriving shoe manufacturing empire to inherit. Useless crap like that. But then, in her late teens, she got her Stand. 

Giorno Giovanna was the only person in the world to survive 「It’s Raining Men」 , and that was by turning all of his clothes into five goddamn harpy eagles, which were able to stop his descent before he hit the roof of the airport. She then, predictably, had her ass handed to her.

She held that grudge for years, until about a minute ago, when she sent Gioviale Giovanna into the upper atmosphere. 

Right now, she was just waiting for Viale to land. Maria had been doing this whole song and dance for about thirteen years by that point – she knew how people tried to get around her ability. So she watched the pool. The wind made it choppy, choppy enough, she assumed, to break the fall of someone falling from a really high place.

So she waited.

And waited.

Before…

SPLASH!

She shot up from her leaning position, and jumped out the window, using her Stand to glide down to the pool.

She landed to see a figure floating on the surface of the water, and from the looks of it, it was Giovanna. It even had his clothes, and a body shape that suggested it definitely wasn’t just a bundle of rags.

She approached triumphantly and got out her phone. After a few clicks, someone answered.

“Yeah, Boss, yeah he’s dead. I’m looking at his corpse. Dead on impact with the water. Yeah. Yeah okay. See you soon.”

“You BITCH !”

Maria whipped her head around at the sound of the voice. But she didn’t see its source. Was she just hearing things?

“This is your conscience, and you’ve screwed up.” She frantically looked around and readied her umbrella. “It’s raining; why aren’t you using your umbrella, I wonder?”

She lunged her umbrella in a random direction – where she thought the sound was coming from, but only hit air.

“You really have no clue. Did you even research me before getting here?”

“Who are you?!” she yelled. A million thoughts were going through her head. ‘ Is it Giovanna? It couldn’t be, he’s dead in the water! Does he have allies?

“I told you, I’m your conscience, and as your conscience, I say you’re a horrible person.” A technicolour arm shot off her shoulder, appearing as if it came out of nowhere. It punched her smack-bang in the face, with enough force to send her flying.

From nothing, Viale Giovanna manifested, visibly angry and defiant.

“I used Mr. Blue Sky to hide inside one of my own hairs, which falls really slowly and has high tensile strength.” He was still breathing hard – a result of falling six kilometres. “I used a mannequin and my spare clothes to make it look like I landed in the pool.”

Maria hit the floor, recovering quickly. “YOU CREEP!” Her hand moved to her umbrella, a few paces away from her on the ground.

But Viale was faster, sending out his Stand to mercilessly stomp on said item.

“That’s your Stand, isn’t it?” Mr. Blue Sky ’s foot landed on the umbrella’s shaft, and Maria cried out in pain as she was slammed to the ground by the equivalent force.

“You– you’re just like your father. You’re a fake and a fraud!” she cried out in raspy breaths, pinned to the ground by her connection to her Stand.

Viale commanded Mr. Blue Sky to stop, freeing the umbrella, and in turn, Maria. She felt the weight be lifted off her. Seeing her opportunity she reached out and managed to grab hold of her Stand.

It’s Raining M – gah!” She was cut off by a fist to the mouth. A real one. Viale’s fist. Not his Stand’s. His jab hit dead-on, knocking at least two teeth down into her mouth. He followed up quickly with a left hook, causing her to spit blood. He grappled around her neck to knee her in the stomach, her skull-and-crossbones pin flying off her. This left her winded and discombobulated, but still she tried to open the umbrella-Stand.

Viale responded by ripping the Stand out of her hands, and snapping it across his knee. He managed to break a few of the ‘ribs’ of the Stand, translating into three or four broken ribs in the user.

As she tried to stand up, he proceeded to whack Maria over the head as hard as he could with her own Stand, resulting in another broken rib, and a passed out woman.

As he dropped the quickly fading Stand, he found himself stumbling over himself. “I’m so tired.”

He decided a rest was in order, so he sat down, on the soggy ground, and let the rain wash over him. His ragged breathing slowly turned more composed.

He sat there for a while, arms crossed over his knees, and contemplated everything that had happened that day.

Therapy, remembering things he’d forgotten, remembering his younger self’s talent for fighting, and just now, revelling in relief. Not victory, relief.

His golden locks ran down his face alongside the rain. His favourite weather was rain.

But he could not help but wish for the blue skies.

~~~

Sana Rossi was having one of those days.

Ever since her fight with Free Bird she’d been holed up in her room.

While she felt no guilt for that man , she couldn’t believe she was able to do that to anyone.

Viale had tried to help, the therapist tried to help, hell even Beneficci tried, but she felt she had to deal with this herself.

Currently, she was wandering the halls of the dormitory. There were people around, but they weren’t really there. She was walking to wherever she got to.

That place, as she soon found, was Amicio and Viale’s door. She sighed, letting out the grievances she had with the blond, and knocked.

But the door was cracked open already.

Sana pushed the door further open to find a woman inside, sitting cross-legged on his bed, holding the turtle in front of her face.

A somewhat short and athletic figure, her raven locks reaching down past her shoulders. Her green eyes were hidden behind the dark lenses of her star-shaped sunglasses, her seemingly professional outfit hidden by her varsity jacket. A green vest with snow white sleeves, the back emblazoned with solid silver letters: J✪ ~ J✪. It was obvious that Joestar Fashion was the common choice for this woman. She looked like she was in her late twenties, maybe early thirties.

And she was having an intense conversation with Viale’s pet turtle. She didn’t know what kind of relationship he had with the turtle, but he cared a whole lot about it apparently, so seeing this stranger with him put Sana on edge.

“No way that’s you. I refuse to believe you died and came back as a turtle.”

“That’s not what happened. Also, who are you? I didn’t know Joseph had another daughter! And at his age, I don’t know how either!”

The woman sighed, “I’m obviously adopted. And I have been since 1999; where the hell have you been?”

To Sana, the conversation was as confusing as late-night algebra. Pressed up against the door frame, she decided to intervene.

“Hello?” she asked unsure. 

She heard a small “ shit ”, and when she entered the room proper, she was gone, the turtle looking around just as shocked. 

“Polnareff? Who was that? Where did she go?”

The turtle’s head was swinging around as fast as a turtle would be able to, trying to find the vanishing girl. She walked further into Viale’s room. 

“She must have some kind of Stand like Mr. Segnaposto—”

“You must be Ms. Rossi.”

Sana whipped around and saw the door close, before the woman materialised out of thin air, an obsidian and gold figure disappearing behind her. 

“My name is–”

~~~

Viale noticed the phone on the ground next to the crumpled form of the Stand user he just beat. 

His eyes turned to it, and remembered that the woman was on the phone when he made it to the ground, to someone she called “boss”. 

He picked it up and, wow, there was no password. Some bodyguard. 

Now that’s just lazy writing .’

A quick look through the phone revealed a text conversation between this lady (Maria, as revealed by her Facebook page) and someone called “boss”. There wasn’t much — it made sense that they’d only talk in person or on a call — except for what seemed like a mistaken text on Maria’s part. She’d asked the boss what kind of coffee he preferred, to which he responded simply with ‘hot chocolate’. 

Viale could not disagree more. 

The rain was letting up by the time he’d finished digging through the phone. He realised, during the intense snooping session, he’d missed the vibrating feeling in his pocket denoting a call from Esposito. 

Scratching the back of his head, he redialed. 

Brrrng!

Brrrng!

The principal picked up, but didn’t speak.

“Hello?” he initiated.

“Hello? Who is this?”

“It’s Viale—”

“—sorry, you must have the wrong number.”

Viale quirked an eyebrow, and picked up a distant voice from presumably the principal's office. The other person – a man – was yelling something fierce at Esposito. Viale didn’t even bother to listen. Instead, his face hardened, as he realised the principal was in danger. 

~~~

Principal’s Office

He was a large man. Standing tall at one hundred and ninety six centimetres tall, he was a tall reminder to many people how insignificant they were. Now, shortly after finishing his phone call with one of his bodyguards, he felt no threat in recruiting Principal Esposito. 

Unfortunately, the principal had other ideas. 

“You have no idea how hard I’ve worked for this! You’re still getting in my way?!”

“Diero, you can’t expect me to go along with this– this conspiracy!”

“This is not just a conspiracy, Espie. This is us , this is our people ! Can’t you see that?”

“You’re working with gangsters, a-and mobsters! How can you not see—”

“Don’t give me that shit, Espie. I know you’re working with Passione. Giovanna was right here in your school.”

He paused. “Was? What do you mean ‘was’?”

“…one of my guards had some prior conflict with his father. I do too, and you understand why, but your cooperation is more important than my personal feelings.”

Esposito was much, much shorter than the other man. The height difference was around one and a half feet. Despite this, he held his ground. 

“I know you like the kid, Espie. I’m sorry it has to go this way, but it has to be this way.”

Esposito’s phone rang. Unknown number. “I have to take this.” He glared daggers into the towering man as he brought his phone to his ear. “Hello? Who is this? …Sorry you must have the wrong number.” He hung up. 

He returned his focus to the oppressive man, who was also taking his phone down from his ear, getting off a call of his own.

The two stared, each knowing what the other had just done. Another man walked up the stairs into the office, and nodded to the tall man. Esposito acknowledged him before returning his initial focus.

“You won’t get away with this.”

The man’s wine red hair fell over his eyes as he leaned on Esposito’s desk, whitened knuckles bearing his weight. 

“Oh, mio amico , I already have.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 20: Wonderwall and I'm Still Standing

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Accademia Magistrale
Venice
Afternoon

Tires screeched and the van lurched forward as the driver slammed on the brakes. The van skidded on the wet road. It was a white van, unmarked of course, except for a simple black eagle logo on the two rear doors. The driver was panicking, trying to find a park in the busy street.

「Hotel California」 !”

The blind eagle sprung out of the van’s rolled down window, its attitude as frantic as the user, flying through the light rain.

Gatrice Beneficci all but flew out of the van as soon as she found her park. She sprinted full speed down the path of Accademia Magistrale, and had Hotel California start searching windows for Stand users. She had no idea where anything was in this school, and if she was to find either Esposito or Giovanna, she’d better start looking right away.

After asking the front desk where the students stayed (and flashing her SID badge to show that she was not, in fact, a pervert), she commanded her Stand to switch buildings as she ran after it.

She was halfway up the first flight of stairs where Hotel California noticed something peculiar in one of the dorm room windows. 

‘Stand Aura’: the indication a Stand battle was occurring. Her Stand had a second sight, of sorts, that could sense when Stands were being entangled. 

Stands act like representations of energy - the power of the user's fighting spirit. Yet somehow, for reasons unknown, Stands and their users experience a force of attraction, not unlike magnetism. Though subtle, the aura and energy of a Stand, especially when released, attracts unwittingly those who share the same power, however far the distance may be.

This, in some respects, is the ‘gravity’ of a Stand and its user. An unending, unseeable force which ties all who have such capabilities together.

Hotel California can see this aura. It may be blind, but only to what people can normally see. And from one particular room, it saw two– no three Stand users interacting. Third floor, south side.

Despite Beneficci knowing about this ‘gravity’, she approached the disturbance nonetheless. 

When she got there, the door was already open, and she could hear only one voice inside.

“My name is–”

~~~

Viale held the phone close to his ear as he booked it to the principal's office.

He still was not familiar with the school's layout, so as he made it to the main building, he decided to go around the outside rather than inside.

Besides, this will attract less attention, ’ he thought, ‘ I don’t want anyone else getting involved with this. Esposito is in enough danger as is, having bystanders won’t help.

The ground was still muddy from the rain. The dirt splashed all up his leg, creating patterns of splotches that made him long for a nice warm shower. What did not help was the school shoes he was running in. The numerous Stand fights he’d been in recently had not been kind to them, and he was not about to use Giovanna money to buy new ones.

He made it to the cement path and kicked his legs into the next gear. Running on pavement was way easier than grass.

Something caught the corner of his eye – maybe someone running – but paid it no mind as it was likely just a schoolkid who had forgotten his homework. 

His legs ached as he made it to the foyer. The receptionist was there as always, making a copy or something on the printer. She didn’t seem to notice Viale, who had run up to the desk like a bat out of hell, until he rang the bell.

“Oh, Mr. Giovanna? I’m sorry but the Principal is in a meeting right now–”

“Is he in his office?!” Viale whisper-shouted. His hair was still soggy and was falling over his face. Overall, he was rather dishevelled. 

The receptionist, startled by this whole encounter, stuttered, “Y-yes, but it’s a really important meeting. That’s what he said.”

“That’s right, Giovanna. It’s an important meeting…” 

“...and we don’t want you disturbing it.”

Viale whipped around to see two men hanging their coats up on the coat hanger. One’s hair was blonde, the other’s was brown. They were both dressed in formal wear. Blondie wore a green dress shirt, while Brownie’s was pink. Both sported the same golden skull pin that the user of It’s Raining Men had. 

Enemies. They have to be. ’ He thought. “Hey lady! Get out of here! These people are dangerous.”

The receptionist sputtered before slowly making her way to the exit, hugging the wall as she sensed the danger. Blondie tossed her coat at her as she fled through the door.

Brownie spoke up, in a heavy English accent, “Despite appearances, we don’t actually want to kill any—”

“We specialise in capturing, not combat.” Blondie interjected, in a similarly strong pom accent.

Brownie slowly turned his head to face Blondie. “I was getting to that,” he said in annoyance, “What did I tell you about interrupting?”

Blondie’s excitement quickly turned to shame. “…to not do it?”

Viale was sensing a real older/younger brother kind of relationship here. And honestly, he just wanted to skip this part and get to the fighting. Or if he was lucky, just get them to go away. 

“What I was going to say,” Brownie continued, “was that we don’t want to kill anyone, but we can, and we will.”

“That’s a nice sentiment, but you’ll find me pretty hard to ‘contain’.”

Viale bolted to the right hand staircase — both staircases leading to Esposito’s office — but found them mysteriously bricked over. Seriously. There was a brick wall blocking his way. He tried pushing against it to no avail. 

「Mr. Blue Sky」 sprang out of his body and tried to break down the wall with force, but again, it didn’t budge a bit. A quick glance to the other staircase revealed it, too, was blocked. 

Viale sighed. “Let me guess – this is you guys’ doing.” It was a good guess, as Viale turned back to find Brownie glowing, with a monument of bricks stacked behind him, clearly not like the clay ones you’d find in a building. 

“You’re right. These ‘bricks’ are just a part of my Stand, 「Wonderwall」 . You won’t be interrupting this meeting.” His expression was calm and confident. The large pillar of what Viale could only assume were unused parts of his Stand let out a low growl. How a stack of bricks could make that kind of sound, Viale would never know.

“Brownie’s Stand is amazing!” Blondie declared, “it can move into whatever form he wants–”

“Blondie, what did I say about revealing our Stands?”

He looked down in shame. “...to not reveal our Stands?”

“Exactly.”

“Sorry.”

“Wait, you guys’ names are actually Blondie and Brownie?” Viale stepped back down to ground level. “I’ve been calling you that in my head this whole time. What a coincidence.”

“We’re getting off–track!” Brownie yelled, “You’re not going nowhere.”

Viale pointed off to the side. “I’m just going to go through a window.” Viale sprung back into action, bringing Mr. Blue Sky out, ready to smash a few windows. But before he could make it out, a large wall of bricks surrounded and trapped him in a box.

Mr. Blue Sky let out another flurry of punches, but it did nothing to the interlocked slabs. 

On the other side of the blocked-off Giovanna, Blondie knocked on the bricks, “Do I use my Stand now?”

“No,” Brownie shook his head as he pulled the younger one away from the box, “Not yet. Let him panic.” A sadistic smirk appeared on his face, “Boss said not to kill him. Doesn’t mean we can’t play with him.”

~~~

“We have to leave?!” Sana asked, slightly out of breath as she tried to keep up beside the two older women.

“Yes, it’s no longer safe here. For you, or any of Viale’s other connections.”

“Any? What about that other guy – the one that was with you when–”

“Yeah! Vuoto! We have to go get him!” Sana directed the other two downstairs and through a few more halls, and to another door.

Sana hastily knocked, and yelled, “Vuoto! You home? Come out!”

A slightly dishevelled Vuoto opened the door, still in his pyjamas. “What do you want, Rossi?”

Sana took in the view. Sleepy Vuoto, blinds still closed, letting no light in. “Did you just wake up? It’s two o'clock.”

Before Vuoto could respond, the black-haired girl interrupted. “We don’t have time for this – get a change of clothes and your favourite teddy bear – we’re leaving. It’s not safe here anymore.”

Vuoto looked for Sana’s confirmation. “What about Viale?”

“We’re getting him next.” Someone else answered. 

They turn another corner to find a man they thought entirely out of commission, standing and ready for action.

~~~

Viale heaved as he commanded Mr. Blue Sky to try and break out yet again. Again and again in vain. 

“It’s no use!” Brownie called out from the other side, “I’ve covered you from all sides! My Wonderwall is unbreakable, it’s like diamonds! And as we all know, diamonds are unbr–”

He was cut off by a loud crunching noise, accompanied with a shaking in the floor. A technicolour fist shot out a few paces from the box, and another pried open the floor, revealing thin wooden floorboards above an empty space.

Viale jumped out, tumbling a little but eventually catching his balance. “Can’t go over it? Can’t go through it? I’ll have to go under it.”

He sprang forward, his Stand’s fist winding up towards Brownie’s direction.

Shit! Wonderwall isn’t fast enough! I won’t be able to protect myself!

Viale’s angry expression filled his vision, but was cut off. His eyes widened as Mr. Blue Sky disappeared. Viale tripped and fell off-balance, landing hard on the floor. Brownie’s eyes flew to Blondie, who had his hand held out towards Viale.

The box disassembled and remade itself into a large wall, stopping Viale from reaching the two. 

“What?!” Viale looked at his hands as he got back up. “Where’s– where’s my Stand?!”

Viale strained his head, trying to bring out Mr. Blue Sky to no avail. He could still feel his spirit – it was still there, in his head, only refusing to materialise. 

“Having trouble?” Viale heard the voice over the wall, “I’m afraid you’ll have trouble with your Stand, because of my Stand, 「I’m Still Standing」 !”

“What? Say that… again?” Brownie said.

“Huh? Why?”

“That didn’t make any sense. You said ‘Stand’ three times, and you said ‘have trouble’ twice.”

“Yeah? So what?”

Your Italian needs work , idiot. Learn some different phrases. ” he said in English.

Piss off, git .”

While they were arguing from the other side of the wall, Viale was experimenting. 

Mr. Blue Sky won’t come out, but why? Blondie’s Stand seems to be the culprit. ‘ I’m Still Standing ’? What a dumb name. Who names their Stand ‘Stand’? That’s like naming your dog ‘Dog’. ’ He paused and shook off that thought, ‘ What can I do, though? I can’t fight without a Stand.

He pondered as he slowly crawled around to the end of the wall. Wonderwall stretched from wall to wall, not giving him any opening. As soon as he heard the still-arguing voices slowly fade away, he tried putting his hand in the creaky floorboards below him. He breathed a sigh of relief as his digits phased inside.

So I’m locked out of my Stand… but not the ability. That’s really scary. It’s like having a bullet with no gun, but… ’ His eyes scanned the room around him, ‘ I think I can work with this.

~~~

“Oh, my god, you’re useless!”

“Shut up! You’re the one who brought and chose me to come along!”

“Yes, because despite your sheer inexperience and immaturity, your Stand is kind of useful.”

“And you owe my Father a favour.”

“That too.”

They had been arguing for five minutes. It didn’t matter, as Blondie had practically neutered Giovanna from the other side of the wall. Now all they had to do was either dispose of Giovanna, or stall him until the Boss was done upstairs with whatever he was doing. 

Unfortunately, there wasn’t much productivity on their side of the wall.

“Can we please just decide what to do with Boy Wonder over there?”

Blondie shrugged and took a moment to think. “What if we just… close the walls in on him?”

“Wow,” Brownie chuckled, “that’s actually an alright idea. Did it hurt?”

“Shut up. Let’s just get this over with.”

“Haha. Wonderwall , you know what to do.”

As Brownie’s voice passed over the wall, it shook back to life and began inching forwards, the two chaps following it. The wall rose a bit to drag over the rug on the floor as the faux-bricks passed over it. ‘ No use ruining a perfectly good rug.

As they took over more and more of the room, they imagined the boy squirming at the notion of his new home being a sardine can. The Stand formed and shaped around a very tight space where Brownie could feel Giovanna pressed against. The floor was brought up so he couldn’t dip into the floor at the last second. A brick slotted out, giving their voice a route to get to the soon-to-be jam’s ears.

“I’m a firm believer in last words, Giovanna. You got any?”

Viale’s eyes shifted around from inside the prison, taking in as much information from the room as he could.

“Umm, yeah! Blondie! Can you move a bit to the left?”

Blondie looked to his compatriot, who shrugged, and back to the trapped kid. He scoffed. “Wow. You really think I’m going to fall for that?”

“Yes?”

“Ha! Okay, well I’ll move a bit to my left, sir .” He said in a patronising tone. He sidestepped left, away from Brownie, but before he could bring his other leg over, a knife shot out of the floorboard, and right up in between his legs.

Every man in the room felt what he felt.

He howled in agony. Brownie whipped his head to face his ally, the bricks loosened, and Mr. Blue Sky burst out of the encirclement. 

The multicolour fists shot out towards Brownie.

“W-w- Wonderwall ! Come to me!”

The Stand that had been flung away in many directions flew towards their user, but Mr. Blue Sky quickly grabbed one, and swung it into the Brown-haired mafioso’s head, knocking him out instantly. The Stand faded away. 

Viale himself stepped out of the disappearing brick and mortar. He looked over the room one last time, before heading for the stairs.

“Pretty clean for a two-on-one,” he huffed. “Now it’s time for the real show.”

~~~

“Sounds like the fighting has stopped,” the man with blood-red hair said, “I doubt those clowns really dealt with him, but they have their uses.”

“You’re a fool to underestimate a Joestar, and you’re a fool to underestimate me.” Esposito regarded as the larger man’s associate approached him from behind.

“You’re just a disloyal little man, Espie .” He said. The boss shot him a look.

“Get real, Tizio, you’re just a lapdog.”

Tizio grabbed his arms, “May-be. But at least he doesn’t put his trust in a teenager with an annoying tendency for battle.”

“Gioviale’s more than that–”

“Not that I don’t appreciate the praise, but I’m over the small talk already.”

Tizio and Esposito turned to the flight of stairs, while a shadow fell over the unnamed one’s face.

Viale’s dirty blonde locks did nothing to cover the venom in his eyes. His eyes locked with the deep red pair across the room. “You’ve all overstayed your welcome, so the door is this way, if you would be so kind.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Wow. I can’t believe it’s been two years already, and I’ve written ~60k words (some aren’t released). For those extremely few that have read this far: idk why you read this far but thanks anyway.

Chapter 21: New York’s JoJo

Summary:

Hello, fanservice!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

The Streets of Venice
Venice
Morning, a few days ago

It was March, 2029. Springtime. The best time of the year, especially in Venezia . For Fumoso Marrone, it was the usual desperation for some sort of financial gain. 

The streets were bustling. There had to be some poor sap for him to relieve of their possessions

Fumoso was not a bad guy. He just owed some bad people some money — nothing out of the ordinary. 

He was walking, as one does, when he heard a minor commotion.

“Whaaaat?!” a clerk in a storefront yelled, “You haven’t heard of Limonata ?!”

The girl he was talking with seemed to respond, but Fumoso couldn’t hear as he approached. He could see that she was Asian — maybe Japanese? Whatever. Didn’t change the fact that money was money. And it looked like she had loads, with the high-class fashion she was donned in. 

“Ahh, you’re American, that makes sense. But you speak such good Italian!”

Fumoso took his opportunity and swiped her wallet just as she was taking out her cash. 

She just stood there, almost unconcerned, until the clerk said, “What are you doing, Yank? He just nicked your money!”

But Fumoso was already gone, ducking down a side alley to count his earnings.

“Nice! Nearly two hundred euros! She was rich !”

He failed to notice two respectable-looking gentlemen approaching him from behind.

The fatter of the two roughly grabbed his shoulder, which caused Fumoso to drop the wallet. 

“Look what we got here? I think that’s Marrone!” the fat one jeered, “What are you doing out this early in the morning?”

“Aww c’mon guys, not fair—” he was cut off by the horizontally challenged gangster throwing him against the wall, Fumoso’s wind being knocked out.

“Remember what we said, Fumoso, fifty percent goes to us, and another thirty goes to your debt!”

“I-I know! I just got that money!”

“Well—”

“Excuse me, kind signores ,” a voice with an American accent cut in, “Would you mind unhanding my friend over there?”

And he did, passing Fumoso over to the lanky man. The pig strutted towards the voice, and found an unimposing shadow entering the alley, holding a freshly bought Limonata .

“Oh yeah? Why should we do that!” he threatened. 

“Well, how should I put this,” she put her index finger up, “I’m the one that’s paying off his debt.”

This 160cm Asian-American tourist is covering my ass, ’ Fumoso panicked internally, ‘ What is she doing?! She’s gonna get herself killed!

The two sneered, and the tubby thug further approached her.

“Really? Didn’t you just get robbed? Speaking of which, we’re keeping your wallet. Hope you don’t mind.”

As he got closer, he plucked a booger out of his nose and stuck it on her cheek. He saw her eyes close behind her fancy sunglasses as she sighed. “Now why are you doing this? What reason do you have to take that boy’s money?”

“Because I can! Apatia rules this town, so I can do whatever I—” 

Her fist shot out with surprising force, sending the engorged gangster’s finger through the roof of his nose.

“Shut the fuck up, you walking McDonald’s restaurant!”

Said restaurant was now on the ground crying in pain. His associate let go of Fumoso and pulled a gun on the woman. 

“S-stay the hell away from me, or I’ll shoot!”

He moved to box Fumoso in while keeping his aim trained on the woman, not letting him leave as the alley was a dead-end.

She opened her arms, as if to show she has nothing to hide. “Shoot me! I promise if you do, I’ll snap your finger like a toothpick, you toothpick!”

“From all the way over there?! I’d like to see you try.”

Meanwhile, Fumoso felt something off. He saw the air shift around the woman, almost imperceptibly, and in a split second, the cap of her Limonata shot off and twisted straight into the thug’s finger. The force tore the finger off his hand, and the man was left squealing for his life alongside his rotund friend.

Fumoso turned his attention to the woman again, who promptly downed the entire drink in one go.

And she paused.

“SHIT! I’ve done it again! Fuck, Makoto’s gonna be so mad at me!” She noticed Fumoso was getting up, “Hey kid, you okay? Let’s get outta here!”

~~~

They ran for a while, until they were on a tiled bank underneath a canal bridge. Fumoso huffed and puffed, but still asked the woman some questions.

As it turned out, both of her parents died a long time ago, and she was now trying to find one of her cousins. And about the Limonata bottle, well, she didn’t want to give an answer to that one. 

But Fumoso had one more question for the woman in sunglasses.

“What’s your name?”

She smirked.

“Joestar. Shizuka Joestar.”

~~~

Venice
Night, a few days ago

It was a brisk night. Not out of the ordinary for an Italian springtime, and certainly not appreciated. The cold air rode the small waves of the canals, ruffling his suit jacket slightly. His hair billowed in the wind, and the paddle of his gondola bobbed up and down. He was quite the ways away from land, not that it mattered. The owner of said sea vessel was firmly under his grip, as was much of the city. 

Another gondola pulled up beside him, his associate curtly greeting him. Another man sat at the end of the boat, warily watching the other two.

“Giuseppe, I presume,” the lone man spoke up.

“Yes, boss,” replied the man at the back of the boat, “What… Why do you request we meet here?”

‘Boss’ took a deep breath and crossed the gap between the two boats. Both boats wobbled with the change in mass. 

“You’ve been causing some problems for me,” he said, “nothing too major. A few missed payments and one report of unregistered business. How’s that going, by the way?”

Giuseppe shifted in his seat, “I didn’t–” he stammered, “it was just a bit of pot that I sold to a friend. A couple hundred euros, nothing more! My son, he broke a fence at school and–” 

Boss interrupted with a sigh, “I thought so. Appreciate the honesty. Would your business help repay the loans you owe?”

Giuseppe frantically nodded, grateful, “Yes! Thank you, sir. I won’t let you down!”

Internally, Giuseppe was looking for an opening. He knew the boss was a Stand user, but if he could catch him off guard, as well as his bodyguard, he could get away.

His opportunity came when the two men turned away from him. ‘ This is it!

“Get ‘em, 「Beggin’」!

Boss chuckled, before Giuseppe’s head was sliced off in an instant, falling into the water below. The Stand didn’t even get a chance to appear, much less attack. The body flopped inside the boat, spurting blood everywhere.

“Know your place. A deal like this is too good to be true for a man like you.” He turned to his associate, “Make sure his body joins his head,” he noticed the blood stains from where the torso toppled over, “and make sure this is cleaned up. The owner is a good friend of mine.”

~~~

“No, Makoto, I didn’t kill anyone. Yes– I know– ye– mhm– I– mhm,”

Shizuka Joestar had made it to her hotel. Five stars, of course. What could she say, she had the money, she was gonna use it. The only problem now was that she had let slip what she’d done earlier that day. To her wife. The scariest person on Earth.

How could you be so reckless?! I get using your Stand to prank your friends, but you can’t just go around assaulting people!

“Mako, I know, but these guys pulled a gun!” She failed to mention the part where she punched the guy beforehand, “and besides, that guy, Fumoso, he needed help.”

Makoto was silent for a few moments before sighing, “ I guess that’s understandable. But don’t do it again! Using your Stand on non-Stand users isn’t how we do things .” They were silent for a minute, before Makoto changed the subject, “ So how are you going to find your… cousin?

“First cousin, once removed,” Shizuka corrected. After the discovery of the Giovanna family, Shizuka had spent a long time memorising it. Makoto had tried to as well, God bless her, but people outside the family just didn’t understand it as well as those in the know. “I know the name of his school, and Google Maps exists, so I think I’ll check that place out first. It’s a boarding school, so he must be there most times of the day.”

Good idea. I would also look at common youth hangout spots, like arcades, sports–

“Oh my god, Makoto. ‘Common youth hangout spots?’ You were a teenager once, right?”

She sputtered, “ I-I know where teenagers go! ” The next part was significantly quieter, “ Akira took me to an arcade once…

Shizuka laughed haughtily, “Oh Mako, you are too good for this world,” she forced herself to calm down, “But you make a good point. Arcades may not be a big thing here in Italy, but everyone plays soccer, right? I’ll look around a few sports grounds.”

Don’t get made. Italy has a lot of Stand users.

“Yeah, but they’re all chumps. Especially here. Apparently this gang is like Giovanna’s, but much newer. I shouldn’t have much trouble.”

~~~

“So this is Gioviale’s school? Huh. Looks a bit different from Shujin.”

And she was correct. While Shujin was drab and dated, Accademia Magistrale was well-designed and intricate. 

“Who names their school ‘Master’s Academy’? Stupid name.” Although, now that she thought about it, ‘Shujin’ could be read as ‘prisoner’, making Shujin Academy’s name basically mean ‘jail academy’. Huh. Weird. 

She shrugged, and made her way down the path. There were only a few people around. Maybe classes were about to start, or just finished – Shizuka didn’t know. She’d already forgotten everything about school. That didn’t matter, she had a cousin (once removed) to find. 

She stopped the first student she saw.

“Hey kid!”

He turned his head, his nose leaving the notebook it was buried in. 

“What do you want, chink?” Shizuka blinked, and the kid peeked at the notebook for a second. “Oh wait, you’re Japanese, not Chinese. That word doesn’t work… hmm.”

Shizuka, still shocked at the casual use of slur, sputtered, “Can you just… huh? Do you know where Gioviale Giovanna is?”

He smirked at his book before closing it and turning his attention to Shizuka. “Why yes, I do know where Giovanna is. Allow me to make your acquaintance. My name is Matito Romano. It’s nice to meet you, Mrs. Joestar.”

~~~

Matito was having an average day. Normal school stuff, normal 「Take On Me」 stuff, normal blackmail stuff. Today he’d hit a personal record of how much money he’d been able to… procure . And that was before he’d even finished his list. 

Next was… Lode Vantare. Ah yes, the ‘popular’ one. 

He’d found out about Vantare’s habits by complete accident, as was usually the case. Matito discovered that just by walking around with Take On Me , it would automatically record everything in its vicinity. And it just so happened that he had gone to the male bathrooms during one of these times. 

He flipped to the page that had recorded that moment.

Lode Vantare, you damn homo, can’t you keep it in your pants?

This one sentence threw Matito into a rabbit hole of uncovering everything there is to know about this student. 

There were a few things to know about Vantare. He was boastful of his looks and money. He was always around pretty girls, and he was rather good with them. But this revelation, well, it was not hard to get Signore Vantare to part with his cash every so often. 

So there he stalked down the front path of the school, headed to the dorms where Vantare was most likely knuckle-deep in another man. 

A surprise visit would be–

“Hey kid!” He heard a woman’s voice seemingly calling to him. He groaned internally. ‘ Damn Asian bitch. What the hell do you want?

“What do you want, chink?” he said dismissively. He opened Take On Me , and was surprised to see what it must already be churning out.

Shizuka Joestar, Japanese.

“Oh wait, you’re Japanese, not Chinese. That word doesn’t work… hmm.” 

He heard her stuttering, before asking, “Do you know where Gioviale Giovanna is?”

He barely heard her, as he was reading the rest of what his Stand had to say.

Shizuka Joestar, born Japanese, raised in America. CEO of Joestar Realty. Agent of the Speedwagon Foundation. Current NET worth: 2.8 billion USD. Stand user of the Stand 「Houdini Eclipse」 . Can turn invisible and manipulate light, amongst other uses. Married to Makoto Niijima.

Matito’s mind was racing a million miles a second. ‘ What the hell? What is this Asian-American billionaire doing here? ’ he thought, ‘ And a Stand user… shit. Makoto Niijima… that sounds like a girl’s name. Shit again. I better apologise if I want to gain anything from this.

He smirked and turned his attention to Shizuka. “Why yes, I do know where Giovanna is. Allow me to make your acquaintance. My name is Matito Romano. It’s nice to meet you, Mrs. Joestar.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

I'm going to start an upload schedule. Sometime on Sunday, AEST, every week. I have 5 more chapters in the backlog, and I realised (through rigourus excel spreadsheeting) that I had a 208 day gap between Chapters 15 and 16, and I don't want that to happen again.

Chapter 22: L’Orchestra della Luci

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Accademia Magistrale Principal Office
Venice
Evening

“Gioviale Bruno Giovanna. It’s a pleasure to meet you. You resemble your father immensely.”

The broad-shouldered, towering man turned around. His suit, immaculate. His hair, ravishing. His shoes, shiny. His face, a storm.

“I am Scuderio Mercurio. Or Boss, to my associates.”

“How do you know my middle name?” even he didn’t know his middle name. “Also it’s Viale, not Gioviale.”

“I know many things.” He pulled out a cigarette, and in a flash, faster than Viale could see, it was lit.

That was his Stand. ’ Viale thought. He looked over to Esposito, sweating bullets but keeping his composure, despite someone restraining him.

“I also know that you have made my life very difficult over the last few months.” He puffed a breath of smoke absentmindedly, “Harming and maiming my coworkers left and right.”

“Yeah, because they were trying to kill me.”

“And you know that for sure?” Viale raised an eyebrow. He started slowly moving closer towards the principle. “They were merely protecting me and my goals.”

“Is that what you call it? ‘Protecting?’ I call it endangering children.”

“I call it loyalty and working towards a greater goal.”

“You’re insane.”

Mercurio chuckled, and fetched a notepad from inside his blazer pocket. “Well then, let’s just go through the list, shall we?” He cleared his throat, “Brothers Chubby and Checker, performing a stakeout, captured an enemy detective. You hung them off the side of a building and gave one a concussion. They have post-traumatic stress disorder and a fear of heights now.” His eyes glanced up at Viale’s still eyes. “No remorse? Okay, next. Fuoco Esercito, admittedly not our brightest, sent to eliminate two enemies, and was arrested with many fractured bones and even a ruptured kidney.”

Viale’s look faltered a bit. He didn’t know that. “Self-defence.”

“If you say so.” He flipped to another page. “And just recently – today, in fact – I got a report that you broke many ribs and the jaw of dear Maria outside. My men have informed me that she has hypothermia from being left out in the rain.”

“She must’ve lost her umbrella.” 

A figure shot out of Mercurio and slammed into Viale’s stomach, and Viale fell over, the wind leaving him before he could even defend himself.

“Don’t even get me started on what you did to your fellow students. One was nearly paralyzed from chemical inhalation. The other was tortured until he lost consciousness .” 

“That was–”

“–wasn’t you? You sure did nothing to stop it. Who are you to judge these men and women? Espie’s nephew is still in the hospital after the beating you gave him. Where’s your quippy response for that?”

“Stop it, Diero! He’s just a kid!”

“He’s also not my biggest problem right now. That would be you.” He turned to Esposito, still being held. “I really, really , don’t want to hurt you Espie. So just tell me where it is. For Signore Giovanna’s sake.”

“Don’t tell him–augh!” Mercurio grabbed Viale’s hair and forced him back to the ground. The figure appeared around Mercurio’s leg as he reeled it back and into Viale’s gut. 「Mr. Blue Sky」 attempted to catch it, but was easily overpowered by the force of the kick.

He was sent flying, past the desk Esposito was being held on. The wall rattled as Viale collided with it, Mr. Blue Sky cushioning the blow a small amount. He groaned. ‘ I’m feeling that tomorrow.

“You’re outmatched, Giovanna. Stay down,” Mercurio returned his attention to Esposito. “I know it’s in here somewhere, and I care about you enough to not rip up all of these tasteless posters you like so much. So,” he leaned down to Esposito’s prone body pinned to the desk, “I’ll ask again. Where. Is. It.”

“I’ll never tell you.”

There was an uncomfortable silence as they stared each other down. It felt like an eternity, but Mercurio lifted his head begrudgingly. He made his way to the other side of the room, to a certain poster.

American Psycho 2: All-American Girl . What a horrible movie. A stain on the magnificent first movie. And also…” his fist shot out, punching clean through the poster and into the wall behind it. The room shook from the impact, and dust fell from the roof at the sudden shaking. “... a very obvious hiding place.”

He tore his hand from the wall, along with the picture frame, revealing a safe embedded in the wall, with a large fist-shaped indentation where Mercurio struck it. Before he could pry it open, he heard rustling, and a figure shot out from the back of his head, catching Mr. Blue Sky a centimetre from striking his cranium.

“What…?”

Mercurio pulled the safe out of the wall and turned to face Viale, still slumped against the wall across the room. “I think you’ll find that you can’t sneak up on me, Giovanna.”

“What is with you?!” Viale asked, exasperated and still feeling the last attack.

“My Stand isn’t like yours or your father’s.”

The hand pushed forward, bringing more and more of its ripped body out of the Boss. It was covered head-to-toe in brown fur, had short claws on the end of its fingers and toes, and had the head and tail of a rat. Its pinprick eyes were red with blood, and it had red, yellow and blue wires running in and out of its skull and down its back. It was just as towering as its user, maybe moreso, as it was also bulky beyond belief.

“It’s name is 「Electric Light Orchestra」 , or 「E.L.O.」 for short.”

~~~

“How?! How are you here?!”

Vuoto was already panicking from the imminent and very real threat that his friend Viale was facing, but now that this person had revealed himself, he couldn’t help but not shriek.

“ZEPPELI?!”

The broad-shouldered, large man stepped out, revealing himself. A few of his injuries remained, but otherwise, he was in great health. 

“She called me.” He pointed at Beneficci, who tensed, “She told me that if I helped you, one of you could heal me.”

Although no-one moved, everyone’s attention was turned to Sana. She felt the familiar tensing in her heart that came when someone expected something of her. 

“You’ll help GioGio?”

Zeppeli sighed. “Don’t forget my uncle is up there too.”

By now they were outside, and within viewing distance of the principal's office. The black-haired girl nudged Beneficci.

“Can you see Giovanna and the others?”

Beneficci startled. “Oh, right.”

Her Stand appeared on her shoulder, and quickly took off towards the other building.

~~~

At the first sign of flapping of wings, Mercurio turned his attention to the window. His subordinate, Mario, did the same.

“It looks like we have company.”

From Mario, a green aura lit up, and what was quite obviously a Stand appeared beside him. It was adorned with an army uniform – an exact replica of the uniform once used by actual military officers. Green, with sashes running down and across its body, and a cadet’s cap with a crosshair badge on it. Its face was completely blacked out, with the only discernible features being a nose and a mouth. Another thing of note would be that it was absolutely kitted out, with a rifle, a set of grenades, a white parachute on its back, and a knife tucked in its holster on its thigh. 

The Stand efficiently pulled out its rifle and aimed at the window, the crosshair instantly falling over where 「Hotel California」 had just appeared. A loud bang was heard, and the bird fell out of the sky. 

Mario let out a breath. “Enemy down, sir.”

“Excellent.” Mercurio noticed something else from the other window, the one facing the entrance of the school, and watched as around eight or nine cars pulled up. “Our reinforcements are here. Tell them to stay on alert.”

“What do you want from us, assho–grrk!” Mercurio’s foot inserted itself once again into Viale’s sternum, winding him again.

“You’ve done enough talking, Giovanna! I won’t even waste my breath on you, as you’ll be dead soon.”

Many people had said that to Viale since he arrived at Accademia Magistrale . A few gang members, a few students, and even a teacher had said it to him. He rarely believed them, especially in hindsight, as he so handedly kicked their asses. But this time was different. He hadn’t even managed a hit on the man, and was in the process of getting his ass kicked. This time, he believed the enemy. 

Mercurio kicked him away. He scurried away, behind the desk which Esposito was still seated at.

‘How the hell am I going to beat this guy?! Is this… is this it? ’ Viale shook his head as he tried to regain control of his breathing. ‘No. There’s always a way. Esposito could help me and double-team this guy with two Mr. Blue Sky .

As he sat up to get Esposito’s attention, he noticed the look on Esposito’s face. Fear. Much more than what Viale had. 

“Principal,” Viale whispered to the man above him, “I need your help. We can get him. You just need to attack with Mr. Blue Sky at the same time I do.”

Esposito’s breathing grew more steady as he whispered back, “You don’t understand,” he watched Mercurio warily,  “even if I were to agree, his Stand is way too strong.”

“Where’d you go, Giovanna?” Mercurio sounded exasperated. 

Mario was still watching the windows with his Stand in case someone else was to pop up. He couldn’t see any enemies. Viale groaned, finding Esposito to be of no help. He got out his dice, the same one that had helped him fool that umbrella lady earlier, but found nothing useful.

“Get out from behind there, Viale. You aren’t going to get any help from ol’ Espie. After all, it is his Stand I’m after.” The rat-like Stand grabbed Viale by his scruff and yanked him over to the taller man. 

Viale grunted. “I thought you got what you wanted?”

He pulled the safe all of the way out of the wall, and E.L.O. appeared to pry it the rest of the way open. From inside he pulled out a mask, with only eye holes and various detailings etched into it. One of those details was a mouth, which didn’t seem to have a hole for a performer to speak through. A very inefficient design indeed. The mouth did, however, have fangs coming out of it.

“Is that a Stone Mask? I’ve never seen one in real life before.” A woman’s voice sounded out from nowhere, startling Mercurio. E.L.O. shot out and swiped the direction he’d heard the voice. 

“Wow, that’s kinda rude. Do you hit all of the women that get close to you?”

“Who said that?!”

Mario turned his attention away from lookout as he readied his Stand to shoot the first thing that appeared.

“What happened to the guy downstairs? Did someone take a look at his face, then decide that the world didn’t need more Brits?”

“Who are you?! Show yourself!”

“Shouting “reveal yourself” to an invisible girl… that kinda ruins the point, man.”

Mercurio felt a pair of hands slide over his eyes, and in a flash of light, they were gone, replaced with black sockets. “My eyes!”

E.L.O. rushed ahead of him, and managed to hit a bit of the invisible woman.

“You’re fast! And on the floor!”

Mercurio felt his knees give out as two punches to the underside of them made him fall backwards, his Stand catching him. “Mario! Shoot her!”

“Sorry, your friend is currently unavailable.” Another, more masculine voice, said. Zeppeli appeared from thin air next to Mario, who flinched and fell over instantly. Zeppeli’s missing arm soon returned once Mario slumped over. “I had to mess around inside his veins, sorry.”

Mercurio let out a yell of anger. E.L.O. appeared once again, and in an astonishing display of speed and agility, disappeared and reappeared in front of where he last saw Viale, and stamped down. 

Viale, who had forgotten to move, felt his leg crack, as something invisible slammed into the Stand. He looked as he saw the Stand continue to bring its foot down. Although the Stand itself was fast, he watched as if in slow motion as his right leg gave out, and the bone snapped in half, the skin keeping it together.

To say Viale believed the actual mob boss in front of him saying ‘you’ll be dead soon’ was now an understatement. Lightning shot up his body, frying his brain with pain and adrenaline. His eyes shook and were pricked with tears. He could feel the shards of his bone in his muscle, and his leg lagged behind as Mercurio kicked him away like a used rag.

“No!” The invisible girl felt her power falter for a second, as her own invisibility faded, along with the power preventing Mercurio from seeing. 

“There you are.”

In the blink of an eye, E.L.O. closed the distance between its user and Shizuka Joestar, backhanding her across the room and towards Viale.

“Joestar!” Zeppeli disappeared again, and went straight for Mercurio.

“I can feel you, Zeppeli. You aren’t fooling me.”

E.L.O. ’s hand straightened out into a ‘chop’ shape and sliced through a seemingly random space in the air. From somewhere above Mercurio, Zeppeli’s ear appeared and fell to the floor, severed and unusable.

Zeppeli still stayed thin, however, and Mercurio felt his arm be pierced. His Stand chopped again, this time when Zeppeli came up for air. Just as his head appeared, blood hacked from his mouth. His pupils were needles, and he looked at Esposito before the rest of his body appeared. Or rather, the upper half of his body appeared. His stomach and legs were next to Mercurio.

Shizuka screamed something, but she was cut off.

“You really ought to train your employees more, Espie.”

Viale, propped up against the far wall, watched as his teacher-turned-enemy-turned-ally bled out, in the place he was meant to feel safe. He felt the venom and fire leave his eyes. 

“Bring out your Stand, Giovanna.”

He barely registered Shizuka’s Stand grabbed Esposito’s chair and threw it through the window, and he could only feel his flopping leg as Shizuka’s Stand carried him through the onslaught of gang grunts on the school grounds.

~~~

“No!”

Shizuka felt her invisibility slip for a second before she was backhanded across the room. She stumbled hard but got her footing next to Viale, who was now sporting a new leg joint. 

But that wasn’t the end of the pain. Just as she was getting up to help Zeppeli, she looked around to find his lower body and legs separated from his torso and head. She knew this could happen. This had happened before, plenty of times, on plenty of missions. But this time, she couldn’t help but see her friend Sergio, who had an uncanny resemblance to Zeppeli, get sliced in half.

“Zeppeli–!!”

Damnit! Never fast enough! Damnit, damnit, damnit! ’ Hopefully they’d be able to find a healer at the Speedwagon Foundation. ‘ Where’s Mona when you need him…

But she needed to focus. Her mission was to protect Giovanna which she had already failed so she had to get out of here. 

There was also the fact that this was a really strong Stand user with a Stone Mask (which shouldn’t even exist anymore). 

She battled in her mind, but hastily made the decision to leave Esposito there. Gioviale was family. 

「Houdini」 shot out once again and grabbed Esposito’s intricate (and kinda gaudy) chair, and slammed it into the window behind her. Houdini grabbed Viale, who was still staring at Zeppeli’s mangled body, by the collar, and put him over her shoulder. 

She vaulted over the broken glass and out the window, and used Houdini to break her fall, making sure to keep Giovanna’s leg intact. She turned around to find a crowd of very angry gang members all staring at her. In the front row was, coincidentally, the two mobsters she’d beaten up the other day.

“Get ‘er!” the big one from the other day said. He now had a bandage over his nose from where Shizuka had punched it. His lanky friend next to him instantly jumped Shizuka, but was easily batted away by Shizuka’s Stand.

God I hope none of these guys are Stand users… ’ Her aura flared as she and the nearly unconscious student she was carrying disappeared and left in her place five perfect replicas of her person. Each clone ran a different way, leaving the now very confused regular people scrambling to follow one. Meanwhile Shizuka slinked away to the road, where a white van with black stripes wrapping around it pulled up.

“Get in!” Beneficci shouted from the driver's seat. 

Shizuka yanked over the door, where she took shotgun and handed Giovanna off to Rossi, who was in the back seat.

“Is everyone here?” She turned in her seat to see Rossi and Segnaposto buckled up, very concerned that their friend’s leg was mangled and Zeppeli hadn’t even returned. “I’ll explain on the way. Drive!”

Beneficci looked at the school one last time before carefully indicating and moving off the curb. 

~~~

“You’re really going to let them leave?”

“It doesn’t matter what they do. We have capos all over the country – we’ll keep track of them.” Mercurio turned to his associate, “They must be going back to Naples. I want you to stop them in their tracks.”

Mario’s expression steeled, “Of course, sir. They won’t stand a chance against 「Super Trooper」 . But what will you do?”

He turned away to look over the newly conquered school. “I’ll make sure they have nowhere to go.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Ahhh finally, the antagonist. Been waiting for this for a while. You already know I have massive plans for him.

Chapter 23: Intermezzo IV

Chapter Text

I sit at the bottom landing of a grand staircase on a thin blanket. I recognise this blanket – it’s the one from my childhood. Mother used to say that it was in the bed with me when I was born.

The staircase was nearly translucent. If I concentrate enough I can count seventeen, with the last at the very top just a bit less opaque than the rest. 

Around me is a large void, much like the ones I enter on a daily basis. There’s only me, the staircase, the void, and the door at the top.

I stand up. My leg doesn’t hurt.

I hear a voice. A familiar one. One I shouldn’t be able to hear.

“Avenge me.”

I nod, not fully understanding.

I take a step up the stairs. There is a bit of resistance, as if moving through a thick haze.

I take a few more steps.

Then some more.

Until finally, I reached the top.

~~~

The Road
Outskirts of Venice

Viale woke up in pain, lying down across two seats. He was moving, and didn’t remember how he got here. He shot up and winced, unable to ignore the pain that emanated from his leg.

He looked at his right leg. It was the bottom half – he didn’t know what the bone was called. It looked like his leg had been set and wrapped, but it was a rush-job. 

When he realised he was moving, he looked around, and found himself in a van. 

He saw Vuoto asleep in the seat in front of him, his dark hair giving him away. Sana was next to him, her red hair messy and unkempt, as if she hadn’t had time to fix it. She was awake, on her phone.

“Rossi…?” he slurred. He was still half asleep.

She obviously hadn’t noticed he’d woken up, as she startled and looked over her shoulder. “Oh my god you’re okay,” she breathed a sigh of relief, “I didn’t know if…”

Shizuka piped up from the front, “I-I’m sorry about your leg, Gioviale,”

“It’s Viale,” he corrected. He looked down at his leg again, “Sana, can’t you just… use your Stand to… you know…”

She bit her lip. Viale could hear her breath hitch. “I–I can’t, for some reason,”

“What do you mean ‘you can’t’? What’s stopping you?”

“You don’t understand… 「Out of the Blue」 ... it should be able to heal you, but I can’t. I don’t know…”

Viale sat up properly and attempted to put weight on his leg, but drew it back as he felt pain shoot up his body. “Why not?!” he interrogated.

“I don’t know! We should be far enough away, but– but it just isn’t,” she trailed off, “working.”

Viale slumped back in his seat and let out a painful sigh. His leg was very important to him, obviously. He was a runner. He couldn’t just have a broken leg. How would this affect Stand fighting–

He shivered at the thought of fighting again.

The boss had really done a number on him, and his Sana-safety-net was malfunctioning. He saw Beneficci in the front purposefully not catching his eye in the rear-view. Vuoto was stirring at the sudden noise from Sana and Viale. 

“So where are we going?”

Shizuka looked up from her phone, “To your father, I think.”

“You think?”

“He should be able to heal you, and Venice isn’t really safe right now,” Beneficci piped up. She was focusing on the road.

They were on the outskirts of Venice by now. Viale could turn around and see the city on the horizon. Viale noted that this was the same road he and his Father had come into Venice from.

“What happened, after– after, uh,”

“I got you out. The school looked like a mobster mosh pit. Worst party I’ve been to in a while.” Shizuka informed. 

Viale was silent. He thought of the people not here. “What about… what about Polnareff? And Amicio? And Fragi?”

“Uncle Pol said he should wait behind,” Shizuka said, “I’ve got his number, and apparently he’s good with technology, so he can call anytime without being traced.”

“We’ve told him about what’s going on,” Beneficci added, “Same with your roommate. Apparently Apatia isn’t interrupting classes. Quite the opposite, in fact.”

“What do you mean?”

Beneficci sighed. “They want to keep up appearances. The Foundation won’t be able to intervene if Venice Police don't think anything’s wrong.”

“They’re probably corrupt,” Shizuka said.

“Yeah. They tend to do that.”

~~~

“I’m thinking we go the long way around,” Beneficci suggests, “Around the North-West. Avoid the cities.”

Shizuka hummed. “Yeah… that’s probably a good idea. How long’s the drive?”

“About ten hours.”

“Shit.”

“Yeah.”

Shizuka was silent for a minute. “No chance of taking a jet?”

“They’ll see that coming.”

“Yeah, but it would be eight hours shorter.”

“They’ll see that coming.”

“But–”

“We aren’t taking a jet when we’re wanted by the Mafia.”

“...you’re no fun.”

~~~

They stopped at a convenience store, just off the highway. Shizuka opened the door and stepped out.

“What do we need?”

“Phones, food and water. Preferably nothing that goes off, like fruit.” Beneficci responded. Before Shizuka closed the door, Beneficci spoke up again, “And no junk food!”

“Sorry, door’s closed, can’t hear you!”

She was quite happy with herself after that one. 

She made her way inside, feeling the cool blast of conditioned air. She was greeted by an older woman, around forty years old. She noticed the phones behind the cashier’s counter, but she decided to go for the food first.

While she was pondering what potato chips to buy, she reflected on the day so far.

So I found Giovanna, that’s good. Bad news, his leg is broken, and I don’t know how to explain that to his dad, who is kind of a big deal, big time Stand user mafioso. ’ She picked up a barbeque flavour in the end. ‘ And another Zeppeli is dead because of us. That’s good. Can’t wait to tell Sergio his uncle is dead. ’ She sighed. ‘ Maybe I should’ve brought reinforcements.

She was on autopilot as she picked up her ‘essentials’ (bags of sweets and chips) and she’d heard Beneficci say something about fruits, so she got a few apples for good measure. ‘ Apple a day keeps the detective away.

After visiting the cold aisle for bottles of water, she approached the counter to pay.

“Hello, miss.”

“Missus. I’m married,” she kind-of bragged. It felt like a brag to her.

“Yes.” The cashier looked over the things that Shizuka had brought her. “Health food, huh?”

“You know it.”

Shizuka looked around while her items were being scanned. She picked out two prepaid phones from the rack next to her.

She noticed the news was on the TV behind the cashier. No doubt a way to keep entertained on long shifts. But the programme was of interest to Shizuka.

“... Venetian Politician Scuderio Mercurio to announce a quote ‘life changing product’ next week, after his landslide campaign last year.. ”  The TV showed his photo, him standing at a lecturn. Shizuka confirmed that it was in fact the man she had fought a few hours ago.

Well that’s concerning .’

“Three prepaid phones?” the cashier questioned, “you must be on the run.”

Shizuka froze up for a second, but answered with a smirk, “Yep.”

The cashier gave a little giggle, unaware that Shizuka was being one hundred percent honest.

Shizuka walked out a little too fast to be called innocent.

~~~

?????
???

He stirred in his bed, not fully asleep but not fully awake. He felt himself dreaming, but it wasn’t a dream. 

“My, my, what an intriguing destiny. It seems as though your power is not fully awakened. I am excited to see what comes of you.”

Where am I? ’ he thought. It was just a dream, so it should have been a place he knew.

“This is a place between dreams and reality, mind and matter,” the nasally voice croaked out. “You will return here soon, when you awaken your full potential. Farewell.”

The soft piano in the background slowly faded away, until he was left with peaceful slumber.

~~~

Fragi Vole knew something was wrong. 

Vuoto, Giovanna, and Rossi hadn’t shown up to class all day. He’d looked out the window at one point and seen a bunch of respectable individuals entering the school, but when he’d checked again a few minutes later, they were gone.

After school, he went to check on Vuoto, only to get no response. He tried Rossi, but no dice. Finally, when he knocked on Viale’s door, the door shook open, and he noticed that the latch was broken. He curled an eyebrow to find the whole room ransacked and searched. 

“Polnareff?” he called, “You here, turtle?”

“Up here…” a weak voice called from above. Fragi looked up to see the turtle hanging inside the lightbulb cover. Fragi turned on the room lights. The shadow the tortoise now cast made his hiding place very noticeable. “Agh! Turn that off! It burns!”

He obeyed. “How did you get up there?” he called out. Fragi wasn’t even tall enough to reach the cover, let alone get Polnareff out. “Aren’t you, you know, a turtle?”

“Tortoise,” he corrected, “And just so you know, you should never reveal your hand, even if you lost.”

After some struggle of moving Viale’s desk chair and unscrewing the light cap, Fragi finally managed to get him down and properly talk to Polnareff. He was told to enter 「Mr. President」 , and when he did, he found Amicio and Romano sitting patiently on the couch.

He nodded to Amicio, but looked at Matito confused. “Romano? What are you doing here?”

Matito let out an obnoxious yawn. “You know, one would think a magical turtle with a Stand would be cooler than this, but what was I really expecting?”

Polnareff rolled his eye and answered for him, “He extorted my friend’s daughter to give him ten thousand Euros, and in exchange he told her where Viale’s room was. And seeing as he knows where she is, I’m keeping an eye on him so he doesn’t rat her out to the gang running your school.”

Fragi nodded, having fully come to terms with the weirdness that his life was now. 

Vuoto had texted him earlier, something about how he wasn’t going to be in school for a while. When questioned, Polnareff told him about the hostile takeover that Shizuka and Viale had been a part of. He didn’t know everything, as communications were hard now that they were in hiding. 

Fragi half-wished he could be with them – he’d rather be on the run than keep going to school, but he had a vague feeling that it was safer here than out there.

~~~

“So are we going to talk about what the hell happened?”

Vuoto brought up a good point. There was an uneasy silence in the van as Beneficci drove away from Venice. Shizuka was the only one eating the food she bought, which she had no problem with. “More for me,” she had said.

“I mean, seriously, Viale got in how many fights today–”

“--I fought five people today.”

“ –five fights, and came out of it with a broken leg, and now we’re running from some ultra powerful Stand user, who killed our teacher and captured our principal. And for some reason, Sana’s Stand isn’t working?”

Shizuka and Beneficci, the two adults in the car, and most experienced, were exchanging silent looks. Shizuka was blindly feeling around under her seat for a dropped chip, very much avoiding answering.

Viale spoke up. “Who are you, by the way?”

“I’m Shizuka Joestar. Your first cousin,” and then more silently, “once removed.”

“Right. And you’re here, why?”

She hesitated for a moment. “Your… father–”

“Of course. Of course . It has to be my father. Everything comes back to him.”

It was a constant reminder that he has no choice in his fate. It was always his enemies that he was fighting. He’d understand if it was people Viale himself had pissed off, but everyone’s too scared to fight his father, so they come after him instead.

“I know your relationship with Giorno is… complicated, Gioviale–”

“–it’s Viale . Not Gioviale . Stop calling me that.”

“...right. Sorry. As I was saying, I know your relationship is complicated, but he’s your best shot at getting your leg healed. And he could probably protect us. He’s a powerful man.”

~~~

Giorno Giovanna was not in a position of power. 

Fires blazed across the city, in every Passione safehouse and base. Naples was crying, Passione was falling. All communication towers had been strategically hit. There was no cell, no internet, and certainly no landline.

He was cut off from his son and his wife, both of whom he had tried desperately to get ahold of.

“Come on, Grace, pick up!” He groaned in frustration and slammed his phone down on the bookshelf. 

He let out a shaky sigh. A rare moment where he was unsure, and maybe even a little afraid. Here he was, caught with his pants around his ankles, with no Beetle-shaped arrow, and his work crumbling around him.

Giorno felt a life force appear behind him.

「ELO」 ’s imposing figure was lounging in his chair, casually munching on a flower on Giorno’s desk. He would not easily admit it, but it did give him quite a fright. 

“Who are you?” Giorno questioned. 

The rat-like Stand spat out a rogue petal and stood up. “I work with Apatia . Your horrible organisation is done. Come to Venice – to your son’s school. We have your wife .”

And the Stand disappeared, leaving only a destroyed plant in its wake.

Giorno stood there, for the first time in a very long time, questioning his own actions. He felt numb to the stomach. He could not remember the last time he had been so vulnerable threatened, and in his own city, no less.

He nervously exited his room and made his way down the hall, where he could hear Mista and Pannacotta shouting.

He swung open the door. The two stopped arguing once they saw Giorno Giovanna, the unmovable pillar of Italian society, dishevelled and weak. 

They stood silent for a considerable amount of time, before the former Boss of Passione spoke. If he was unsure of everything else in the world, this was the one thing he knew he would do in the end.

“I’m going to find my son.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 24: Riva di Plastica I

Chapter Text

The Road
Italian Countryside

Stakeouts were an annoyingly essential part of the job. Especially for an army man like himself. Italia had a nasty habit of telling their military to do jobs they did not sign up for. Mario didn’t mind, really. He got a thrill from the chase. 

The target, unknowingly being viewed through a sight, blissfully ignorant of the fact they were in the middle of a crosshair. Their tracker couldn’t even see him. Not that he was there physically. He was just seeing what his Stand saw.

「Super Trooper」 was quite a versatile and powerful Stand, if Mario did say himself. Think of everything people thought of the army– of a soldier. Anything. Sharpshooting, armed with all sorts of ammunition, paratrooping, tracking. Super Trooper could do it all. And that’s what made it so dangerous.

Everyone saw Stands like his and thought, “it’s just a guy with a gun. What’s a gun gonna do against a Stand fast enough to catch bullets?” 

It’s better to be underestimated than to be overestimated.

That’s the motto that Mario has lived by his whole life. From his childhood, stealing from his foster parents right under their noses, to his time in the army, proving his unimposing stature to be irrelevant when you could put a bullet in five terrorists’ heads in less than a second. Much to the dismay of his jeering peers. 

He excelled in the army. It was his entire purpose, to dispatch troublemakers with remarkable efficiency. 

But then Passione got involved.

Now, all of a sudden, you can’t go around killing terrorists in foreign nations. Now, the same superiors that were so impressed with his skill all those years ago were calling him ‘unstable’ and ‘psychotic’. 

That’s when Mercurio stepped in. He, the new hotshot politician on the scene, saw what was happening and took pity on him, and recruited him. 

Mario didn’t mind that it was gang activity – anything to get back at those who wronged him, and anything for the man that saved him at his lowest.

~~~

They drove for about three hours before they decided to turn in for the night. It was a small hotel in the town of Parma. 

Thankfully they didn’t have many bags to unpack, only Shizuka and Vuoto having the hindsight to bring spare clothes. So the other three took it upon themselves to go out for a bit, and try to find a change of clothes.

Beneficci had 「Hotel California」 active the whole time, soaring high in the sky, looking out for telltale signs of Stand users as they made their way into the centre of town. Sana could tell that it was putting a strain on her, having her Stand constantly searching for threats. Sana didn’t know for sure, but she had an inkling that she’d been doing the same thing the entire drive over.

Sana was helping Viale walk, as the rush job they had to perform in the car was starting to come undone. They could try going to a 24-Hour Clinic and try to get him properly patched up, but they didn’t know how extensive Apatia’s network was by now. 

The town of Parma was one Sana had never been to. It was quite lively for such a small place. On almost every restaurant front there was the phrase “home of parmesan cheese”, so either they all had the same grandparents, or they were all tricking tourists. 

Eventually they found a boutique that was still open, and Sana found herself in the men’s aisle. Very much not where she would rather be.

She was ashamed of herself. She couldn’t heal Viale, and she didn’t know why. It was a helpless feeling, similar to the one she typically felt at home. Her one job was to be there after the fight to keep her friends alive. 

What a world she was brought into.

A few months ago, the most she was worried about was bringing a bad grade home to her father during the holidays. She tried her best to stay in the school dorms as much as possible, and avoid her father’s scrutinising eyes. 

Now, she was on the run from a supernaturally strong mob boss with two friends she had met a few weeks ago, an eccentric billionaire rich girl, and a member of what was basically the secret service. They were all also supernaturally strong too, but her supernatural-ness wasn’t working and her friend had a broken leg.

Oh, how competent she was.

During her internal battle, Viale had picked out a few clothes and was currently trying them on in the change rooms in the corner of the shop.

Her eye caught a fibreglass mannequin just behind the change room, in the area where the vacuum and dustbin would be. It was missing an arm, but was otherwise in good shape.

After staring at it for a minute, she had an idea. She got the attention of an employee, and asked if she could have the broken mannequin. The employee shrugged in the ‘I-really-don’t-care-I’m-not-the-manager’ kind of way, so she took that as a yes.

She reached around the corner, still not wanting to go into the employee-only area, and detached the right leg of the mannequin. She discreetly opened a crack in the curtain of the change room, and poked the leg through, giving Viale a fright.

“Ah! What the hell, Rossi?! I’m half naked in here!”

Her face went red at the thought of Viale– NO! She shook herself out of it.

“I thought you might want a replacement leg,” she whispered back, still not wanting the employee to question what she was doing.

~~~

Viale was in his briefs when a leg appeared in his cramped change room. He jumped a bit, trying but not avoiding landing on his bad leg. He noticed the hand that was on the end of the porcelain leg.

“What the hell, Rossi?! I’m half naked in here!”

It took her a second to respond. “I thought you might want a replacement leg.”

Viale stared at it as she handed the leg off to him. Warily, he unscrewed the knob that connected the upper and lower half of the leg, and slowly brought his foot up to the lower limb in his hands. 

After a bit of struggle, with his foot refusing to enter the surface for some reason, he slipped it on. The mannequin's leg ran up his own, ending just below the knee. He could still feel the pain that came from his bones being snapped in half, but now with the support of a new leg, he could stand properly. 

He put some weight on it. Yep, it worked. He had to give it to Sana, she picked a good leg to give him. Same length, so its knee would line up with his. It was very obvious that it was not his leg that he was using, but he could wear long pants to cover them up.

Unfortunately, the mannequin did not have his same shoe size. You can’t have everything.

~~~

When they got back to the hotel with some fresh clothes and new bags to carry said clothes, the only thing Shizuka noticed was that Viale was barely limping.

“I got better,” he said. Shizuka didn’t believe him, so she turned his pants invisible instead.

“New leg. Nice.”

Viale scurried away to his room after that.

Sana chuckled at the scene. It was nice to get some normalcy after the day they’d had. 

~~~

Vuoto might as well have been asleep by the time Viale turned in. He was dead silent, only speaking to ask about the leg. He had lots to think about.

He didn’t hate Zeppeli. He was a good person, Vuoto thought. Deep down. He’d stitched Vuoto up after his encounter with the wrong end of a knife. Which, sure, he might’ve just been saving face, still being a teacher, but Vuoto knew better. 

There was also that time in the hospital. He apparently complied with all of Beneficci’s questions, but whether that was because of the threat of her Stand or not, Vuoto wasn’t sure. 

But he came back. He came back and fought. Sure, it was to protect his uncle, but that was something, wasn’t it?

Vuoto didn’t know much about Zeppeli’s past. He wasn’t exactly forthcoming with his history, but from what Viale had told him, Vuoto got the impression he didn’t actually know his uncle that well, at least until recently. He had heard Mrs. Joestar’s story about the Zeppeli family while Viale was asleep. It didn’t make sense why he would… dislike Viale’s family so much. It must’ve been taught, from a parent or grandparent, that Joestars were the enemy. 

He heard the shower turn as Viale entered the bathroom. He had some sympathy for Viale, as he’d had broken bones before. It was just a finger and a dislocated shoulder, but the idea was the same, he thought.

~~~

Viale knew he was dreaming. It was a similar feeling to Teripio’s Stand. 

He knew he was dreaming.

But if it was a dream, why was he seeing Zeppeli’s corpse?

If it was a dream, why was 「Electric Light Orchestra’s」 terrifying figure always there, in the shadows?

Why was the Stand continuously breaking his leg over and over again?

Why was no one else there?

Why did the Stand put on that mask?

Why was–

~~~

He woke up, gasping for air. Vuoto was standing over him, his face etched with concern. Viale threw off his bed cover and checked his leg was still there. It wasn’t exactly there , but the replacement was. 

He let out a sigh. Not of relief, but of disappointment.

Vuoto handed him a bottle of water.

“Did I wake you?” Viale asked.

Vuoto shook his head. “It doesn’t matter if you did.”

They sat in silence as Viale took heavy sips from the water. Viale saw his water was shaking – his hand was shaking. 

He’d been fighting all his life. Maybe not this kind of fighting, but all through primary and middle school he would pick fights and come home with fresh bruises. He used to enjoy that. 

Then Stands came along and he’d basically become a superhero. He’d never admit it, but he liked getting into Stand fights. There was a rush that came with outsmarting or outgunning an opponent, a scumbag who had to be taught a lesson. He’d never lost to anyone – not really. Not until him. Viale had to be saved from him, and someone had died because of it.

“Do you… want to talk about it?”

“No,” Viale said without hesitation. He noticed Vuoto’s dejected look. “We can talk about something else, though.”

So they did, through the night, until they both fell back into a dreamless sleep.

~~~

The next day, they were on the road again. They got up early to avoid any traffic, inciting a groan from Shizuka (who was the one that decided to wake up early). 

Shizuka, Sana and Beneficci had shared a room, denoting it the ‘girls room without the smelly boys’. Shizuka was responsible for the name. Shizuka and Beneficci stayed up to organise themselves for the days to come.

“We need to get to Naples,” Beneficci declared last night, as if it was new information, “so I’m thinking we go through Pisa and make it to Baratti by the end of the day.”

And so they did. The drive was longer than the one to Parma, but they also had more daylight to kill.

Beneficci was in the passenger seat this time, with Shizuka driving. She insisted she drove, just to prove she could drive on the right hand side of the road, as opposed to Japan’s left side. 

During the drive, the car was silent. Deathly silent. Viale was perfectly fine with this, as his leg pain had diminished while asleep. It was a weird feeling, constantly walking without using half of your leg. The mannequin leg didn’t have an ankle joint unfortunately, so walking was a bit weird. He had to always be trusting his new leg as there were no nerves to tell him when he was touching the ground.

The leg was weirdly stuck, so that Viale could not pull it off easily. It was like what was happening with Sana, Viale pondered. But where his ability was just malfunctioning, he hadn’t even seen Sana summon her Stand.

Viale’s thoughts were interrupted when the silence was broken by Vuoto, who was whispering to Sana.

“Should we introduce ourselves to Mrs. Joestar? I mean, she kinda just showed up out of nowhere, and if she’s going to be protecting us, she should know what we can do, right?”

Sana agreed and leaned forward to get Shizuka’s attention.

“You want to tell me about your Stands? I mean, sure, but you shouldn’t just tell people your ability,” she replied.

“I can heal people when they’re out of danger.”

“Non-Stand users can’t see me or anything I do.”

Shizuka raised an eyebrow at Vuoto’s Stand. “That’s pretty similar to mine. I can turn myself and things around me invisible. I can also absorb and release light into what are pretty much laser beams.”

Shizuka turned to Beneficci, who hesitated. “...my Stand can do anything an eagle can. It can also detect lies and… see Stand aura.”

Viale, who was listening in, noticed the hesitation in Beneficci’s voice. ‘ She’s hiding something.

~~~

There was muted conversation in the van a few hours in. Vuoto’s idea had worked as an icebreaker. Sana sat silent, however. Viale was talking to Vuoto. Shizuka was rambling to Beneficci.

That all changed when Sana’s phone vibrated, indicating a call incoming. She felt her stomach drop as she read ‘Father’ on her phone. She got everyone to shut up as she warily answered the phone.

“...hello?”

I hope you have a damn good reason for missing school, ” her father’s voice rang into her ear, “ and why you’re halfway across the country.

She felt her voice die in her throat. She had known this call was coming. She knew that her father tracked her phone. “I…”

After all I’ve sacrificed, all I’ve given you, you still throw it away?!

“I–I can explain–”

I don’t want to hear it. You come back right now, or I’ll–

Sana didn’t get to hear what he had to say as Shizuka had opened a window and threw Sana’s phone out.

“You can use my phone to occupy yourself.”

~~~

Baratti was beautiful, Shizuka decided, and she wanted to go to the beach. 

Shizuka was sure they would be followed in some way. She appreciated Beneficci’s constant vigilance, but there was no way someone like the man that killed Zeppeli would just let them go. No way. There was definitely someone keeping an eye on them.

And Baratti was the best way to throw someone off. It helped that this time of year, they were holding all sorts of festivals, so there were plenty of tourists around. Especially at the beach. Which was a place Shizuka hadn’t gone to since her high school days. It would be the perfect cover.

She brought it up to Beneficci as they were driving through, but she disagreed and thought it would be better to just keep driving. Shizuka explained her reasoning – to confirm they are being followed.

“I would see if we were being followed.”

“Not if we’re being followed by actual people. You’re Stand doesn’t have eyes right? So you can’t see normal people through your Stand.”

This gave Beneficci pause. She looked away, almost in shame, at the blunt criticism. 

“Tell ya what,” Shizuka said, “We’ll take a break, and you can scope around with your Stand. We can even send Vuoto to make a commotion and see if anyone reacts.”

Beneficci sighed. “Okay, if I don’t see anyone, and Segnaposto doesn’t get anyone’s attention, then we can stay.”

~~~

Turns out, Vuoto running around like a madman, screaming in people’s faces, even throwing a rock through a window (at the behest of Viale), was pretty funny to watch. Vuoto came back to the group out of breath and cracked his neck. 

“Yep, 「Coldplay」 confirms the people here are either not Stand users or very unaware of their surroundings.”

“Our Stands are pretty similar, Segnaposto,” Shizuka says, “I mean, when we are using them, our Stands make us invisible.”

Vuoto made a face, “Yeah but Stand users can still see me, and you can punch things. You’re way better in a fight.”

Shizuka shrugged. “I guess.” She turned to Beneficci. “Have you got anything?”

“I felt something a few minutes ago, but that was when Segnaposto was doing his thing, so it was probably just him I saw.”

~~~

From almost a kilometre away, Super Trooper sat, patiently waiting for his opportunity to arise. He couldn’t make any big moves until he knew their tracker wouldn’t be an issue.

~~~

The beach wasn’t packed , per se, but it sure was busy. There were hundreds of people around, in their summer clothes and swimwear. Viale would normally take the time to ‘appreciate the view’ (try picking up girls) but he wasn’t feeling it. 

The past few days were some of the worst he’d had in a long time. Probably only topped by the day his mother had frantically pulled him out of school just a few months ago. Her trying to explain, fearful and erratic, was something he never wanted to see.

Grace Giovanna was a pure soul. Not to say she was perfect – she was apparently okay with her husband committing various acts of criminality, but she was kind. 

He remembered a particular time when he’d asked for a milkshake for breakfast one morning when he was younger, and his mother had told him “no”, only to have one waiting for him when he got home from school later that day.

It was the small things. That was what Viale appreciated about her. His father did the big things, like stopping the drug trade, where his mother did the little things, like getting her son a milkshake. Maybe that’s why they apparently worked so well together. Viale didn’t see it.

The group was lounging around, in clothes certainly not suitable for the beach (they didn’t bother getting swimwear). 

“I’m still not sure about this,” Beneficci voiced, “This could be the perfect opportunity for them, to blend into the crowd the same way we are.”

“Think of it like this,” Shizuka said, “We are wearing street clothes, and we stick out. Gangsters wear gangster clothes, so they will stick out more. Stand users wear weird-ass clothes, so we won’t have any trouble spotting them.” 

Beneficci rolled her eyes. “Look, we all know Stand users attract other Stand users. This is a well known fact. We aren’t gonna have any more luck driving than we will trying to trick them.”

“Bah, conspiracy theories!” Shizuka did know the whole Stand-users-attract-blah blah blah. She had seen it firsthand through 2017, during her high school years. How many Stand users had Shizuka fought that year? She didn’t know. ‘ It was probably more than three. ’ She was just saying this to piss off the high-strung Beneficci.

“How someone with your level of maturity got to be a high ranking agent and a billionaire, I will never know.”

“Nepotism.”

Shizuka stood up, putting her hands on her hips and leaning to each side, obnoxiously stretching in the other’s faces.

“I’m gonna go get something from the bar. Anyone want anything?”

“Everyone other than you and me are minors.”

“So?”

Beneficci’s mouth was about to open in protest, but Shizuka turned heel and walked away before she could say anything.

“This woman will be the death of us.”

Sana nodded sagely behind her.

~~~

Night had fallen. Shizuka had come back with a concerning amount of alcohol for a group of three high schoolers and two adults with jobs that required them to be sober. 

Sana didn’t really mind – she just wasn’t going to drink it. If the Joestar was to be believed, she could afford a martini donation to the local shrubbery. It was a good thing she’d also returned with a few non-alcoholics that she’d bought when she was still sober.

What she did mind was the woman that was supposed to be protecting them drinking enough for the whole group in about an hour.

They had found and lit a beachside campfire, and were sitting on logs around the flame. There was a small pile of Sanbittèr around Shizuka’s legs. 

“Makoto never lets me drink!” she told Vuoto. He looked mildly uncomfortable. “She says it’s ‘bad for me’. Also! Campari is so hard to find in Japan…”

“Your wife sounds like a smart woman,” Beneficci said.

Shizuka cooed, “Aww, Mako’s so smart! And cute! I miss her…” She fell silent for a moment. A few people started talking amongst themselves before Shizuka yelled out, without warning, “Never have I ever intentionally missed school!”

The rest of them looked between each other, before Viale took a tentative sip.

Sana looked at him pointedly. “Viale, you missed school intentionally…?”

“Uh, yeah,” he replied, as if he was stating the obvious, “Back at my old school. I was sent out of class and stuff.”

Sana shook her head in disbelief.

“Mmm, Segnaposto! Your turn!” Shizuka looked to her left, where Vuoto shook himself out of his silent thinking.

“Oh! Uhm…” he paused, “Never have I ever… fought a mob boss.”

Shizuka let out a bark, and sipped. Viale grumbled and took another sip. 

Beneficci spoke up, “Do I count?”

“No,” Shizuka said, “You were shot by the right hand man. Unless you’ve fought my Gioviale’s father too, you don’t drink.”

“That was a good one, Vuoto,” Sana said from across the fire before Viale could correct Shizuka.

Next it was Beneficci’s turn. “Never have I ever… been betrayed.”

Viale rose an eyebrow at that. Shizuka and Sana both took a sip.

“Wow you guys are trying to kill me, huh?” Shizuka asked, loudly. She turned to Sana. “How were you betrayed?”

“Oh, uh, my friend from middle school…” she looked away in embarrassment, “stole my Magic: The Gathering deck after I lent it to her.”

Shizuka squealed. “That’s so nerdy ! I love it!”

Sana buried her face in her hands. “Stooop, I didn’t want you guys to know about it.”

Viale gave her a small smile. “Amicio already told me. You don’t have to worry.”

It took them a while to calm back down. Vuoto, who for all but his turn had been silent, asked Shizuka, “How were you betrayed, Mrs. Joestar?”

Shizuka looked nonchalant. “Oh, me and my friends found out the detective we were working with was a crazed serial killer who was causing dozens of people to have psychotic breakdowns a few years back.”

After a few seconds of dumbfounded blinking, Vuoto replied with a simple, “Huh.”

“Yeah, I have hella stories.”

Beneficci, who was usually the stoic one, tried to get the conversation back around to Viale, who was next in the game.

“Oh, sure, umm…” Viale rubbed his chin, “Never have I ever used my Stand to steal something.”

Shizuka and Viale (who didn’t really understand the game) took a sip. Then, out of nowhere, Vuoto drank. Everyone turned his way. 

“Okay I expected Viale and Shizuka, but Vuoto ?”

“I wanted to see how far I could go!” There was an unspoken question of ‘what did he steal’, which he picked up on. “I took a cash register from a restaurant.”

“WHAT?!” Viale, Sana, and Shizuka all harmonised. 

“I-I gave it back right away! No one even cared… worst prank…”

Viale smiled. “No harm no foul, eh?”

It was now Sana’s turn, and the last in the game. Shizuka was fading slightly, almost losing control of her visibility as she was about to pass out.

“Alright, last one. Never have I ever…” she eyed Viale suspiciously, “fought Stand users for no reason. Viale, drink.”

“Uhm, Vuoto went and found Sweetie!”

“Yeah but Sweetie doesn’t count. He’s just a kid.”

“He almost squashed me!”

“You walked it off.”

Shizuka finished the bottle, thoroughly out of it.

~~~

Vuoto left the fire a few minutes after Viale and Sana started squabbling. He took the path through the park instead of the lit up shoreline, but this way was faster to the motel, so he reasoned this way was safer.

As he walked, he became lost in his thoughts again. What did Sana mean, that Viale fought for no reason? Of course, he had a reason. He had to, if he was fighting this hard for this long. Hell, he’d gotten his leg broken for his efforts.

He was around ten minutes through his twenty minute walk, when he misstepped on a slick rock and took a tumble. As he got up, groaning, he felt a sharp pain emanating from his shoulder, which was odd, since he fell on his other shoulder. 

He put his hand up to where the pain was coming from, and brought it back to find it covered in blood. He looked down at his shoulder, and realised there was a bullet wound, torn right through his shoulder.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 25: Riva Di Plastica II

Chapter Text

Local Park
Barrati
Italy

Vuoto’s heart rate spiked, realising he was under attack. He quickly dove behind a tree, facing away from the source of the bullet. He was lucky that he slipped, as where his shoulder was shot was where his head was a split second earlier.

A bullet splattered against the bark. He hastily opened his phone, sending a text to Viale. The service was spotty here, as he’d noticed over the last few hours. Another bullet hit the fallen leaves beside him, concerningly close to his feet, which he tucked into the cover. 

Another gunshot, this time close enough to see the bullet hit the ground next to him. He took his chance and reached out to grab it. He succeeded, but his pinky was nicked in the process, losing the highest joint.

Vuoto grit his teeth and turned his phone’s torch on to see the bullet better.

That’s a sniper rifle round. I have no chance of surviving one of these if it hits anywhere important.

~~~

「Super Trooper」 was already sick of this kid. He was hiding behind a tree like a coward. It was pure luck that he’d survived his first shot, and it was pure luck that he got away with just a bullet through his shoulder.

His TRG from the old days was doing wonders, though. Mario felt funny giving his Stand one of his most prized firearms, but considering the severity of the operation, it seemed appropriate.

He was on top of a barn house. The occupants didn’t know he was here, but he was sure the numerous gunshots had alerted them to his presence. He wasn’t concerned – it’s not like the police here could deal with Apatia , much less himself. 

From what he understood, this boy, Segnaposto, could weed out Stand users just by making a disturbance and seeing who reacts — he’d seen it earlier that day. Thankfully this town was barren of Stand users, or else they would’ve kept running. 

They underestimated Apatia . Their payment would be their lives. 

~~~

Vuoto’s shoulder was on fire. The adrenaline was slowly wearing off and he was feeling it. His heart was beating into his ear. He heard another gunshot, and a few seconds later, bark exploded off the tree.

The bullets were starting to affect the tree he was leaning against. It was a strong tree, but sniper bullets were stronger, should there be too many of them.

It was a simple plan. Knock down the tree, draw him out. Simple but effective.

There wasn’t much Vuoto could do. Vuoto didn’t bring anything to the gunfight. All he could do was hope Viale or Mrs. Joestar or anyone would see his texts.

~~~

Viale and Sana’s squabbling had turned into… something a bit more intense. It all started when Sana had called Viale a chicken. 

Viale fancied himself a gentleman, but this woman. This woman was getting the better of him. 

“Why are you even here? You didn’t have to come.”

Someone has to be here to grab you by the scruff.”

“You haven’t done anything! Your Stand isn’t even working properly.”

“Hey! I found that leg.”

“I would have come up with that eventually.”

Beneficci and Shizuka were watching, with tipsy and normal intrigue respectively. 

“Twenty euros Sana storms off,” Shizuka whispered.

“Don’t be ridiculous,” Beneficci said. After a few more seconds of silent observation, watching the two teens bicker, they shook hands to officiate the bet.

“What are you doing here, Viale?”

“If you didn’t notice, my leg was broken by some ultra-powerful Stand user and he’s taken over my school.”

“No, not like that. Why are you here? What reason is there? Why did you continue to fight Stand users?”

“If I remember correctly, they fought me .”

“Oh, don’t try to spin it. You love fighting. I know it.”

“May-be,” Viale said, with a small break in between the word, “But it’s not like I didn’t have a reason.”

“Yeah, sure, your reason is daddy issues ,”

“Pot, meet kettle. At least my father doesn’t yell at me.”

That gave Sana pause. She hadn’t thought about her father for half a day and it had been the best half a day she’d had in a while. She stood up (Shizuka started poking Beneficci excitedly), and stared Viale down as she walked away.

Beneficci might have lost twenty euros, but it wasn’t about the money. It was about Shizuka beating her in a bet.

It was a sad day indeed.

~~~

Sana had walked a whole two minutes when she checked her phone and found she had received a text.

 

Vuoto Segnaposto
Under attack
Sniper
Direct path to motel
Got shot

 

Sana swore under her breath. She knew where that was – they’d scouted out routes back to where they were staying. It was a path through the small woods and the park.

She heard a gunshot and instinctively ducked her head. But it wasn’t directed at her.

She swore again and started sprinting back down the beach. It took her about thirty seconds to get back to them, but her voice reached them first.

"Vuoto is under attack!” she shouted with a short breath.

Beneficci shot up out of her seat and 「Hotel California」 flew out of her body just as fast. The sightless bird rose high above the trees next to the beach and searched for Stand activity. Beneficci’s eyebrows screwed together as she concentrated.

Viale stood up, gulping hard. He looked down and saw his hands shaking. He shoved them in his pockets and hid his nervousness.

~~~

“I have him pinned down, sir.”

Mercurio let out a heavy sigh, leaning into his interlocked hands that sat on the desk. 

“It’s not a thing I take lightly, attacking a child.”

“He’s a member of an enemy faction, sir.”

“You are correct, but from what I’ve heard about this Segnaposto, he is rather harmless, ignoring his talent of sniffing out Stand users,” Mercurio said, “He was the one that tipped Giovanna off about Zeppeli being a Stand user.” He all but spat the Joestar’s name out. 

“He has likely sent out a distress call to his allies,” Mercurio sat up straight, “I suggest getting closer to the target. Eliminate him by any means necessary.”

~~~

When the firing stopped, Vuoto didn’t move. It was a game of chicken, and Vuoto wanted to win, as the prize was his life. 

If he left cover, two things would happen. One, he would be killed, or two, he would get away. 

He didn’t know why the enemy stopped shooting. Viale and the others could have found and gotten him, but they would have responded with an all-clear if they did. What was more likely was that the enemy had moved from their vantage point and was slowly approaching. 

His phone vibrated, and he knew it was Sana responding. He didn’t dare check it now — there was an enemy, around a kilometre away by his calculations, who was nowhere to be seen. He needed to be ready to move at a moments notice. 

~~~

Super Trooper spotted the eagle Stand from a mile away (almost literally). He decided against his better judgement that he shouldn’t shoot it down. The colonel said that the boy was his only target, so he would only target the boy. 

He’d moved off the roof of the house, and was about to leave, before he heard a siren.

“Freeze! In the name of Baratti Polizia !”

There was a flashlight on his back. The Stand sighed and put his hands up. 

“Is there a problem, officer?”

“I’ve had reports of multiple gunshots from the family in this house.”

Super Trooper could hear the cockiness in the officer’s voice. Obviously, he thought he was king of the village, likely being the only form of law enforcement here. He also obviously didn’t know what Apatia was and why he shouldn’t interfere. 

He would have to take care of the man himself.

“Get on the ground.” The officer yelled. The Stand complied, subtly reaching for something on his bandolier. 

He lay flat on the ground as the sheriff, as he seemed to be, approached him. He grabbed the Stand’s arms and pulled them behind his back.

He was too late to notice the flash grenade in the palm of his hand. 

Super Trooper pulled the pin and sparks flew everywhere, getting in the sheriff’s eyes and temporarily blinding him. The Stand took the opportunity and in one smooth motion, got up, took the army knife from his belt, and sliced the man’s throat. He choked on his own blood and fell. 

Super Trooper exhaled, and moved on to more important things.

~~~

“Reports came in. A local law enforcement officer came to check out the gunshots. He’s no longer a problem.”

“I’ll send someone to dispose of the body. Tell Super Trooper to continue with the mission.”

“Of course, sir.”

~~~

It had been about fifteen minutes by his count. And he was counting. He’d started counting around fifteen minutes ago. 

He didn’t dare move. Not after he’d gone to pick up the bullet that hit the ground next to him. 

His shoulder was killing him. His breathing was ragged. He felt like there was more blood on the tree behind him than in his body, but he was exaggerating. 

That’s when he saw something above him. It was Hotel California ! He called upon 「Coldplay」 the same way he did when he affected other people with his the ability. From what he understood about Beneficci’s Stand, he knew that actively using a Stand would notify her of his location. 

Fortunately for Vuoto, his SOS paid off, catching the attention of Beneficci’s Stand. 

~~~

They had been running for a few minutes when they came to an intersection in the sandy paths. 

“He’s this way!” Beneficci yelled. They went straight and quickly found themselves in a clearing. Vuoto was there, shivering behind a bullet-ridden tree. 

“What happened?!” someone asked. Sana was already running over to him, aiming to heal him as soon as possible. 

“Sniper…” Vuoto groaned. 

Viale looked around confused, but followed Sana anyway. 

Beneficci was still busy trying to find the enemy. 

“He stopped shooting a while ago…” Vuoto strained, “He was shooting me from— from about a kilometre away. It hurts…”

Shizuka was staring at Vuoto, unconsciously fading in and out of visibility. Vuoto, sitting there, as an enemy attacked him at range. It vividly reminded her of a certain paper-wielding assassin from her past. The shock was quickly sobering her up. 

“This is troubling. I didn’t expect you all to find him so quickly.”

Shizuka turned to the source of the voice, only to find nothing to make it. 

“Can’t find me? Disappointing, for an invisible girl.”

“Show yourself, ass face!”

There was a low chuckle. “How mature of you. Is this really the Shizuka Joestar that I have heard so much about?”

“Depends what you’ve heard.”

Beneficci’s Stand had landed on her shoulder and was now joining Shizuka in searching for the enemy. Sana was frantically trying to heal Vuoto, with Viale standing guard. 

“I heard you were a member of the Arditi , or the Phantom Thieves of Hearts.” 

Shizuka stiffened and her eyes narrowed. “Yeah? So what?”

The voice came from behind her this time. “So you were one of the people responsible for decimating some of our largest contributors a few years back. Junya Kaneshiro? Akio Akatani? They were close friends of ours.”

Shizuka slowly started walking towards a gap in the trees. “Yeah, I fought them. And they were chumps, just like you.”

As she said that, she touched a tree, and it turned invisible, revealing nothing behind it. A gunshot rang out, and Shizuka turned around just in time to summon her Stand and cast a blue light over the direction of the sound. Everything in the path of the light froze, bullet included, in midair. 

She thrust her other hand forward, and a red light shot out, blasting everything that was frozen back towards where the bullet was shot from. 

“He’s over there!” Beneficci pointed to a location just left of where Shizuka had attacked. Hotel California flew towards Shizuka, who turned the Stand invisible. 

The bird flew unseen over to where the enemy was. 

~~~

The Stand. The representation of the fighting spirit. Why does a person get the Stand they have? Does the Stand always reflect the user in some way?

In the case of Vuoto Segnaposto, yes. 

The ability to be unperceived does not come about by random chance.

It was around three in the afternoon when Vuoto got home from school. It was a rather large house. His parents were well-off. Yet he still went to a normal school. Scuola Primaria di Venezia was its name. Normal kids, normal teachers, normal clothes. 

The only thing that wasn’t normal was Vuoto.

He got home to see his mother next to the couch, empty Campari bottles rolling around her. He sighed and got her up, putting her arm around his shoulder and hoisting her to her bedroom. He could smell the alcohol on her breath.

His father worked abroad. Some kind of big construction company. His mother, well lets just say she wasn’t married for her smarts. She was beautiful and low maintenance, he was rich and was constantly moving. 

He’d return home every couple of months to check in, and Vuoto would keep in touch semi-regularly. It wasn’t the worst relationship to have with your father.

But soon after he started travelling, she would start drinking. And using. And all of the other nasty stuff.

One day when Vuoto wasn’t old enough to get home from school on his own, his mother had come and picked him up. Her rolling up to the school gates in a sports car and narrowly missing the street sign on the curb was what started the rumours. 

“Segnaposto’s mother is a drunk,” they would say, “I bet she’s got photos online too.”

He would continue to hear that all through primary and middle school. 

He wanted nothing more than to not be seen.

~~~

“What do you mean you can’t heal him?” Viale asked frantically. 

He and Sana were next to Vuoto, Sana desperately trying to mend the bullet wound in Vuoto’s shoulder. 

“It’s not working! The Stand is still here!” Sana explained, “We’ll need to beat it before I’ll be able to heal him.”

“Maybe this guy is why you couldn’t heal me. We were always in danger, so your ability didn’t work.”

“That’s possible— are you going to help?”

“With what? He’s not there. We still need to find him.”

Sana looked up at him, sort of angry, sort of confused. “What do you mean? He’s right here.” She pointed at the boy below her. 

“Where?”

“Here.”

She saw Viale look around, obviously exasperated. 

“Viale… can you see me?”

Vuoto called out, but it fell on deaf ears as Viale didn’t respond. 

“Can you… not see him?”

She saw the look in Viale’s eyes he realised: 

He couldn’t see Vuoto. 

“Wh— what’s happening to me…?!” He took his hands out of his pockets, now full on shivering. “ 「Mr. Blue Sky」 !”

Nothing. 

No aura, no Stand, no more hiding. 

Viale tried to put his hand into the leaf next to him. 

“M-m- Mr. Blue Sky ! Please!”

Nothing. 

A gunshot rang out.

A blue light washed over it, and a red flung it back.

Viale looked over to Shizuka, the bicolour lights seemingly coming out of nowhere. 

“He’s over there!” Beneficci yelled, pointing to a spot across the way. 

“S-Shizuka! Is… is Vuoto invisible?”

She barely spared him a glance. “I haven’t touched him!”

The sun had set. There was no more blue sky. 

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 26: I Moderni Crociati

Chapter Text

Esposito’s Office
Venezia

The office had changed drastically in the few days since the occupation of the school. Where there were once numerous posters of dated, unwatched movie sequels, there was now blank wallspace, and where Esposito’s intricately designed chair was now sat a perfectly normal office chair. 

Mercurio had not patched up the hole in the wall where the safe was. He wouldn’t be here long anyway.

Mario and Mercurio were waiting to hear back from 「Super Trooper」 about how the mission went. 

“Has Esposito talked?” Mercurio asked. 

Mario stopped throwing the hi bounce ball he had found on the school roof. “Not yet, but we’ll get him.”

“He knows how to use it. I know it — he’s just not telling us,” he sighed, “The mask isn’t the problem, though.”

“Oh?”

Mercurio stood up. He paced a bit around the room before stopping to look out the newly replaced window. 

“It’s going to be Giovanna. Giorno, not his son.” Mario made a gesture for him to continue. “Giovanna has had nearly thirty years of Stand-fighting experience. He’s a tricky son of a bitch, and he’s not going down without a fight.”

“And we’re certain he’s coming here to get his wife?”

Mercurio nodded. “As long as our subordinates made sure to cut off the communication from here to Napoli , then he knows nothing about what happened to his son. That means he thinks only his wife is in danger, hence he’ll be coming here.”

Mario raised an eyebrow. “Remind me, sir, why do we need Giovanna?”

“I have two reasons. First, his father was a notorious vampire. He must know exactly how the stone mask works, should Espie not give up the information. Second,” he gestured to Mario to come closer, and whispered, “I hate that man with every fibre of my being. And he and his family will certainly not be escaping my grasp.”

~~~

???

Grace Giovanna was not a happy camper. 

It hadn’t even been a day — she thinks — since she was kidnapped (?). She didn’t really know how it happened. First she was lounging at home, reading a nice book on the making of Pagliacci , next thing she knows, she’s apparently under her son's new school. In Venice. Halfway across the country. 

She knew what her husband did for work. It killed her to hide it from Viale. But what she never seemed to be able to understand was the Stand attacks that seemed to be an ingrained part of their lives.

Grace’s Stand wasn’t anything special, but it was a closely guarded secret. Only Giorno and his advisors knew about 「Cherry Moon」

She wasn’t alone, wherever she was. There was another man, with oily hair and a short stature. People sometimes came down to question him, but he never spoke, not even to her. She spoke to him. Stories about her husband and the bizarre things he got up to. 

She was in the middle of one such story when, to her surprise, he spoke up. 

“…so he figured that a goddamn lion was enough to tear apart the poor guy—”

“I’ve heard this one.”

Grace paused. “What do you mean?”

“I had to clean up after him. That was one of my first assignments for the Speedwagon Foundation.”

She sat up from what technically classified as a bed. It was a dark room, probably underground. No windows, a lone light barely shone in the middle of the room, hanging from an extension cable running out of the room. 

“You knew Giorno?”

“I knew of him. He and I have only met once, when he came here a few weeks ago.”

Esposito was pacing around. It was kind of annoying to Grace, but she could understand the stress that being held against your will brought. 

“Are you okay?”

“No,” he replied simply, but she could tell he wasn’t giving her the full story. 

She fell silent for a while, before asking, “Do you know where we are?”

“Under the dorms. Accademia Magistrale . Your son's school.”

“How do you know?”

“I am the principal.”

“That… makes sense,” Grace said, “Soooo what are Viale’s grades like?”

“Practically perfect, bar English.”

Grace paused for a second. “Why do you know that off the top of your head? Or do you only know Viale’s?”

“I know all of the Stand User’s grades in the school. Also, why do you and your husband call Viale different names?”

Grace blinked in confusion. “Huh? What do you mean?”

“Sorry if I’m wrong, but the one time I’ve met Giorno and the few times we’ve had correspondence he’s always called Viale by his full name, Gioviale.”

“I… never noticed.”

In Grace’s experience, she hadn’t seen Giorno interact with her son that much. Now that she thought about it, she supposed he only ever talked to him whenever the three of them were together, or when she asked him to do something for Viale. He was always so busy in another part of the house or in the city that he mustn’t see Viale that much. 

“I’ll… have to ask him.”

~~~

Baratti

Shizuka was running out of light. 

Catching and throwing the bullets back at the enemy was draining enough, but she also had to keep a copy or two of Beneficci’s Stand up to confuse the gun-wielding Stand. 

She was starting to understand the pattern, though, and was clearing trees and shrubbery to limit the cover the enemy had. Making so many things invisible at once was trivial at this point, having had her stand for thirty-odd years at this point. 

Giovanna didn’t seem to want to help either, who was freaking out over by Vuoto. Rossi kept having to move around, dodging bullets that slipped past Shizuka. 

“Hey! The medic is off-limits!”

She finally managed to catch the enemy off-guard, turning a stump of a tree invisible just as he ducked behind it. 「Hotel California」 quickly followed up from behind with a screech and a scratch across the Stand’s back. 

He was pushed out into the open, and stood defensively. 

“You two are quite impressive. Maybe the stories of you, Mrs. Joestar, are true after all.”

“I’m flattered that there are stories of me, and I will likely be bragging about that fact to my wife later, but right now you have to go away.”

“And you, what was your name again… Benefishy? Hmm, whatever. You haven’t been honest, have you?”

Beneficci, still invisible, sputtered, “W-what are you talking about!”

“It doesn’t matter,” Shizuka shouted, “You need to get out of here.”

Hotel California dove down from the sky for another cheap shot, but Super Trooper saw it coming and tossed a pulled grenade straight up. She barely managed to pull back, but couldn’t avoid the shrapnel. The explosion ripped holes through the bird Stand. Beneficci looked down to see blood soaking through her clothes, before falling over, heaving for air as her lungs were pierced.

“No!” Shizuka cried. “You’ll pay for that!”

She went low and started sprinting towards the Stand. 

“I am Super Trooper . None of you stand a chance.”

「Houdini」 appeared and took a scrappy punch to the army man’s side. He saw it coming, however, and twisted to dodge it, simultaneously bringing his knife up from his leg and through Houdini ’s arm. 

Shizuka let out a pained shout and jumped back.

“What did I just say? You’re outmatched.” 

Shizuka caught the cockiness in his voice (his face was covered in wraps) and put some pressure on her cut, letting some blood run. 

She faded from sight and threw some invisible dirt at the Stand. From behind the distraction, she swept low, aiming for his legs. He tumbled over, but mid-fall, he saw a piece of dirt disappear midair. ‘ There you are.

He swiftly aimed, as if in slow-motion, and pulled the trigger in one fell swoop.

Shizuka screamed as blood spewed from her calf. 

~~~

“They’re fighting for me, aren’t they?” Vuoto asked Sana. He was still in unbearable pain. 

“Don’t worry about Mrs. Joestar and Beneficci – they know what they’re doing.”

“Ha…” Vuoto replied. He’d seen Shizuka pouring drinks down her throat earlier that night and it had reminded him greatly of his mother. Drinking and talking with no care in the world. To each their own, and all that, but when the goal was to protect others you shouldn’t be getting yourself and possibly others in your team drunk.

But Vuoto was resilient. 

“I can’t let them… die for me.” He roused Coldplay , white aura spewing off him like an inferno. “I’m not worth… dying for. So I’ll fight. I’ll help in any small way I can.”

From inside Vuoto’s heart, something changed, and the aura around him shattered.

~~~

Shizuka was not doing well. She’d managed to freeze him in place, but that wouldn’t hold him. She staggered back to Beneficci, still panting on the ground.

“You okay? A grenade ain’t nothing to scoff at.”

“I’ll… be fine–” she coughed up blood. “I need you to… do me something.”

“What is it?”

“Tell a truth. A big one. One… one I don’t know.”

Shizuka looked over to Super Trooper , who was starting to move again. “What?! Why?! Now?!”

“Yes. Trust me…”

Shizuka thought for a moment. There were too many things to confess to.

“I… drank underage…?”

“No! Not that–” she spat some blood. “Something juicy! Something you wouldn’t tell a priest!”

“Fine! I… I killed a man.”

Beneficci smiled. “That’s good enough. Hotel California … if you would…”

The Stand faded out of her body and faced Shizuka. It stopped for a moment, eyeing her down, which was unusual, as it didn’t have eyes. Finally, it nodded and flapped its wings.

“What was that…?”

“My Stand’s real ability: Heaven or Hell? Because– because you told me a big truth, you’ll now be luckier, at least for a while.”

SUPER TROOPER! ” Shizuka heard Vuoto yell.

Beneficci smirked. “Seems like it’s already working.”

~~~

The Stand regained its movement, only to hear his initial target call his name. He turned, intrigued, at the boy. “Come to give yourself up, have you?”

“No. I’ve come to stand up for myself. And yes, that is a double entendre.”

“Foolish child.” Super Trooper reached down and picked up his gun. Oh how he and his user loved this gun. So sleek, so deadly, so… so…

So…?

What was he looking at?

What was this shiny black thing he was holding?

Coldplay: Act 2 ,” Vuoto declared, “can make you forget what one ‘thing’ is. In this case, it’s firearms.”

“You…” the enemy Stand staggered back. “Haha… I may have forgotten what this thing does, but I can still kill you in many ways…”

In response to the newfound curse placed on him, he pulled a second grenade and threw it at Vuoto. His eyes widened and he brought his hands up to cover his face, but…

The explosion never came. He looked up to see the grenade midair, mid-explosion, and a blue light covering it. Shizuka stood, limping towards Super Trooper with Houdini hovering behind her.

“Thank you, Vuoto… you’ve given me an opportunity.”

Her Stand shot forward, closing the distance and throwing a left hook at the Stand. He drew his knife and put it in front of Shizuka’s fist. She saw it coming, however, as the left was a feint, distracting him from her right fist to get a lick in. 

He dropped his knife from one hand to the other and stabbed Houdini ’s arm. She jumped back in response.

“You still don’t stand a chance, Mrs. Joestar.”

“Is that right? Let me say this much: you have terrible situational awareness.”

The Stand’s faceless face seemed to realise what had happened. 

He looked around for what he must’ve dropped, but stopped at something that sounded like keys clanging together. Around Houdini ’s fingers: a grenade pin. 

He looked to his bandolier. 

Suddenly, he understood. Shizuka had made an illusion on her Stand’s arm to conceal that she was actually pulling the pins of his last grenade.

“Uh-oh.”

An explosion ripped through the forest, shrapnel flying everywhere, fire spewing from the dead-as-a-doornail army Stand.

Shizuka threw up her arms to avoid the shrapnel from damaging her sunglasses, putting her Stand in front of her as a human shield. Her body was riddled with puncture wounds — not too deep as she was a ways away from the blast. She fell back onto the fallen leaves, in extreme pain. The explosion was close enough for her to feel burns on her exposed skin – her arms, face, and legs.

Vuoto fared a little better, as he had understood Shizuka’s plan right as she pulled it off. He managed to half-get behind a tree before the grenades went off. 

The two of them lay in the crisp dirt and leaves, not moving but breathing raggedly, eyes screwed shut. Eventually Vuoto felt the shrapnel being pushed out of his body as if it were magnetically opposed to his internal organs. He also felt his shoulder closing up, and a huge wave of relief washed over him.

Shizuka soon felt the same way, and she opened her eyes to find Sana and 「Out of the Blue」 standing over her with a relieved look on her face. 

She looked over to see Beneficci was sitting up on the ground from where she’d been knocked earlier.

Then she saw Viale, shaking like a leaf and holding his chain necklace like his life depended on it. 

~~~

Academia Magistrale

Mario felt the exact moment his Stand returned to him. Being a remote Stand, Super Trooper and Mario were less connected than one would normally be with their other self. Super Trooper would follow orders, and Mario wouldn’t be hurt. A perfect relationship. 

Unfortunately right now his Stand was im perfect. It had failed, and he didn’t know what to tell his boss. 

“Mario? What’s wrong?”

“I— my Stand… it failed.” He looked down, in anger at his own incompetence, and in shame at his own incompetence. He was also mad that his Stand had lost his favourite gun.

“Well?”

“Well what, sir?”

“What’s the report? You should still have something to report.”

“Oh, let’s see.” He recalled his Stands memories, as he usually did when it was returned to him. He noticed something odd, something that happened just after the whole group had arrived. 

“Sir, you said Segnaposto couldn’t be seen by non-Stand users, right?”

“That’s right. What of it?”

“What does it mean,” he asked slowly, “if Gioviale Giovanna was looking for his friend, when his friend was right in front of him?”

Mercurio leaned forward in his chair and chuckled. “It means we have an opportunity.”

~~~

Baratti

By the time they all got back to the hotel, exhausted and dirty, it was nearly midnight. 

Viale was still shaking, constantly looking at the empty space that everyone else seemed to avoid. 

Logically, he knew Vuoto was still there. Logically, he knew all he needed to do was get his Stand back. But that pesky little voice in his brain kept asking “what if?” What if an enemy attacked their room and only Vuoto were able to see it, but wouldn’t be able to get his attention. 

“I can see you overthinking from here.” Sana’s voice was quiet and soft, despite the teasing contents of the comment. 

“What do you expect? I lose my only form of survival and I should just be okay with it?”

“That’s not what I—”

“Leave me alone.”

Sana stops walking. “Viale—”

“Leave me alone!” He whipped around to face her. The others (and presumably Vuoto) stopped a bit further ahead. “This is not some— some field trip! Vuoto almost died ! Not in the fun ‘oh he’ll be right in the morning’ way, in the real-life shot-through-the-shoulder way!”

Shizuka stepped towards him. “Gioviale—”

“It’s. Viale. Not Gioviale, Viale !” He turned to face her. “What, did you read my name from a case file and forget to care? Don’t even get me started on you. Weren’t you supposed to be protecting us?”

“I just did!”

“Oh congrats, you pulled a grenade pin,” he sneered, “Vuoto wouldn’t have been there if you weren’t getting drunk and playing stupid games. I thought you were experienced , as you so helpfully keep telling us.”

He huffed. Beneficci tapped Shizuka on the shoulder, who was looking away in shame, and signalled her to drop it. 

“And now, I can’t even see my best friend. Come on, Vuoto.” He stormed off to his room, unsure if Vuoto was even following him. 

Later that night, he dreamed of rats and war.

~~~

Shizuka flopped on her bed, utterly spent. She checked her phone. 1:43am . Shit. Makoto would never let her stay up this late.

It should be around 9am in Japan right now. I better call her.

Before she knew it, she was calling her wife. She answered after not three rings.

What are you doing up. ” It was a classic Makoto-non-question. She didn’t want an excuse, she wanted an explanation.

“Hi babe, so nice to talk to you too,” she joked, “Stand fight. I got banged up pretty bad.”

How bad?

“Think a grenade going off in your face.”

Oh my god are you okay?!

She sat up. “Yeah I’m fine. We have a healer. I was only hurt for like ten seconds.”

That wasn’t true. She had the cut on her arm for more than a minute, but they both knew that she was giving a white lie.

What was the Stand?

“It was really cool, actually! He was a long-range, automatic Stand, right, and he was an army man. I don’t think that he’s dead, but he was pretty slow-moving, so it’ll take him a while to get back to us.”

She ranted on for a while longer, giving Makoto the rundown on how they’d gotten to Barrati. 

What are you going to do?

That was a valid question. Shizuka knew it was going to come down to Viale beating the boss. That was how it went for their family. If you had a villain attack you from ages fifteen to twenty, it would be up to you to save the world. It happened to Shizuka, it happened to her dad, it happened to Josuke, Giorno, Jolyne, Jotaro, and even Jonathan. They all had their adventures, and while Shizuka knew that she would help as best she could, fate foretold that it was Viale’s fight.

“We need to get to Naples. The plan hasn’t changed.”

Naples? Didn’t you see?

“See what?”

It got bombed. The government is saying it was a terrorist attack.

“Bombed?!”

Mhm. Around thirty people died, seven injured.

That threw a wrench in her plans. The attack was likely not actually terrorists, but rather Apatia . Shizuka signalled Beneficci from across the room and put the phone on speaker.

“I have a Speedwagon Foundation agent with me, Mako. Tell us what happened.”

“I don’t speak Japanese,” Beneficci pointed out.

Shizuka paused. She hadn’t even realised she was speaking Japanese. “What about English?”

Yep.

“Yep.”

“Great.”

So Naples had around seven bombs go off a couple days ago. I think it was the same day you found Gioviale.

“It’s Viale,” Beneficci said, “he made that very clear today.”

“Yeah,” Shizuka agreed, cringing, “so what are we going to do? The city will be crawling with cops, so Giorno won’t be able to help much with protection.”

“We don’t even know what he’s doing. He could be fighting terrorists for all we know.”

I don’t think you should go to Naples.

Beneficci turned her head to the phone on the table. “What? Why not?”

From what Shizuka tells me, Mercurio, the man that broke G–Viale’s leg has a stone mask, ” she corrected herself, “ That itself is bad enough. But he also has a hostage, possibly more. I would suggest that you go back to Venice.

Back to Venice?!” Beneficci exclaimed, “Are you crazy? That’s a death sentence!”

“So is running.” Shizuka pointed out.

“The mission is to protect Viale and get him to his father in Naples. That’s what I signed up for.”

Sana entered the room, toothbrush still in mouth, bathrobe donned and hair wet. “What’s going on?”

In Italian, “Shizuka’s wife is saying we should go back to Venice.”

“Haha, no thanks,” Sana said nervously, “I saw what happened to Viale. And that Trooper guy is from there, and I don’t want to see him again.”

“See?!” 

Shizuka quickly rattled off in Japanese what they were talking about.

“You guys don’t understand what a stone mask can do.”

“Yes I do,” Beneficci put a hand on her hip, “We had a class on vampires in training.”

“I’m sorry– vampires?!”

“I’ll tell you later,” Shizuka said, “That’s not what I mean. You haven’t been directly affected by vampires. We have to do anything we can to stop that man becoming one.”

“I disagree.”

The conversation died off after that. Shizuka said goodnight to Makoto and they all went to bed.

~~~

“Hey Vuoto, if you’re there, text me.”

Viale’s phone went off after a few seconds.

 

Vuoto Segnaposto
I hadn’t even thought of this.
What’s up?

 

“What do you think?! I can’t see you . Doesn’t that bother you?”

 

Vuoto Segnaposto
Of course
I’m kinda used to it tho

But its more a *you* problem

 

“What’s that supposed to mean?”

 

Vuoto Segnaposto
Stands are a representation of a fighting spirit right
So if you dont have a stand
You dont have a fighting spirit

 

“But I do . I do have a fighting spirit. Hell, my leg is still inside this mannequin.”

 

Vuoto Segnaposto
I think that means your ability doesn’t go away no matter where mr blue sky is
Even gone

Did anything pop out of that dice you carry around?

 

“No, and I’m still mad about that. I had all my stuff in there.”

~~~

The next day Viale got up at seven in the morning. He didn’t sleep that well. Thankfully the image of Vuoto with a bullet in his shoulder didn’t live in his mind – silver linings. He met Sana in the lobby, who was nodding off on the couch.

“Hey.”

“Hey.”

“Did you… sleep well?” Viale asked.

“No.”

“Neither.”

Viale plopped down on the couch adjacent to her, and they sat in silence. They hadn’t really talked since their argument on the beach – only when Viale found out he lost his Stand. Viale had thought a lot about the events on the beach the previous night. 

“I didn’t mean it,” Viale prompted, “What I said on the beach.”

“I know.”

“It was rude of me. I shouldn’t have said it.”

“I get it.”

“I just–”

“I get it, Viale!” His mouth snapped shut. “But it doesn’t matter right now.”

Viale sat up on the couch. “Right. You’re right. Let’s just– let’s just focus on living.”

And of course, Shizuka chose that moment to manifest from thin air right behind Viale. “Whatcha talking about?”

Viale tensed up. “What do you care?”

“I care about seeing everyone here through this,” she hesitated, “and… I’m sorry about last night.”

“It’s fine.” Viale saw the irony of the roles being shifted from the earlier conversation. “You didn’t see it coming. Happens to everyone.”

There was a lull in the conversation. Shizuka rounded the seating area and sat next to Sana, lazily leaning on her elbow propped up by the armrest. 

They sat for a while, before Shizuka broke the silence. “So what do you think of that rat guy?”

“Rat guy?” Sana asked.

“The guy that broke Viale’s leg and took over the school. You know, what’s-his-name. His Stand is a buff rat.”

“Mercurio.”

“Mercurio?!” Sana exclaimed. The other two looked at her funny.

“Yeah. Mercurio. Do you know him?” Viale asked. 

“Uhh I’ve met him?” She didn’t sound sure. “At a political rally, I mean,” she floundered.

“Oh. I didn’t know he was a politician.”

“Yeah he is,” Shizuka said, “Apparently he’s gonna announce something today. I saw a news broadcast at that gas station. I wonder what he’s planning.”

“We should probably be worried about that.” Sana said.

“What? Why?” Viale asked.

“What do you mean why?”

“I mean,” Viale began, “that it’s not our problem. He took over the school, and he’s gonna announce something big – I assume. But why is that our problem? He’s beaten us, and we only barely got out of a fight with his henchman .”

“We have to–”

“No. We don’t. We need to get safe.”

“Oh yeah! That reminds me. Naples isn’t safe anymore. It got bombed.”

Viale’s eyes widened. “Any casualties?”

“Around thirty, apparently.”

“Still not our problem.” Viale was not about to go fight the rat guy again. It was a death sentence. Viale would prefer going to Naples on fire than fighting the rat guy. Sana and Shizuka gave each other a look. 

“Aren’t you concerned about your parents? They were in Naples when it was bombed.”

“Knowing father, they’re probably fine.”

“You can’t assume that.”

“That’s good, Mrs. Joestar. You shouldn’t assume.”

Houdini shot out of Shizuka and aimed a right hook at the voice. It was caught easily. Shizuka turned around to see 「Electric Light Orchestra」 standing right behind her.

“Viale. Run.”

Sana turned around and gasped, then jumped out of her seat and summoned Out of the Blue . Viale, who couldn’t see anything that was going on, looked between the two girls.

“Is there a Stand?”

“He really can’t see me? Hmph. No matter.” ELO was threatening, but not threaten-ing . Imposing, but not here to fight. It was just holding Shizuka’s wrist, keeping it in place, making sure she wouldn’t fight back. “As you can see, I am here, and I am leagues stronger than you. Do not pursue us. This is a threat.”

“And why should we listen to you?”

“I just told you. It’s a threat.”

“Right. Sorry.”

The rat-Stand’s teeth chattered. “Let’s put it this way: if you make yourself scarce, go your separate ways, and not interfere, I will not kill you, and I will call off the target on your head. If you stay together or return to Venice, I will have you hunted down before you can even blink.”

Sana was relaying the information to Viale, and Shizuka was staring down what might as well be the strongest thing on the planet. 

“I will give you until midday to decide.” He paused. “And Ms. Rossi, your father is worried about you.”

With that, he let Houdini go and walked out the front door, leaving everyone involved confused and on edge.

~~~

Populonia train station was just a ten minute walk from their accommodation. They were walking because Apatia thought it would be funny to slash Beneficci’s van’s tires. It was her baby – her Citroën H Van (nicknamed Van Halen), and they’d killed her.

Shizuka spoke up, “The train is nearly here.”

Viale looked up at the timetable to see that the train they were supposed to be boarding was headed for Florence, not Naples. “Wait, are you actually gonna go fight him?” he asked.

Shizuka stared at him. “Yeah, I am.” She walked a few paces forward, no one following her. She stopped just before the yellow line signifying a safe distance from the train when  it arrived. “Anyone who wants to come, step over this line. Once you pass this line, Apatia will see you as the enemy. I understand if you don’t want to come – I am asking a lot of you here. Should you stay, there will be a train heading to Naples on the other platform in half an hour.”

The group didn’t move. It was practically a death sentence. The rest had been informed about what happened to Naples on the walk over, so the tension was at an all time high. 

“I’ll go,” Sana said, “ ELO said something about my dad. Whatever it is, it can’t be good.”

“I thought you hated your dad?” Vuoto pointed out. 

“I do, but not so much where I want to see him die. Last night, I didn’t want to go back, but… this changes things.” With that, she stepped over the line.

Beneficci, Vuoto and Viale remained, with the two enemies of Apatia watching them silently. Not judging, only asking.

Vuoto finally stepped forward, silently and resolutely deciding his fate.

“I-it’s not the mission…” Beneficci stammered out. “A-and I lied to you all – kept my Stand’s ability a secret.”

The train platform was deserted. There was no one there except them. Shizuka spoke up. “What was the mission?”

“After the interrogation was done… to protect Viale. And, should it come to it, get him back to Naples.”

Viale looked at her. “You don’t have to go. We can go to Naples and see father.”

She turned, exasperated. “My brain is telling me Naples, but my gut…”

“You should listen to your gut.”

She sighed and rubbed her temples. “You know it’s a suicide mission, right?” she asked the enemies. Vuoto and Sana averted their eyes, while Shizuka held firm. 

“Yes.”

“Very well.” Viale’s eyes widened as Beneficci stepped forward, crossing the yellow line. 

“Viale? Will you help us?”

“I–” He didn’t know. He really didn’t know. It was the fear of the unknown – if he went to Naples, who knew if his father could even protect him? He couldn’t protect his own city after all. On the other hand, if he fought, he would have to face Mercurio and Super Trooper . He was stuck between a rock and a hard place.

He was shaken from his internal struggle when he heard someone’s footsteps. He watched as his friends’ eyes widened as they saw who it was. The person stepped past him and he caught a glimpse of the person’s blond hair.

Viale’s eyes widened too as he realised who had just stepped over the line.

Standing tall and strong, tired ocean blue eyes, heart-shaped cutout on his chest, golden locks tied into a messy ponytail, and donned in a black suit with green undertones.

Giorno Giovanna era arrivata.

 

To Be Continued ===>

 

Chapter 27: Punto di Svolta

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mercurio’s Office
Venezia

“I assure you, sir, the tie is fine.”

Mercurio was currently trying on ties for his big TV interview later that day. He had brought 「ELO」 back to his person after delivering the message to the Joestar group. He wasn’t sure they’d stay away, but he had contingencies in place for that kind of scenario. 

“It’s just… this red tie doesn’t convey the right revealing-a-new-type-of-species message… you know?”

“Out of all things to be unsure about… it’s a tie?”

“Well,” he began, “none can compete with my Stand. The only thing they can compete with is my message.”

“Such a message can’t be argued with.”

“Incorrect. There is always opposition.” He began tying the red tie around his neck. “One cannot go through life without some kind of strife. Conflict is absolute — opposition is assured.”

“Who would compete with a statement like yours? Surely everyone must agree with the betterment of society.”

“Mario, Mario, Mario. Whatever will I do with you? So naive. It’s not your fault. No one will believe what I say. I can assure you, the naysayers will always get the better of you should you not fight back.” He finished the knot and threaded the tail into the back slot of the tie. “That’s why I will make them understand. And what I will do today will not be able to be explained away with computer wizardry or stage tomfoolery.”

“It’s just… such an idea, such a promise… they’d be fools to not believe you.”

“From the sixteenth to the eighteenth century, there were hundreds of witch trials in Europe. The majority of them were in France. More than two thousand trials were held, accusing women of practising witchcraft and the occult. Too many people to count were killed as a result of the trials, through hanging, torture, burning, and some left to die in prison. Those people were pleading that they were normal… I will be pleading that I am not. They died for their perceived sins, due to the ignorance of man. I will not.”

He stood up and straightened out his tie. “Even after hundreds of years, humanity remains unchanged. Though it may not be witches any longer, another target always takes its place – an enemy to pursue, an evil to reduce to ashes. By appearing so publically, I may simply be showing man where to aim, and I am giving him the gun." 

~~~

?????
???

“My… the guest still sleeps, and he has not yet awakened… I wonder why you are visiting so soon?”

~~~

Train Carriage
Between Populonia and Campiglia Marittima

The train carriage was deathly silent. Viale was pointedly ignoring his father. They had been on the train for around half an hour. 

Shizuka, the actual billionaire, had not spared any expense. Executive class. Populonia to Campiglia Marittima, Campiglia Marittima to Pisa, Pisa to Firenze Santa Maria Novella, Firenze Santa Maria Novella to Venezia. It was the most subtle mode of transportation they had available (apart from the beloved fallen Van Halen). This route opened them up to enemies at the three changeovers, but it was still the fastest way back to Venice.

“Are you… hurt, Gioviale?”

Shizuka was about to correct the name but Viale spoke first. “I’m not hurt, thanks,” he spat.

There was another lull. Shizuka decided now was the time to speak up. “Soooo what are you doing here? Not that I’m unhappy about it!! Just that… don’t you have a mob to run?”

Giorno was straight faced. “ Passione has taken a hit. Napoli has fallen – only our secondary branches survived the bombing.”

Viale’s eyes widened. ‘ He lost?! ’ he thought. 

Viale knew his father. For all the confidence Giorno showed on the outside, Viale knew that he was close to losing it. He was just holding it together for the benefit of the group, like he’d always done.

“There’s… something else you should probably know, Gioviale…” he paused, “ Apatia … they have your mother. They took her two nights ago.”

Viale’s mouth wobbled, but he held strong. “I-is it too late to get off the train?” He cracked a joke. No one laughed. He breathed out a shaky breath. “Why… why would they take her , of all people?”

“To get to me,” Giorno answered, “I have something they want. I don’t know what – they already have the Beetle-shaped arrow.”

“He also has a stone mask.” Beneficci voiced.

Giorno’s eyes widened slightly. “That… might be it. My father was a… a big deal.” He caught Shizuka’s eyes, who seemed to understand. ‘ Don’t tell my son about his grandfather.

“What are you guys talking about?” Vuoto asked. 

“The first major incident involving a stone mask was with an individual named Dio Brando, in the eighteen-hundreds.” Shizuka explained, “He lived for more than one hundred years, and caused indescribable pain and suffering to many people… most of all, the Joestars, of whom he was adopted into in his childhood.”

“Brando…” Viale repeated.

“I think I get it… why Mercurio wants the stone mask.” Shizuka announced. The few conversations that had sprung up around them died down. “DIO becoming a vampire – yes, a vampire, Vuoto – gave his Stand, 「The World」 , much finer control over his ability. There are two people in the world who use Time Stop, DIO Brando, and Jotaro Kujo, my nephew. Jotaro was limited to exhaustion when using his Stand’s ability, DIO was not. He could stop time over and over again with little backlash to his body. That might be what Mercurio is after – free reign to use his Stand for whatever he wants, whenever he wants.”

“But that doesn’t account for the arrow.”

“Or Esposito.” Everyone turned to face Viale. “What? I thought he was in the office for Esposito? That’s what he said, at least. ‘ After all, it’s Espie’s Stand I’m after. ’” He said in a gravelly voice to indicate he was quoting Mercurio.

That changed things. “So Esposito’s Stand, 「Electric Boogaloo」 , a Stand arrow, and a stone mask… what is this guy planning…?” Shizuka pondered.

~~~

St. Mark’s Square
Venice

In the heart of Venice, beneath the watchful gaze of St. Mark's Basilica, lay the historic expanse of Piazza San Marco . On this particular day, the cobblestones of the square echoed with the rhythmic footsteps of a gathering crowd, their murmurs blending with the distant call of seagulls and the soft lapping of water against the nearby canals.

Banners fluttered in the gentle breeze, their vibrant colours contrasting with the aged stone facades of the surrounding buildings. A platform had been erected at one end of the square, with a lectern in the centre, currently empty as the speech had not yet started.

The air was charged with anticipation, a palpable energy that electrified the crowd. Merchants paused in their daily routines, fishermen left their nets by the Grand Canal, and gondoliers docked their boats to join the throng. Faces of all ages and backgrounds were turned toward the platform, eager to hear the orator who would soon take the stage. Many news crews were set up on the fringes, ready to broadcast the event to all of Italy, possibly even the world.

The sun cast golden rays upon the scene, illuminating the intricate mosaics of St. Mark's Basilica and casting long shadows across the square. In one of the buildings sat Mercurio and a few of his top men. 

“Are the preparations ready?” Mercurio sat at the head of the table, lightly tapping his foot against the marble floor in nervousness. 

“Yes, signore , we have checked and double checked. The tests were conclusive – the virus works, and holds no danger.”

With the meeting over and the clock nearing high noon, he stood up and began walking down to the square. As he entered the square he could see the people gathered. It gave him hope that the announcement would go off without a hitch. 

The stage was well guarded, with Stand- and non-Stand users keeping the people from entering the off-limits area. On the stage were a few odd objects. A Ferrari SF90 Stradale sat on stage-left, while a crane holding several steel beams was suspended over stage-right.

As Mercurio approached the podium, his nerves settled and the crowd simmered down.

He took a deep breath.

And let it out.

“People of Venezia . Hear me and put your faith into what I am about to say. The world is not what it should be. There are liars everywhere – people who keep the truth and keep power away from you. I am one of those people.” He paused to let the crowd express their confusion. 

“I know, I know, I am ashamed of myself.” He snapped his fingers. A nearly transparent white gas leaked out of nozzles dotted around the perimeter, the crowd unknowingly breathing it in. 

“Many of you may not believe what you are about to see, but I assure you, you deserve to know what has been going on under your noses for at least a hundred years. What I am about to show you will change the way you see the world.”

This is it ,’ Mario thought. He had 「Super Trooper」 positioned on one of the rooftops, ready to strike if an enemy were to pounce. ‘ Come on, boss, you’ve got this.

“This… is the world you’ve all been missing out on.”

On that note, 「Electric Light Orchestra」 slowly materialised from Mercurio, his Stand aura flaring up a bright red. Audience members' eyes widened as they were able to see the Stand

“This… is a Stand. Normally invisible to a regular man’s eye.”

ELO walked over to the Ferrari , grabbed it by the hood, and tossed it full body over the crowd and into a canal, sending water flying from the impact. 

“You have been exposed to a harmless virus, and are now able to see Stands.”

~~~

Speedwagon Foundation HQ

Tokyo

Evening

Josuke was just packing up when Maya – one of his subordinates – burst into his office. Josuke looked up as if he’d been caught with his hand in the cookie jar. 

“What is it?” he asked.

“Have you seen it?” she said frantically.

He responded in the negative, so she grabbed the remote on his desk and turned on the television on the wall. She flipped through a few channels before she landed on the worldwide news. It was being translated from Italian to Japanese live.

This… is a Stand. Normally invisible to a regular man’s eye.

Josuke’s stomach dropped as he watched a car – a goddamn Ferrari – get flung across wherever this was being broadcast.

“When was this?” he asked.

She looked up, visibly concerned. “About half an hour ago, from Venice.”

Venice… That’s where Shizuka was going ,’ he thought. “What else does he say?”

She silently pressed play on the prerecorded video.

~~~

Cafe LeBlanc
Yongen-Jaya
Evening

You have been exposed to a harmless virus, and are now able to see Stands.

Akira turned to Futaba, who was frantically typing away on her laptop in one of the booths. Sojiro, now thoroughly old and grey, was now resting on a stool, also watching in concern. 

“Is this guy… is he legit?”

“Yep,” Futaba responded, her nose far into her laptop, “He’s been a politician for like, fifteen years – major radical progressive advocate. He’s also a major backer of that school Shizuka had a mission at. It’s prolly related.”

Akira was holding his breath without even knowing it. ‘ Shizuka… you better come back, to Makoto and the rest of us.

Akira looked outside to see the same white mist from the event falling over Tokyo. He suspected this wasn’t just Venice and Tokyo, but worldwide.

~~~

Miami
Florida

Jotaro Kujo was walking back from the supermarket when he got a text from Josuke. It was in the Joestar family group chat (which nowadays only consisted of Josuke, Shizuka, himself and his daughter). 

Higashikata Josuke
Major Stand event. Virus that allows normal people to see Stands. Venice, Italy. Possibly more.

Jotaro took one look at the message, nodded, and continued to walk home. ‘ Good grief. I’m getting too old for this.

~~~

Train Carriage
Between Populonia and Campiglia Marittima

The group had split up between a few carriages. Viale, Sana, and Vuoto had gone up a few doors to another room, while Beneficci, Shizuka and Giorno stayed behind. Vuoto was flipping through the TV stations while Sana used Viale’s phone for something or other. 

“So… your dad’s back.” Sana said.

“Yeah,” Viale responded sarcastically, “great. Time to do what he wants.”

Viale was about to continue ranting, but Sana interrupted him. “What’s with you?” 

“Huh?” he said dumbly, “What do you mean?”

“I mean, objectively, your dad has given you an amazing life. Sure, he’s a gangster, sure, he doesn’t talk to you. But you lived in a mansion! You– you have a loving mother! I wish I was in your position–”

“Guys,” Vuoto interrupted. From contextual cues, Viale guessed Vuoto was talking to Sana. She turned to the TV, as did Viale. And what they saw would change the trajectory of their lives.

~~~

“You’re Joseph’s daughter.” Giorno began the conversation. It was a blunt kind of speaking, but he was a mob boss. He didn’t need subtlety.

“Uhh, yeah. Shizuka Joestar. Josuke is my brother– but you probably guessed that.” Shizuka was flailing. This was Viale’s scary dad who had killed before and would kill again. 

“From what I’ve gathered from the eulogy at the funeral and what your family has told me, I believe your father and my son are similar kinds of people.”

“What do you mean?” Similar to her father? That was hard to believe.

“They are both grandsons of Jonathan. The only grandsons of Jonathan.”

Shizuka blinked. “Yeah, I guess you’re right. Although I don’t know much about Viale from when he was a kid.”

“He was a fighter. Always picking them,” Giorno said. “Very unlike me.”

“Ha, the boss of Passione , not picking fights?”

“It might be difficult to understand,” he chuckled. It looked like it was the first time he’d laughed in a long while. “I was… a quiet child. I only started fighting when I got my Stand, around fifteen years old. Viale has been fighting since he was in preschool.”

“Maybe you’re right then. When dad was thirteen years old he stopped a plane hijacking and caused the plane to crash just because the bad guys insulted his grandmother. And he lived to age ninety seven.”

“Your father was quite the character.”

“…”

“I met him, you know. Before he died.”

“Really?”

Giorno shifted one leg over the other. “In Venice, too. He was visiting his mother’s house.”

“I didn’t know grandma had a place in Venice?”

“This was before all… this.” He gestured to the general surroundings. “ Passione had a… vested interest in Air Supplena Island, which was in your grandmother’s possession.”

“I have this…” she summoned 「Houdini」 and it presented its right hand to Giorno. It was a gemstone, no bigger than her palm, pure red with a crucifix symbol in the middle. “My grandmother and technically your dad left it to me.”

“My… dad? You don’t mean my step-dad, do you?”

“No no, Jonathan. I had a near-death experience and spoke to him a few years back. It was kinda weird.”

“That’s… interesting.” Giorno tried to hide the dejection in his voice.

“You would’ve liked him. And he would’ve liked you.”

“I appreciate the sentiment, but I doubt I’ll ever see what you did.” Giorno remembered what Shizuka had said about her brother. “You know, I’ve fought with your brother before.”

“Really?! When?!” This was the first she was hearing of it. She couldn’t think of any time they would meet other than her father’s funeral.

“Him, Jotaro, his daughter, and myself all fought one of DIO’s friends. I forget his name now, but it was a tough fight.”

“I thought… it was just Jolyne and her friends.” That was what Jotaro had told her.

“You might want to confirm with Josuke, but that was the last time I used my full power – the last time I used 「Gold Experience Requiem」 ,” he said. “Besides, I can’t really use it now, because I don’t have the arrow.”

“Hey, did you do business with Kaneshiro or Mr. A?” She thought back to what 「Super Trooper」 had said during their fight.

“Akio Akatani, right? I had heard of him, but he made sure to stay off my radar,” Giorno responded, “As for Kaneshiro… Well, we don’t have much of a Japanese presence in the first place.”

At that moment, Shizuka got a text message.

At that moment, their lives changed for the worse. 

~~~

「Mr. President」
Venice

Polneraff watched as hundreds, thousands of people posted on social media. The term “Stand” was trending, and people were reporting worldwide that they had seen a mist-like gas sweep through their cities. New York, Tokyo, Delhi, Beijing, Melbourne, London, Los Angeles, and many more. This was a major event. Soon, every person in the entire world would be able to see Stands. 

Matito, Fragi and Amicio were both still taking refuge in Mr. President , and 「Sweet Child o’ Mine」 still made regular trips to visit. That would be much harder to do now, as people would be able to see him easier.

Jean-Pierre couldn’t help but be concerned. He’d lost contact with Naples a few days ago, and it was a risk leaving the turtle to get supplies. He usually left that to Sweetie, who wasn’t visible to most people, or Matito, who could tell friend from foe easily with 「Take On Me」

Amicio had a stash of trash in the cupboard ready to fight, should the turtle be found. Polnareff was keeping constant vigilance, having someone move Coco Jumbo every so often. 

Currently they were in the cafeteria. Mercurio had sent the children home after the announcement and Apatia had set up shop in the chemistry lab and reception, so the cafeteria was rather safe at the moment. 

They had debated whether it was safe or not for the two students to leave and go home with the others, but Amicio was loyal to Viale, and Matito ended up staying because of the potential Speedwagon/Joestar/ Passione payout. Fragi, however, was not having any of it.

“What are we still doing here?” He asked. “We haven’t even done anything. You say we’re gathering intel, but you haven’t even talked to Giovanna. Hell, we don’t even know if they’re…” he trailed off. “...if they’re still alive.”

“Maybe… maybe you’re right,” Polnareff declared as he read a chat message on his computer. “It’s time for us to act.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Gonna be slowing down posting bc it's exam season. Not that anyone cares.

Chapter 28: Danza delle Menti

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

「Mr. President」
Venice

“Okay, so what I need you to do is get Coco Jumbo close to a gangster. Any would work, but preferably a non-Stand user. Everyone else here, you are to hold him down, constrain him, knock him out, whatever you can. Just make sure he can’t leave Mr. President .”

Sweetie, Matito, Fragi, and Amicio all took this in as Polnareff paced in his wheelchair. 

“I still don’t understand what you’ll be doing.” Amicio said. 

Matito got out 「Take On Me」 . “Oh. Ohhhhh, nice!” he complimented. Obviously he had read what Polnareff was going to do from his Stand. “Might I suggest telling the rest of the class, though?”

“Where’s the fun in that? Now Sweetie, if you would.” 

“Wait! Can I come?” Polnareff asked.

“Come where?” 

“To spy! I’m really good at it.”

Polnareff’s mouth formed a thin line. “Sorry, Sweetie, but you’ll have to look out here.”

Sweetie, the only one there that would be able to escape alive, was chosen as the person to move Coco Jumbo near an enemy. He stuck his hand up and appeared outside of the turtle in the cafeteria of Magistrale Accademia

It didn’t take long for Sweetie to find a guard. The place was practically crawling with them. He found one just outside where they were hiding out, and dropped a plate off a table to get his attention. He quickly retreated back into the turtle to avoid being seen. 

The gangster – just hired muscle, not a Stand user as far as they knew – slowly stalked into the cafeteria. He thought all of the students had been sent home? He looked around, under the tables, and finally in the kitchen. 

As he finished checking the kitchen, he scoffed and sent a ‘false alarm’ text to whoever he was reporting to.

However, before he could turn to leave, he saw a shadow in the corner. 

“Agh!” he yelped, but the shadow moved before he could get a good look at it. He put a hand to his heart, gaining control of his breathing. “Come out! Show yourself.”

All of a sudden, he felt something sharp poke at his neck. He froze, and slowly looked down to see a pirate hook pressed against his Adam’s Apple. 

You seem like a strong fellow. I think it’s time you took a nap.

~~~

Campiglia Marittima Train Station

The train station was quaint. There was a small island in between the service road next to the station and the main road, with a few box-shaped marble stools and potted trees dotted around the place. There were bikes locked to the bike stations and chain link fences from commuters who catch the train to Livorno or Pisa

Viale had watched the video over and over again. They all had. And Shizuka said every Stand user she knew had watched it too. 

So had the rest of the world.

They were unveiled. They were vulnerable. Governments would come after them, conspiracy groups would form, hell, they could make a religion out of this. 

I mean, I’m not a Stand user anymore. Does that make me safe? ’ he thought. No, that was a selfish way to think. All of his friends were Stand users. That wasn’t fair. 

“The goal hasn’t changed,” Giorno announced, still shaken, “We are still going to return to Venice. We are still going to save Esposito and– and Grace.”

He stammered. He actually stammered. ‘ Holy shit, ’ Viale thought, ‘ I’ve never heard him stammer .’

Beneficci spoke up, “But they know we are coming. And everyone knows what we are! And , the Speedwagon Foundation is– is screwed! We’ve been covering this up from world governments for half a century now!”

“None of that matters,” Giorno responded, “We all crossed that line back at Baratti . We all stood there and said we would fight. That has not changed.”

“Easy for you to say. You have nothing to lose except what we’re already fighting for!”

“Hey!” Shizuka shouted as she stood up from one of the marble seats, “We aren’t gonna get anywhere if we are fighting like this. Last time I was in a team like this, we had a saying: ‘either we all win, or we all die’.”

“Sounds like a jolly team.” Viale said.

“That’s not the point. We’re a team , not just six people on a train.” She turned to Vuoto. “Remember when I told you about my nephew’s worldwide expedition to save my sister?”

Vuoto blinked. “No…?”

“Oh, I swear I did. Anyway, they were called the Stardust Crusaders , and while that might sound like the name of a group of veteran soldiers that have seen many stand battles, the truth is for most of them it was the first time they were fighting with their Stands. Kakyoin, Jotaro, Dad– they all had never fought anyone before that. All they had was Avdol to teach them to fight, and later Polnareff.”

“What’s your point?”

“My point is that we are like them! You three,” she pointed at the three students, “were all flying blind until Beneficci got here.”

Viale and Giorno were about to object, but Sana spoke first. “So what, we’re the modern version of these crusaders, or something?”

“Exactly! We’re a team – we’ve got each other’s backs. We are the modern crusaders .”

“That’s a pretty crappy name,” Viale stated.

“It’s a nice sentiment, though,” Vuoto responded. Sana translated for Viale’s benefit.

“Do people actually have team names in real life? Like, friend groups?”

“We were Team Bucciarati.”

“Shut up, dad.”

The train station speaker rang to life, announcing the incoming train to Pisa . They had gotten off at Campiglia Marittima after the video seeing another replacement train soon after. Viale was rather surprised that trains were still running, seeing that world-changing news was just delivered not an hour ago. 

“So are we going?” Shizuka asked. Seeing no one move, she tried again, “We have the power to change the future. We can…”

Giorno caught her trailing off, “We must stand, because we might just be the only ones who can bring change.

~~~

“Hey, don’t you think Dale is acting funny?”

“Yeah… I saw him stretching a few minutes ago. What the hell is he stretching for?”

“He was always a bit of an odd one, wasn’t he?”

Around the corner, Dale listened in. Dale, who was usually on patrol around the cafeteria. Dale, who was currently possessed by Jean-Pierre Polnareff.

After stewing in a turtle for around thirty years, Polnareff had discovered that 「Chariot Requiem」 hadn’t left him completely. It had changed shapes somewhat, now boasting a pirate hook for a hand. The original 「Silver Chariot」 had found its way back into the Stand in the Stand’s lighter colour. It still had that weird vinyl texture, being silver more than black, and it couldn’t put itself back together like it once could. 

Its name was 「Heads Will Roll」 , and it allowed him to swap souls with anyone close enough to the turtle. It wasn’t as fast as Silver Chariot or as chaotic as Chariot Requiem – it hit that nice middle-ground. And now, he was going to use it to spy the hell out of the enemy. Currently the real Dale’s soul was trapped inside the turtle, unable to leave and otherwise being guarded by three (or four, including Coco Jumbo) other Stand users. 

It seemed like this Dale fellow was a bit of an odd guy. That would help in the espionage. He would make use of Dale’s reputation.

“Hey guys!” He called out to the two guards that were talking about him earlier, “I’m gonna take a whizz. Can you two take care of things here?”

They looked at each other and rolled their eyes. “Yeah, sure Dale. Go “take a whizz. We get it.”

Polnareff had no idea what that meant, and he didn’t particularly want to think about it too much. Hopefully the reputation would let him slip away for even longer. 

He had some idea of where he was going. He knew that Mercurio had taken over Esposito’s office from what students were saying. He’d also seen a poorly disguised bodybag being moved from Viale’s dorm window. 

From where he was right now – outside the cafeteria – he had to go out in the open on the path to the school. He might as well explore the dorms in case he’d missed something. 

~~~

“I noticed you’re limping.”

They were just about to step on the train when Giorno spoke to Viale. Giorno had been watching his son closely lately. Much more than he usually did. 

“I used to be an adventurer like you, until I took a rat to the knee.” Shizuka (and Vuoto, who Viale didn’t hear) groaned. Giorno raised an eyebrow. 

“I understand that Miss…”

“Rossi,”

“Miss Rossi is having trouble healing your leg.” Sana shot him a look. “I could fix it.”

“I’m good, thanks,” Viale responded offhandedly. He moved up the stairs in the train and helped Sana up. She thanked him and disappeared into the train. “See? I’m perfectly capable.”

“Gioviale–”

“Viale.”

“Gioviale. I’ve been fighting for as long as I can remember– many years before you were born.”

Viale rolled his eyes. He was facing inside the train. “Yeah, and you’ve been a father for… how long? Seventeen years? You’re still horrible at it! And don’t pretend calling my phone every day changed anything.”

Giorno’s eyes flared. “Don’t speak to your father that way!” He walked up to Viale, up onto the train. Viale turned to face him, and before Giorno could reprimand him further, the look in his eye caught Giorno’s throat.

Tired eyes. Eyes that bore the appearance of enduring an onslaught of life’s trials too young. Those very eyes he encountered long ago, and they’ve haunted him daily. All that bravado, all that talk about a dream and resolve, yet every night, he’d look in the mirror and see those eyes. Near daily fights, often to the death. This was it – the life he’d fought so hard to save his son from. 

Viale huffed. “What? Don’t like what you see?”

“How… what happened to you?”

“You did, dad . You happened. Everything was just fine, when it was just me and mother, when you were off bribing politicians, or whatever it is you do.”

“That’s not…” he sighed, and ran his fingers through his hair. “That’s not what I do…”

~~~

Polnareff had found the trapdoor in the janitor’s closet. He almost missed it, with how grungy and dirty it was. But the dust pattern was different from the floor next to it. He got lucky, honestly. The ladder down to the cellar was wooden and very mossy. Why there was a cave underneath the student dorms, he would never understand.

Making his way deeper down, the air became fresh and cold in his lungs. There were stalactites and stalagmites dotted around the edges of the cave, with uneven ground suggesting there’d been more than what was seen, but they’d been cleared at some point.

He came to a turn and found a room of sorts. Well, it was more like a prison. Numerous bars in a U-shape around the room, with a few beds hanging from the wall and a privacy screen for what Polnareff assumed to be a toilet. 

What was most interesting was the two people living here.

Grace Giovanna and Datore Esposito. 

“Grace!” He could help but shout out. The woman in question snapped to attention, hearing her name from a guard. 

“Oh, it’s you. What do you want, Dale?”

Why does everyone know Dale?! ’ he thought. ‘ What did he do?!

“Well? Say something. I’ll kick your ass again.”

“W-what? No, I’m not Dale. I’m Polnareff! Jean-Pierre Polnareff.”

Grace paused, ceasing her rambling to process what she just heard. “...Really now? Prove it,” she demanded, “say something only Jean-Pierre would know.”

He stared at her. “You watch too many movies… uh let’s see. I’m a turtle?”

“That’s too obvious.”

“My original Stand was Silver Chariot ?”

“Everyone knows that.”

“Ugh. Fine. I got licked in the ass by a pig in 1989.”

“...okay yeah you’re Polnareff.” She stood up from the crate she was sitting on. “Hey, Esposito, wake up.” She grabbed the pillow from under him, waking him up with a start. After seeing his agitated and confused reaction, she said, “Polnareff’s here. We might have a way out.”

“Actually, no, probably not,” Polnareff interjected.

“That’s Dale, Grace. Not Polnareff.”

“He’s Polnareff.”

“I’m Polnareff. Stand bullshit.”

“Sure, why not?”

“Listen,” Polnareff tried to get back on topic, “I need to know what these guys are doing here. They can’t just be in the school because they feel like it. They have to be here for a reason.”

Esposito stood up and approached the bars, rubbing the sleep out of his eyes. “They need me. Me and Don Giovanna. That’s why Grace is here.” He turned to her. “We’re bait.”

Before Polnareff could ask what the hell that meant, he heard the trapdoor open from the other end of the cave. “Shit.” 

From around the corner, another guard walked escorting an older man. 

“Luigi?” Esposito questioned in shock. 

‘Luigi’ had his hands behind his back, staggering at the relatively faster pace of the younger guard. His face told all present that he did not mind being dragged down here. 

“Hmph. So you know this man, Esposito.” The guard stopped in front of the cell door, and Polnareff seriously considered stealing the keys for a moment, but the look in Esposito’s eyes told him to wait. “Oh, you’re here, Dale. I thought you were on kitchen duty.”

“O-oh.” Polnareff’s heart rate spiked. “I– uh, was just…”

The guard’s eyes turned suspicious, awaiting ‘Dale’s’ answer.

“Hey… ice cream.”

The two were locked in a stalemate, staring into each other’s souls. Little did the guard know, it was not Dale’s soul he was staring at. The guard leaned in closer, gave Polnareff another once-over, before sighing. “Yeah. You’re Dale. Get back to work. There’s no ice cream down here – you know that.”

“Right!” Polnareff couldn’t believe his luck. “I’ll get going! Then!”

~~~

“Let me out.”

“No.”

“Please?”

“No.”

“With a cherry on top?”

“No.” Dale was really annoying, as Matito had recently found. He’d woken up 5 minutes earlier in the turtle and freaked out for a bit. When Fragi told him the jist of what happened, he’d calmed down. “How did you even join the gang? They’re all way scarier than you.”

“Nepotism.”

“So you’re the big boss’ son?”

“Yeah.”

“So what’s stopping me…” Matito said slowly, “From holding you hostage and forcing your father to leave us alone?”

Whatever retort Dale was about to spit up, it died in his throat. 

Matito stared at him for a few seconds, almost daring Dale to try something. After a tense moment, Matito smiled. “Nah, that’s not my style.” Dale breathed a sigh of relief. “I’d rather get some dirt on you and make your and your father’s life a living hell.”

Dale’s eyes bugged as Matito summoned Take On Me and started reading. Dale couldn’t help but think of the one time he’d been literally caught with his pants down on a raid. He’d gone to the toilet as soon as the rest of the gang he was with had tied up all of the hostages, and decided it was pretty safe to go to the toilet. It was at that moment where a lone escapee had burst into the bathroom, catching Dale with his pants around his ankles at the urinal.

“You… pull your pants all the way down at the urinal…?”

“NOOO! MY DEEPEST DARKEST SECRET!!”

~~~

Mercurio was about to head home for the day. Mario could take care of things at the school tonight. It had been a long few days. 

Mercurio had his fingers in a lot of pies, so he could measure the response of the revelation of Stands to the world. Governments were scrambling to figure out what to do with what is basically a new race of humans. 

A group of tech-savvy people around the world had leaked the Stand forums online, making it easily accessible to any person. After governments found out about the forums they went mad with attempting to track down users. 

The USA, with their fascination with freedom of speech and of the press, decided that Stand Users would have to register their supernatural status with the government, similar to owning a firearm, and they’d proposed a permit to use a Stand. Many countries, like Australia, Britain and Japan, did a similar thing, but were going to be on a constant watchlist. 

Of course, in many of these places, people were upset. Upset at the whole situation – the fact that they had to reveal their status as a Stand user. Tens of thousands of posts online, not just on the forums, but on other social media platforms were organising a witch hunt for Mercurio. He predicted such a response, but because of his display of power in what people were calling ‘The Standing’, no one really wanted to go against him.

He sighed as he closed his virtual calendar and packed the rest of his things up in his briefcase. The hair on the back of his neck stood up, and 「ELO」 stirred. 

“Come out now and you won’t be harmed.”

No one responded. He summoned his Stand as a precaution, and it picked up a noise. A faraway noise, outside, and fast approaching. He looked out the window – the only one that wasn’t shattered during his takeover – and managed to see a man flying towards him. That is, a man moving very fast and through the air , and it looked like he was riding something invisible. 

In a split second, he recognised the sound he was hearing. It was a song, one that had lived in his and Esposito’s childhood. 

“BING BING MUDERVUCKER!”

He threw his Stand in front of him, and the man rammed into him at an astonishing speed, making a loud thud and carrying them both out the other window.



To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

"I'm back!" I say to the ceaseless void of the Interwebs.

Chapter 29: Il Sorte di Tutti

Chapter Text

Cape Canaveral
Florida
17 Years Ago

Giorno enters the hospital to find everyone reeling from the news of the supernatural event that had taken place just hours earlier. The hospital was not close enough to the space centre to feel the effects of Enrico Pucci’s 「C-Moon」 , fortunately. He hurries to the receptionist trying to maintain his confidence.

In reality, Giorno Giovanna is the most nervous he has ever been. A major Stand event has just taken place not ten kilometres from the hospital. The hospital where his wife is in labour. 

On the way, he saw that the building itself had minor damage. He had tried to mitigate collateral during the battle, but he worried that he hadn’t done enough. What if the electrical grid malfunctioned and turned off all of the electricity in the hospital? What if the gravity changes had caused an earthquake? These were all situations that dug into his mind. It’s an unfamiliar feeling.

The receptionist offhandedly told him the room he was looking for, and he rushed up the stairs towards the room. He could hear his wife’s pained cries from the hallway, leading him straight to the room.

He flung the door open, making the obstetrician and the midwives jump. 

“Sir you can’t be in here!”

Giorno shoots the man a piercing glare. “That’s my child,” he says in his noticeable italian accent. 

Grace’s screams are filling the room as he makes his way to her side. He grabs her hand and holds it tight. “You can do this.”

“Aghh! Fuck!”

Giorno grimaces. “Do you want me to–”

“No! We agreed to only DO that as a LAST RESORT! AGH!” she shouted with intermittent pain. 

“You’re almost there, Mrs. Giovanna,” says one of the midwives. She was holding towels in preparation for the child. “Give us one last push.”

Grace nods with vigour. Giorno focuses with her as her cries fall silent on his ears. After a long and arduous moment, Giorno feels his wife's hands loosen. He opens his eyes to see a child being held at the end of the bed.

“Congratulations, it’s a boy.”

Giorno breathes the biggest sigh of relief. For someone who can create life at will, this was a new experience for him–

“Sir– the child? His pulse is gone.”

~~~

Pisa Centrale
Afternoon

It was a dreary day in Pisa. The sun shone through the clouds, reflecting on the shiny cobble, the buses had their wipers running relentlessly, but most of all, Shizuka had stepped in a puddle the second she exited the platform. 

“God–fucking–damnit!” she said in English, “Can’t catch a break, can we?”

“You could afford to look down more,” Vuoto pointed out. 

“This… this puddle must be a trap.”

Everyone stopped walking and turned to face Shizuka. She huffed. “I’m serious! What if the activation requirement is that someone has to step in this puddle?”

Giorno sighed and took a step towards her. “You might be right. I have seen some weird Stands over the years. Did you know one time, I fought a Stand that would only activate if the target was eating carrots?”

Shizuka’s eyes bugged, then quickly turned suspicious. “You’re pulling my leg.”

“Yes.”

She shook her leg to try fling off some excess droplets to no avail. “Thanks for your help.”

“It was my pleasure–” Giorno’s voice caught in his throat as he saw something in the distance. His eyes narrowed and his brow furrowed. “I saw that rock, on the way out of Naples.”

“Could just be a rock, man,” Shizuka pointed out. “Not the first time there’s been two identical rocks.”

「Hotel California」 appeared briefly on Beneficci’s shoulder, before disappearing. “Nope. I don’t sense any activity. Besides,” she pointed to a pillar next to the stone. “It probably just fell off that pillar.”

“Look– I can see the thing; it’s not a Stand. Let’s go already,” Viale complained. He was in Pisa , so he might as well see the tower.

Giorno took one last glance at the stone, before following the others.

~~~

“Maaaan, that train was so stuffy!” Shizuka voiced. She had forced everyone into a nearby McDonalds so she could dry off her shoe under a hand dryer. She was rather mad, as these shoes were one-of-a-kind Nike Air , and they would never be the same white colour again.

“Yeah, I guess,” Beneficci said from one of the stalls, “I’ve never been in a first class train carriage though.”

“It gets old.” The mechanical whirr of the hand dryer filled the room once more as Shizuka held her leg up near the fan. “Once you’ve been in one, you’ve been in them all, you get me?”

Sana was standing ‘guard’ near the door, trying very hard to act like she didn’t know Shizuka. She was also keeping watch of Viale and his father, as she knew it was only a matter of time before they were arguing again. 

“So Viale’s dad is pretty cool, huh?” Shizuka stated.

“Isn’t he your cousin or something?” Sana replied.

“Granduncle. Which is a dope name, by the way,” she rebalanced herself on one leg. “I’ve heard a few stories about him from Jotaro, but I still barely know anything about him. Other than he’s DIO’s son.”

Sana shrugged. “I dunno, all I know is that he fails at being a father. And that he, y’know…”

“Runs the mafia,” finished Beneficci in the stall.

“Yeah…”

“Hm.”

“What’s up, Fishy?”

“Don’t call me that… that rock looks like the one outside the train station.”

“What rock?” Sana steps another foot inside the bathroom.

Hotel California saw another rock outside… pitch black and perfectly spherical. Just like the other one.”

“But… your Stand doesn’t have eyes?”

~~~

“What’s taking them so long?” Viale asked as he munched on a soggy chip. He didn’t notice Vuoto pilfering the remaining ones, as he couldn’t see Vuoto.

“You can’t speed up women in the bathroom,” Giorno answered. 

Viale heard his phone buzz. He quickly read the message from Vuoto. “Really, Vuoto? Now? You’re asking me about this now?”

“I’m asking him if he likes anyone.” Vuoto’s foot touched Giorno’s leg, extending 「Coldplay ACT 1」 ’s effect to him. “I’m just teasing.”

“I don’t– like anyone, Vuoto. Besides, now is definitely not the time to be discussing this.” He looked up from his phone. “Where’d Dad go?”

~~~

Accademia Magistrale

After a solid five seconds of air time, Mercurio finally managed to pry himself off whatever had hit him at supersonic speed. He slowly lowered himself down, hair whipping in the wind, and dropped, using his Stand to cushion the rather large fall. He stood up and noticed he was a few hundred metres away from the school.

He watched his adversary come to a stop in front and above Mercurio, still goofily positioned on what appeared to be an invisible flying motorcycle. As he came to a stop, the blaring music ceased as well.

“Who are you, and what do you want?” Mercurio demanded. He was still a bit disoriented from the battery. 

“Ei am ‘arold Faltermeyer. Ei zaw your announcement on ze news, and it has quite upset me.”

“I’m sorry you feel that way, but I can’t do anything about that anymore,” Mercurio called out.

“Yes, ei em aware of zat. Vortunately, zere iz still somesing you can do for me.”

“What’s th–”' before he could even finish the sentence, Harold had already accelerated and slammed him into the ground. It was so fast that the song didn’t even bother with starting again. 

“I come all ze way from Germany to zis shit-ole, just to zee you dead. Me and 「Axel F」 .”

「ELO」 burst out of Mercurio, flinging Axel F and Harold back up into the air. ELO integrated itself into Mercurio and jumped, bringing both high, chasing the enemy high into the air.

“No-no-no~” Harold sing-songed, instantly changing trajectories and velocity towards Mercurio. This caught him off-guard, as Mercurio thought that he would hit the peak of the arc before falling. Axel F slammed into him again, knocking the wind out of him, and instantly stopped midair.

“You zeem to not understand, ei can move anyvere in space, at any time.” He zoomed downwards to meet Mercurio just as hit the ground, creating a crater in the man’s wake. “Ei can alzo do zis.”

Mercurio’s enhanced hearing heard a click and an ignition of fuel. He brought his Stand in front of him as the air exploded into flames. ‘He has rockets?! Why?!’ ELO was able to absorb most of the shockwave, but the heat got to Mercurio’s already-frayed suit, singing it. 

This man… he’s not playing around. Despite the goofy premise of his Stand, it’s quite powerful.

“What did I do to you?” Of course, he knew exactly why this Dutchman was here, stalling seemed like the best option for gathering information.

“‘Vat did I do to you’ he says. HA! Like you don’t know.” He nudged his Stand up a metre. “Italians.”

ELO jumped up with astonishing speed and threw a chop at the invisible bike. It came short as Axel F narrowly dodged and tail-slammed the rat-like Stand away. While ELO was distracted, Harold leaned forward into another battering ram manoeuvre. 

Mercurio saw it coming this time and rolled out of the way. Axel F pulled up just as he missed, and was met with ELO ’s firmly planted clothesline. Harold was knocked right off his Stand and did a flip in the air before landing on his stomach.

ELO stepped on his back, enough to hurt but not enough to kill.

“What I did ,” Mercurio said as he stood up, “was set humanity on a better path.”

Harold wheezed, “You’re a zychopath! My wife left me! When zhe found out I was ze Stand User!”

“I’m sorry that happened. You can think of it as a sacrifice for your freedom.” Mercurio took a knee down to the downed man’s level. “Think about it. You managed to fly here from Germany, I presume, and you didn’t have to hide. The greatest gift in this world is the choice to do whatever you want.”

“You–you’re–!” A missile launched from behind Mercurio. “A ztoopid!”

“Please.” In the blink of an eye, ELO moved around Mercurio, caught the invisible missile, and held it in front of the German. “I was just playing with my food.”

ELO squeezed the missile while Mercurio took cover. 

~~~

“That’s definitely the same rock.”

Viale could see it too. It was odd, but maybe the city just used the same sculpture of that exact marble everywhere.

“I think you’re being paranoid,” Shizuka said.

Beneficci shook her head. “I agree with Don Giovanna.” Viale made a face at the officiality of the name. 

“Look,” Shizuka interjected, obviously fed up with the discussion. “What’s a rock gonna do? It’s just a rock.”

“You should’ve been in enough Stand fights to know that anything can be a threat,” Giorno reprimanded.

“I knowww, but it– it–” she sighed, “It’s been a long day, okay?”

“Everyone, shut up. I found some Stand aura.”

The whole group’s heads snapped to Beneficci simultaneously. Giorno’s head whipped around to survey the surroundings. It seemed like a normal street, just like any other street. There were few pedestrians, and the ones that were around looked like locals.

“He’s north. Wait, northeast. No, north.” 

Sana and Viale exchanged looks before shifting closer to one another. Giorno’s eyes scanned all the way down the street. 

“There. That’s Richiamare,” he spoke softly, “He’s a high-ranking officer in Apatia .”

The man was standing discreetly behind the wall, watching them. He had a runner’s build. Lanky, lean, slick-back electric blue hair. He was dressed for exercise. Giorno’s eyes narrowed as the man disappeared.

“Watch out, he’s moving again–” Giorno felt the life in the people around him disappear. He took his eyes off the spot Richiamare once stood and saw only Viale behind him, no one else in sight. Viale too quickly noticed that his friends were gone. One look into each other’s eyes told them this was a full-on Stand attack, in broad daylight, with all six of them being targets.

“Stay close, Gioviale.” 

Viale knew better than to argue, especially in a situation like this. He shifted closer to his father as the unseen enemy watched from afar.

“Do we know what he can do?”

Giorno shook his head. “All I know is that he’s powerful. He would not have been able to reach such power at such a young age without it.”

“So he must be valuable.”

“Give me your necklace,” Giorno demanded, holding his hand out behind him. Viale sighed and handed it to him. The soft sound of reversed piano notes quickly faded as Giorno returned the necklace. Viale shrugged and put it on. “I had everyone else give me one of their possessions in case we got split up.”

To demonstrate, he took out one of Shizuka’s backup pairs of sunglasses and transformed it into a mouse. The mouse sprung out of Giorno’s hand and ran down the street, veering off into a side alley. “After it!”

The two Giovannas took after the mouse. 

~~~

Harold coughed, and spat out some blood onto the ground next to him.

“I warned you,” Mercurio said, standing above him.

“Haha, you did.” Harold’s chest rose and fell irregularly with every wheeze. “It iz a nice day, iz it not?”

“I suppose it is.” Mercurio took out his phone and texted a subordinate to get a body bag ready.

“Blue skies.”

Mercurio raised an eyebrow. Did this man know Giovanna? “What about it?”

“No matter ‘ow dark ze night iz,” Harold coughed some more blood. “Ze day is always next. Ze blue sky will come.”

“Who’s to say I’m not the blue sky?”

“Haha! Don’t make me laugh. It hurts. Ztands are ze manifestation of ze fighting spirit. Yours… is ze rat… I cannot begin to guess vat you have been through… but you are most zertainly not… on ze path of justice…”

Mercurio watched as the life slowly drained from his enemy's face. 

“I am justice. This impure world,” he spat, “is my orchestra to conduct.”

He brought his own shoe down on Harold’s head, caving it in, and sealing his fate. 

~~~

Pisa

“Gioviale, stop!”

Viale skidded to a stop. “What?! The mouse is getting away!”

As if to spite him, the mouse turned right around, ran up Giorno’s leg and onto his shoulder. “The mouse will be fine.” He pointed to the end of the alley they had found themselves in. “That’s Segnaposto’s shoe. He must be nearby.”

Viale’s eyes widened and he started approaching the shoe. Giorno’s hand shot out and held Viale back.

“Don’t grab it. It’s most certainly a trap.” His eyes trailed to the top of the building next to the discarded shoe. The black stone, looming menacingly above them. “That’s not Richiamare’s Stand. I’m sure of it. We are not fighting just one enemy, but two.”

“It’s a rock, dad! Just a rock!”

To prove his point, he ventured further onward. Before he could grab the shoe, he heard another voice call out to him.

“You should listen to your father!” It only took Viale a second to realise that someone had appeared behind him. Viale felt the man’s shadow tower over him, filling him with the ever-familiar dread of the unknown. 

Viale’s shoulder exploded into searing, cutting pain as the man shoved a hunting knife in between his collarbone and his neck. “Be happy that I didn’t come here on an aeroplane.” 

Viale fell over onto his back and gasped a pained breath. Giorno screamed something Viale couldn’t hear over the pain.

「Gold Experience」!!

Gold Experience ’s fist shot out behind Giorno, nailing the man who had appeared behind him in the chest. He was flung back, but disappeared before he hit the ground. The Stand proceeded to punch various pieces of garbage around him, transforming them into small dogs, ordered to guard and look out for the enemy. 

Giorno ran forward to his son, noticing that the stone on the rooftop had now disappeared.

~~~

“That fucking rock!” Richiamare looked frantically around the area he appeared in. He took his phone out and dialled a number, gingerly touching the damaged area where he’d just been punched.

“Hey man, remember that rolling rock thing I told you about? Yeah, it’s a Stand, can you get me an ID?”

The person on the other side of the phone call replied something. Richiamare kept his vigilance as the rock had proved to be able to find him anywhere he went in this city.

How big is it? How many are there?

“Just the one, and it’s about a foot tall– up to my knees, I think.”

Let me send through a few photos .”

He put the phone on speaker and looked at the drawings he was sent. He flicked through and found one that looked awfully similar to the one chasing him. 

“I think it’s number four. What does that symbol mean?” He was referring to the etching carved into the black marble.

Well, it's called 「Rolling Stones」 , and the symbol means ‘misfortune’ or ‘bad luck’.



To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 30: Il Viaggio Inverso

Notes:

This fight has been years in the making (kinda). I thought of most of this fight near conception of the story. HYPE!!

Chapter Text

Pisa
Italy

Richiamare watched the two Giovannas in patience as Giorno healed the knife wound in his son. His fingers gripped the binoculars tightly as he reminded himself to remain vigilant. The others were already dealt with all across the city, so it wasn’t like he had to watch out for them.

No, it was that damn rock that had set its sights on him as soon as he stepped foot inside Pisa. No matter what he was doing, whether it was taking a shit, eating a Big Mac , or watching for targets as he was now, it was always there, slowly approaching him.

He had to be more watchful than normal, because apparently, this rock could phase through walls. Because of course it could. 

He watched Gioviale get up and shoot his father a look of contempt. ‘ He doesn’t like his father? How interesting…’

Viale had approached the trap that he’d so expertly set – one of the other kids’ shoes. He bemoaned that Giorno was so deductive, being able to discern the shoe’s nature so quickly, but he figured that the Don had been doing this whole Stand thing so long that Richiamare wasn’t at fault. The odds were observably stacked against him, after all.

He quickly made the rounds with his Stand again, travelling to each hiding place to check on his hostages. It was an easy job with his Stand 「Move On Up」 , with which he could transport himself anywhere he had previously been within the last twenty-four hours. 

As soon as he returned to his vantage point, he heard his phone ring. It quickly stuttered out as the telephone signals struggled to keep up with his position. 

It rang again, which he answered right away. “Hello?”

“Richiamare.” He recognised the voice instantly. Anyone would have recognised it, after what had happened yesterday. I’ve been told you have located the opposing force. Status update.

“R-right Boss. Well I have captured and immobilised four of the six enemies—”

Six? ” He questioned, “ I was told there were five: Rossi, Segnaposto, Joestar, Beneficci, and Giovanna. Have they gained another ally?

“Yes, sir. It’s… it’s Don Giovanna.”

The Boss sighed. “ I had hoped to avoid this… though I guess I didn’t necessarily tell him he wasn’t allowed to reconvene with his son. They are still on their way to Venice, yes?

“It seems so, sir. Pisa is a pitstop while they wait for the train.”

The line was silent for an uncomfortably long time. “ I want you to stop everyone except for Don Giovanna… and Miss Rossi from coming back to Venice. By any means necessary. Start with Giovanna the younger.

With that he hung up. He peered into his binoculars and his eyes widened as he struggled to locate the two Giovannas. He shifted to a few buildings over and noticed that a crowd was forming. He brought his eyes up to his binoculars and saw what the congregation was so interested in: a baby panda riding a tiger, in broad daylight. 

‘Is the circus in town?’ He found a position closer to the attraction and took up scouting again. ‘Where the hell did they come from? If I remember correctly, Don Giovanna can’t control the animals he creates, so the tiger would be tearing the panda apart if this was his doing.’

A bird's-eye view wasn’t good enough. If there was a crowd, it made sense that the Giovannas would hide there for some cover. He teleported onto the street twenty metres from the commotion.

As he was walking, he felt shattered glass at his feet. His eyes trailed down and to his left, where a clothes store had been ransacked and its window smashed. ‘Goddamn Pisa. What a shithole.’

He got closer to the crowd, just barely being able to see the cute panda’s ears over the heads of around fifteen people. He cautiously looked around for any threats, be it the Giovanna’s or the 「Rolling Stones」 , but the coast was clear, so he stepped closer to the people.

As soon as his foot hit the ground, the crowd stopped cheering and chattering simultaneously. He stopped in his tracks as the fifteen or so people all turned around, showing their faces to look exactly like Gioviale Giovanna. Men, women, even a baby, all with his roguish teenage face.

「Gold Experience」!! ” The golden Stand shot out from the crowd as they all melted away into various objects seemingly picked up from the street. A few chairs, a dead pot plant, a pyramid torch heater–

Gold Experience nailed Richiamare in the chest. He was so stunned by the distraction that the punch hit him dead-on. The attack dogs Giorno had created appeared from their hiding spots in the broken window and sprinted towards him. 

He slammed into a tree on the sidewalk before doing a one-armed, two-legged jump a few centimetres into the air. Just as one dog seemed to clip him midair, he faded away again. 

Viale stood up from where the crowd had disappeared from. “Is he down?”

Giorno shook his head. “Not likely. A man like that won’t be fooled twice.”

“A Stand that lets you teleport… that’s scary.”

“I’ve encountered a few of these kinds of Stand users before. It’s never as simple as teleporting. There has to be some kind of limitation.” Giorno scanned the horizon of roofs. “Let’s move before he comes back.”

~~~

“FUCK!”

Richiamare nursed his broken rib hesitantly. He had accidentally teleported far away. He’d spent the early morning travelling by train to get to Pisa from his home in Venice, and he’d ended up back in Venice after Giorno’s attack. 

“Dad?” His heart spiked, realising today his daughter was home from school. “What’s going on? I didn’t hear you come in.”

He internally cursed himself. “Nothing, Emilia, go back to… what you were doing.”

“You’re hurt!” She gasped, “Here, come put some ice on that.”

‘Not that I don’t appreciate the help, but ice isn’t going to help a broken rib.’

“I-I’m fine, fiore , I just need to get back to work. Besides, it’s just a bruise.”

‘I hate lying to her, but in this case, I can’t have her worried.’

She got down next to him. “ Padre , are you sure?” He nodded firmly, desperately ignoring the shooting pain it caused. “Okay… be safe.”

It took him less than a second to travel back to Pisa after the door closed behind him.

~~~

“Did you see that move he pulled after you punched him?”

Giorno ran alongside his son and the half-dozen bulldogs. “Yes. It may be linked to his Stand’s limitation. Same with the exercise clothes.”

“Maybe he has to be in the air to teleport?”

The heat of battle sure was a way to bring father and son together. “And he has to have been to the location already to go there. That makes sense, since he didn’t just appear next to the crowd.” Giorno checked the rear. “He must be a long-distance runner, or even a parkourist.”

“I’m just glad his Stand doesn’t have a physical form for me to be attacked by.”

“Careful, these men can surprise you at any moment. We may never know the full capabilities of a Stand.”

Giorno’s eyes kept flicking to Viale’s bum leg, almost itching to heal it. 

“I think you should have two working legs for this fight.”

“It’s fine, padre . It barely bothers me.”

“Can I ask you a question?” Giorno asked as they rounded another corner. 

“What?”

“How did you lose your fighting spirit?”

Viale skidded to a stop, staring his father down. “I saw my teacher die and my principal get kidnapped.”

Giorno hesitated before moving into a tight alley off the side of the road. 

“Did you know him? The man that died.”

Viale sighed and shrugged. “Sure. I fought him. He was… misguided? He hated our family for something Joseph Joestar did over a hundred years ago. Maybe his side of the family never gave up the grudge.”

“Was this the man you fought before our call a few weeks ago?”

Viale nodded. “He was tough. His Stand could shrink his body into thin, sharp spikes, I guess you’d call them. He also had this thing— what was it called? The Wave, or something.” He said while giving jazz hands.

Giorno’s eyes widened. “You mean the Ripple?” Viale affirmed. “It’s unfortunate that we lost a Hamon warrior.”

~~~

Richiamare made one more round trip to his house to grab his Chiappa Rhino .357. “ You know what they say: if you can’t out-punch someone, bring a gun. ” In this case his revolver was a special order, made specifically for lightweight travel, perfect for Richiamare when he was on the move.

Besides, with his Stand, he wouldn’t have to carry ammunition. If he ran out he could just return home for reloads.

Move On Up made it trivial to find the Giovannas again. Within the past twenty-four hours, he had made it his mission to visit every high point in Pisa.

He tried to get into the mind of Giorno Giovanna. “If they want me dealt with, they’ll need to go somewhere I can find them… oh.”

He quickly teleported himself to the top of the Tower of Pisa and instantly spotted the golden-haired duo. They were standing in the open, not a care in the world. Of course, they were still surrounded by a pack of pitbulls that looked ready to maul anything that moved.

He ducked and shuffled over to his nest. He had around four sniper rifles set up around the city, as he knew he couldn’t take any risks with the Don. “I doubt Capo Tizio will mind me stealing his style,” he mused. 

Down on the ground, the Giovanna’s were making quiet conversation. 

“Why are we standing in the open?” Viale asked. 

“We need to defeat Richiamare before we can leave, otherwise he’ll just pursue us. We need to have as few people as possible on our tail.”

He kicked a loose brick and it transmogrified into a hawk. “Your friend Beneficci is nowhere to be found. I’ll have this bird spot us.”

“If he can be anywhere at any time, what’s stopping him from pulling off a drive-by?”

“He knows my ability. He knows that if I get any of his possessions, I’ll be able to track him down. That hunting knife he stabbed you with wasn’t his. He stole it before he attacked us.” Giorno turned his head westward. “Speaking of tracking…”

~~~

Shizuka woke up with a bad case of the Mondays. She groaned, but suddenly paused when she realised she couldn't breathe that well. She felt something coarse in her mouth – a rag. 

“Shit… this isn’t the kinky kind like when Makoto does it. I must’ve been captured, and damn fast if I can’t remember it.”

She wriggled around to find that she was also bound to a steel beam, with nothing but a pair of padded handcuffs keeping her tethered. She scoffed as well as she could.

“Whoever did this did a horrible job. Who does this chump think I am?” Carelessly, she summoned 「Houdini」 , who reached around to break the cuffs. The second her golden digits touched the cool metal, Shizuka’s body lit up in shock.

“What the fuck? How did I get electrocuted?!” Then she felt it. Her pants were wet. She angled her head as far as she could, and out of the corner of her sunglasses-less eyes, she saw it.

The chain of the handcuffs connected through exposed copper wire to a car battery all the way across a large puddle. In a very dark room. Without her sunglasses.

“If I touch the handcuffs with my Stand, I get electrocuted. And I can’t scream for help. Got it.” Houdini shimmered next to the prone woman. While she inspected her Stand’s wrists, Houdini yanked the rag out of her mouth. “Great, and I barely have enough light to make a small animal. And the rag is wet, so I can’t soak up the water or something.”

Her eyes had adjusted to the light enough to see that she was in some kind of catacomb, definitely underground and far from help. 

“Okay, I take it back. This guy is good.”

~~~

“Gioviale, can you see that?” Giorno pointed across the yard. It was 「Rolling Stones」 , here to pursue its target. 

“You there!” A man called out from the other side. They stood in between the Stand and the man. “You knew Bruno Buccialati, yes?”

Giorno’s eyes narrowed. “Who are you? It’s not safe here.”

The man had short pointy purple hair, and a sketch pad in one hand. “My name is Scolippi. I knew Buccialati before he died.”

“Impossible. If that were true, I’d remember you. We made sure we knew of all of his acquaintances.”

“We only briefly met. I remember every target of my Stand.”

“The rock.”

Rolling Stones .” He eyed said Stand. “I see it’s pursuing someone at the top of the Tower. An enemy?”

“Yes. I take it your Stand is fully autonomous?”

“It follows the will of Fate. It finds people who are destined to die in the near future and offers them a peaceful way out.”

“Bruno was a target, you say?”

Scolippi nodded. “He died only a few days later.”

“I know. I was there. I wish I knew then it was Fate.”

Viale interrupted. “Hey, we have a fight going here. Pay attention.”

“No need.” Giorno pointed halfway up the tower, and Viale’s eyes trailed to see the round Stand rolling up the building. “Fate is doing its job for us.”

At the top of the tower, Richiamare looked through the scope. “What are they pointing at?” He peered down the stairs he had ascended earlier that day to see the Rolling Stones quickly gaining on him. “Fuckfuckfuck—”

He’d seen someone else fall victim to the Stand once — soon after it had chosen him as its next target, and had been pursuing him since. Only his own Stand’s agility was keeping him safe. But now that he had an optimal position against the Giovannas, he couldn’t just run. Instead, he took the shot and teleported down to where they were standing, revolver in hand. 

He landed, and his arrival surprised his enemies just enough to where they couldn’t react to the rifle round rapidly approaching them. 

The large bullet sliced down Giorno’s clavicle, taking out a large chunk of his shoulder. Richiamare fired his revolver at the unknown person — Scolippi — who effortlessly avoided all of the bullets. 

“This is not my fight. Leave me out of this.” Scolippi said with conviction. He had not seen his own face engraved in his own Stand just yet, so he understood he was in no real danger.

Viale, meanwhile, watched his father crumple to the ground, blood spurting from a deep bullet wound in his left shoulder. “Dad!” He cried out. The guard dogs slowly reverted to their natural form as Giorno’s hold on them slipped. 

‘I… got him? I got Don Giovanna?! Ha!’

Richiamare shook off the shock that his plan had actually worked and refocused himself. 

“I don’t need him to be healthy to get the information we need. The boss won’t mind if his shoulder is missing, so long as I get Ms. Rossi to Venice too.” Giorno had already passed out from the shock. With the Rolling Stones on its way down, Richiamare had to finish off the kid quickly. “Don’t worry about him, it will be a quick trip, just like with your mother.”

Viale’s eyes widened in disbelief, ignoring what he said about Sana. In a low, trembling voice, he questioned, “It was you…?”

“Hm? Oh, I’m the one that took your mother. What of it?” Richiamare replied with a cold, uncaring tone. He knew his words were provocative. ‘What’s he gonna do? Attack me with the Stand he doesn’t have?’

“You… took my mother…?” Viale repeated, his voice filled with a mix of shock and rage.

Scolippi looked on from the sidelines, sitting down on a bench. His eyes widened as he saw his Rolling Stones reach ground level. It stopped instead of attacking Richiamare, watching, just like its user. He was perplexed, but when he looked at the young Giovanna, it all started to make sense. The Rolling Stones need not attack, for its job was already done.

Gioviale Giovanna’s eyes burned with a fierce intensity. The chains around his soul melted away as he spoke softly, his voice carrying a newfound resolve.

“「Blue… Sky… Mine」…!”

Faster than Richiamare could blink, Viale’s left arm vanished, and a small puncture appeared on his neck. Blood spurted from his throat, and he retched, expelling more blood from his mouth. The gurgling sound of the blood was unsettling as he disappeared, reappearing at a nearby medical station he had set up.

“What the fuck?! What just happened?! He reawakened his Stand! How the fuck?!” Richiamare exclaimed, his voice filled with shock and confusion.

He hastily slapped a Band-Aid on his open wound, coughing up more blood onto the ground. “I thought his Stand let him hide inside surfaces! What the hell is going on?!” He struggled to catch his breath, his mind racing.

After swallowing a huge lump in his throat, he teleported back to the top of the tower and readied his sniper rifle. Through the scope, he saw Viale still on the ground, carefully extracting the bullet from Giorno’s shoulder. “I’ve got him this time,” Richiamare muttered to himself, determination in his eyes.

Richiamare and the Boss had both agreed that Don Giovanna was the primary target, given his unpredictable Stand and years of battle experience. However, with Viale’s seemingly new Stand, he could be just as much of a threat as his father. Richiamare knew he needed to eliminate Viale immediately.

He let loose a few rounds, but Viale’s Stand’s fists batted them away before they could reach their mark. “That was his Stand…” Richiamare realised, his frustration mounting.

~~~

Shizuka was getting sick of this. All of her plans had ended in her getting shocked, no matter what she tried.

“And I’ve lost my shades. Goddamnit.”

She summoned Houdini again to look around, and found a mouse scuttering along the floor towards her. Her eyes sank. “The mouse is gonna get electrocuted… poor thing”

As if in slow motion, Shizuka watched as the mouse’s paw made contact with the puddle, and the car battery instantly short circuited, freeing Shizuka from her shocking prison.

“What the fuck?!” she said aloud. The mouse swam across the puddle towards her, and as she let it climb up into her lap, it grotesquely morphed into her sunglasses. She breathed a sigh of relief. “Giorno.”

Houdini sliced the handcuffs off her wrists, and she made for the door. 

She entered the next room to find Sana in a similar situation to her; a puddle, a car battery, and a pair of handcuffs. The dim light flickered, casting eerie shadows on the damp walls. “Rossi?”

Her head shot up, eyes wide with a mix of fear and relief. “Shizuka? Is that you?”

Shizuka ran up to the car battery and kicked it out of the puddle, the splash echoing in the confined space. She broke the cuffs with a swift, practised motion and pulled the red-haired girl up off the cold, wet ground. Sana hesitated, her breath hitching, before wrapping Shizuka in a tight hug. She was shaking, her body trembling uncontrollably.

“Hey, hey,” Shizuka patted her on the back, her voice soothing. “You’re okay… I’m here.”

“I-I-I was so scared– it was so sudden!” Sana’s voice cracked, tears streaming down her cheeks.

“I know, honey,” Shizuka assured her, her tone gentle yet firm. “Sana… do you know how to get out of here?”

“N-No…” Sana’s voice was barely a whisper, her eyes darting around the room in panic. “This is a Stand attack, right?”

“Yeah, and we need to find the others.” With a determined stride, she approached the old wall, its surface rough and cold under her fingertips. As she pressed her palm firmly against the stone, a soft, ethereal glow began to emanate from her touch. The entire building responded to her presence. Slowly, the structure around them began to shimmer and shift, becoming semi-transparent. Shizuka’s eyes hardened in silent victory as the solid stone transformed into a ghostly veil, allowing her to see through the roof above them. From her new vantage point, she could clearly spot the entrance, a hidden doorway that had eluded them until now.

“Let’s go.”

~~~

Richiamare perched himself once more at the summit of the Tower, his gaze unwavering as he locked eyes with Viale through the scope. The air was thick with tension, each second stretching into an eternity as they both waited for the other to make the first move. It was a deadly game of patience and precision.

A solitary drop of rain landed on his hair, but he dismissed it without a second thought. The rain was inconsequential. What mattered was making sure Viale didn’t do anything sudden. If he found a way to attack or escape with his father, it would be over for him.

~~~

The rain soon poured relentlessly from the ominous clouds surrounding the Tower, creating a curtain of water over the city of Pisa. Raindrops occasionally splashed into Viale’s eyes, but his gaze remained unwavering, burning with a fierce determination for vengeance.

Taking a deep breath, Viale centred his focus on his Stand. A single raindrop descended from the sky, bypassing Richiamare, and headed straight for Viale. Just before it could make contact, Viale activated his Stand, merging with the minuscule surface of the raindrop. He ascended rapidly, reappearing a short distance above the ground.

In a seamless motion, he caught another raindrop midair, vanishing and reappearing above it. He went in and out of different raindrops with such speed, making it appear as though Viale was defying gravity, soaring upwards with the raindrops as his stepping stones. The raindrops carried him higher and higher, until he reached the top of the Tower, positioning himself stealthily behind Richiamare.

To Richiamare, Viale had vanished into thin air.

To Scollipi, who was still watching from down below, he had seen Viale do what  Richiamare’s Stand did, and teleported through the rain.

“Richiamare.” 

Before he could get away, Viale grabbed the back of his soaked polyester shirt, and forced Richiamare to bring him along for the ride.

M-Move On Up!! ” Richiamare cried in desperation.

Blue Sky Mine! ” Viale yelled back. Before Richiamare could get away again, Viale’s newly reawakened Stand clocked him in the face. It was physically weaker than it once was, but the punch had considerable force behind it.

Viale had learned a crucial lesson from his father: never let the enemy slip through your grasp. And so, he didn’t. He clung to Richiamare, transporting them through a whirlwind of locations he had been that day. They narrowly dodged speeding cars on a bustling highway, plummeted from the dizzying heights of the Tower of Pisa, and flickered in and out of existence before the bewildered and still trapped Vuoto.

Richiamare seized every opportunity to fire his revolver, but Viale anticipated each shot. He effortlessly phased in and out of the bullets’ paths, just as he had with the raindrops earlier.

“You took my mother. You will pay,” Viale declared, his voice a cold promise of retribution.

Blue Sky Mine ’s gaze pierced through Richiamare, delving into the depths of his soul. Richiamare met its stare, the deep crimson eyes a haunting look into Hell itself.

“Running is… useless.” They appeared in an enclosed room, where Viale slammed the only door shut. “You have to be able to physically move to the place you want to go. You don’t teleport, you just move very fast.”

Richiamare scrambled to the end of the room, grabbed a chair, and smashed the window open. “Ha! See ya later!”

He landed back next to Giorno. Richiamare huffed, his breath ragged and laboured, exhaustion etched into every muscle. He hadn’t pushed his Stand to such limits in a long time. Surveying his surroundings, he saw only Giorno sprawled on the ground. “He’s gone… I shook him…”

Gathering his resolve, he approached Giorno. “He’s still breathing,” he muttered, a mix of relief and determination in his voice. He popped the chamber of his revolver open, revealing a single bullet left. “I’ll deal with you, then finish off your son. Goodbye, Don Giovanna.”

With a steady hand, he aimed and pulled the trigger. The bullet flew, point blank, towards Giorno.

The bullet struck his chest, embedding itself in the soggy fabric of his suit, but it did not create a wound. It simply… disappeared. Richiamare stared at his gun in disbelief, as if it had betrayed him.

Blue Sky Mine shimmered out of nowhere, and Viale appeared ten metres behind Richiamare. Before he could react, the Stand tapped his shoe, activating his ability and causing him to stumble slightly into the cobblestones.

“How does it feel, to know you cannot escape?” Viale taunted. Richiamare summoned his Stand, but the shoe embedded in the ground kept him anchored. “I told you before. It’s useless. Blue Sky Mine … it’s an acknowledgement of my past. A torch that is passed onto me. 「Broken Strings」 is now mine!”

It clicked together in Richiamare’s mind. “That puncture wound on my neck! He was using someone else’s Stand! And he must’ve been holding onto me when I teleported just before too!” He thought of his daughter, only just old enough to take care of herself. “He’s right, it’s useless to try to escape.”

In a decisive motion, Viale pushed him over. Richiamare’s knee acted as a pivot, and he toppled over onto Giorno. Viale snapped his fingers, and the bullet that had just struck Giorno’s suit shot back out, piercing through Richiamare’s skull.

Richiamare’s body fell slack on top of Giorno, staining his suit with blood.

Arrivederci ,” Viale whispered.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 31: Intermezzo V

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

?????
???

“It seems we are rather close to seeing our guest’s full potential… How interesting… I look forward to seeing it.”

~~~

Pisa
Italy

When Sana and Shizuka escaped their prison and stumbled into the street, they were greeted by a relentless downpour. They glanced around, trying to get their bearings. It was a neglected, shadowy corner of the city, where the council had long since given up on maintenance. Homeless men huddled under makeshift shelters, seeking refuge from the rain. Overflowing bins spilled garbage onto the pavement, and the walls were a chaotic canvas of graffiti tags layered upon each other.

They had lost their phones in the attack, and neither particularly wanted to spend potential hours looking for them in what turned out to be a massive and intricate labyrinth of rooms and passageways. 

Sana was still inconsolable. Shizuka felt bad for her ever since she found her trapped. “This is just a high school girl, she shouldn’t be dealing with this shit.” Shizuka had her fair share of trials during her formative years, but it never involved being tortured. Palaces and Shadows were tame compared to what Sana had just been through. “Hmm… Shido was pretty bad, though.”

Sana managed to partially heal their electrical burns during their escape, which provided some relief. They felt a sense of comfort knowing that the enemy had either given up or had been taken out by someone else—most likely the latter. Their aimless wandering concluded when they noticed Vuoto and Beneficci seeking shelter from the rain under an awning in front of a bakery. The bakery was very out of place in the dingy area of the city they were in, with high quality displays and an inviting aroma wafting out the door. 

Vuoto and Beneficci noticed the drenched escapees and waved them over. 

“Hey guys!” Vuoto greeted, “Where’d you go?”

“What do you mean ‘where’d we go?!’ We got kidnapped!” Sana complained. 

Beneficci blinked as they joined each other under the awning. “Yeah, we know. I think he meant what took you so long.”

Shizuka scoffed. “We must’ve had very different traps because we were electrocuted over and over.” 

“I think mine was going for that but I have a long-range Stand so it was no problem to disarm.” Beneficci said. 

“I spat my metal plate out of my mouth and shorted out the battery.”

“Well I’m glad you’re okay, then.” Sana said sarcastically. 

“Oh! I forgot to mention,” Vuoto turned to Shizuka. “ I saw Viale and another guy for like a split second a few minutes ago. They disappeared so fast though — it must’ve been the enemy’s Stand.”

“Must be some kind of teleportation. That makes sense. Do you know where our stuff is?”

“I have your phone, Shizuka, but I couldn’t open it to call anyone.”

She handed Shizuka the phone from her pocket . Shizuka instantly dialled Giorno, as Viale had lost his phone in that twenty-sided dice when he lost his Stand. 

“Hey Shizuka,” Viale answered.

Shizuka mouthed ‘it’s Viale’ to the others. “Hey, what happened to your dad? Why’d you pick up?”

“Oh he got shot and is currently passed out on the ground. I need Sana to patch him up, by the way. I’m at the Tower of Pisa.”

~~~

By the time the group reconvened at the Tower, it had all but stopped raining. People were coming out of their homes and hotels to enjoy the Italian springtime. 

Viale had propped his unconscious father on a park bench, his limp body sitting peacefully next to his son. Viale had found a pair of sunglasses and slid them over his father’s eyes, and he had the man’s arm around his shoulders. To an outsider, it looked like a son was helping his father over a tough hangover.

Scollipi stood to the side, holding his Stand to prevent it from getting away from him.

“Rough night?” Shizuka joked, half-eyeing the unknown Scollipi. 

“Hurry up and heal him please. He’s heavy.” Viale said, “Also, shut up. Remember that night Vuoto was attacked? You were hammered.”

Sana left Shizuka’s side and put her hand on Giorno’s shoulder. “What happened?”

“This guy had a teleportation Stand, basically. He could teleport to anywhere he’d been to within the past day. He had a bunch of sniper spots set up around the city.”

Sana thought back to her prison, and how thought-out it was for a close-ranged Stand like hers and Shizuka’s. “How’d you beat him?”

Viale rolled his shoulders as the air around him as 「Blue Sky Mine」 emerged from his body. It resembled 「Mr. Blue Sky」 with its stature, but it was observably less bulky. Gone were the multicolour stripes, being replaced with muted shades of blue and realistic lightning-bolt patterns running down its body. Its eyes were perfectly round and a deep shade of red. It looked a lot more human than the robotic Mr. Blue Sky

There were a few gasps as Viale announced, “This is Blue Sky Mine . My Stand.” He looked right into Vuoto’s eyes and winked. “Hey, Vuoto. Welcome back to my life.”

Giorno stirred. “Mhm… you got your Stand back?” Viale nodded and withdrew his Stand. “Good.” He checked his watch. “We have to go. Our train is in half an hour.”

Before he could leave, Scollipi called out. “Don Giovanna, Signor Giovanna, do you have a minute?”

Giorno rolled his newly healed shoulder and signalled Viale over. “What’s up?”

Scollipi adjusted his Stand in his arms and revealed Giorno’s face etched into the marble. A wave of panic washed over Giorno as he went light in the head. “What… what does this mean?” he asked. Of course, he knew exactly what was meant by your face appearing in the  「Rolling Stones」

“It means your days are numbered, Don. You will die soon.”

~~~

Beneficci had learned her lesson and was now more paranoid than ever. 「Hotel California」 flew as high as it could while staying in range, wanting not to get jumped like they were earlier in the day.

It was a brisk speed-walk to the train station. Viale caught his father giving him the parent’s version of a stink eye as he grumbled about the bloodstains on his suit. He seemed to ignore the bullet hole on the right shoulder that was certainly not Viale’s fault.

Sana walked next to Viale. “GioGio?” she caught his attention, “Thanks… for beating that guy.”

“My pleasure?” 

“No, I mean it. What was his name? Richiamare? He dropped me in a puddle with a car battery in it.” 

Viale’s eyes narrowed. “Good thing I stopped him.”

“Yeah, but, I have a question.” Sana looked him in the eye. “Where is he? What did you even do to him?”

Viale stopped, but was urged along by Shizuka from behind. He knew there was a chance that someone asked, but he had hoped they didn’t. 

He eyed Beneficci. “He’s… taken care of,” Viale finally said, his voice low and guarded. “You don’t need to worry about him anymore.”

Sana frowned, not entirely satisfied with the vague answer. “Taken care of how? Did you…”

Viale cut her off, his tone firm but not unkind. “Sana, some things are better left unknown. Trust me, he won’t be bothering you or anyone else again.”

Shizuka placed a reassuring hand on Sana’s shoulder. “Viale did what he had to do. Let’s focus on moving forward.”

Sana nodded slowly, still processing the information. She knew Viale and Shizuka were right, but curiosity gnawed at her. For now, she decided to let it go, trusting in her friends’ judgement.

Beneficci and Shizuka watched him knowingly. “Keep an eye on him.” Shizuka said.

~~~

Train Carriage
Between Pisa and Firenze

Vuoto, for one, was overjoyed that his best friend could see him again. They had managed to secure seats next to each other on the train, allowing them to catch up after what felt like an eternity apart.

“So, what can your Stand do now?” Vuoto asked, his curiosity piqued.

Viale’s aura flared with a vibrant energy. “Pretty much the same as the old one. I can go into surfaces, of course,” he said, demonstrating by dunking his head into the tray table in front of him. His head disappeared into the surface, only to reappear a moment later. “I can finally use my d20 again. I lost my phone in ‘4’ this whole trip.” He paused. “But uh… something else happened during the fight. It’s probably easier to just show you.”

He brought his hand up in front of his face and focused his new power. Slowly, his index finger began to shrink and elongate, transforming into a sharp point. Vuoto’s eyebrows shot up in astonishment as he recognized the ability.

“That’s… that’s Zeppeli’s Stand! What the hell? How?!” Vuoto exclaimed, his voice a mix of shock and awe.

“I don’t know,” Viale admitted, shaking his head. “I just reawakened my Stand and I could use it. Before you ask, I’ve tried other people’s Stands too. No dice. It’s just Zeppeli’s Stand.”

“That’s so weird! I wonder why it’s only that one…” Vuoto’s face brightened slightly. “Hey… wanna prank someone with it?”

“Absolutely not. That would be an insult to Zeppeli’s name,” Viale responded firmly, his expression serious.

“Sure, but didn’t Zeppeli hate you and your dad?” Vuoto asked, a mischievous glint in his eye.

Viale sighed, his gaze distant as he recalled the past. “Yeah, he did. But that doesn’t mean I should disrespect his memory. He was a formidable opponent, and I’ve learned to respect that.”

Vuoto nodded, understanding the gravity of Viale’s words. “I get it. It’s just… so strange to see you with his Stand. It’s like a part of him is still here.”

“Maybe it is,” Viale mused, a thoughtful look on his face. “You know… I think he might’ve appreciated a good prank on Giorno.”

~~~

Giorno poked at the phantom hole in his shoulder and let out a sigh. Knowing that you don’t have long to live was certainly a wrench in his plans for the world. Scollipi had promised that he would drop his Stand off the Tower of Pisa to stop its pursuit, so he no longer had to worry about that.

He was also conflicted about Viale re-entering the fight. On one hand, having another competent Stand user on their side was a large advantage. On the other hand, Giorno never wanted his son to be involved in this conflict.

It was a never ending fight with himself and with his wife. Grace knew what she was getting herself into, but when she was pregnant with Viale, they had vowed to keep him as far away from the Stand life as possible. But as always, Stand users attract other Stand users. 

He sat in his own section of the train next to Rossi at the end of his carriage, separated by the rest of the group in the carriage behind them. The rhythmic clatter of the train on the tracks filled the silence between them.

“What was he like?” Sana’s voice cut through the monotony, startling Giorno slightly.

Giorno definitely did not jump at Sana breaking the silence. “What was who like?” he asked, his voice steady but his eyes betraying a hint of curiosity.

“Viale. Before he came to Venice.” Sana sat across the aisle from him, her posture relaxed but her eyes sharp and probing. Giorno looked quizzically at Sana, his brow furrowing.

“He was… much the same as he is now?” Giorno replied, though his tone suggested uncertainty.

“That’s bullshit. Who he is now and who he was when he got to Accademia Ilmagistrale are two different people,” Sana retorted, her voice firm and unyielding.

“I’d like to think I know my own son better than someone he met a few weeks ago,” Giorno said, his tone growing defensive.

Sana stared him down, her gaze unwavering. “Are you so sure? From what he’s told me, you weren’t around long enough to actually get to know him.”

Giorno stiffened and straightened his back, his eyes narrowing with a warning glint. “Miss Rossi, let me remind you what I do for a living.”

“What’s his favourite colour?” Sana asked, her voice calm but challenging.

Giorno blinked, momentarily thrown off. “Blue?”

“Nope, red. Who’s his favourite musician?”

“Jeff Beck?”

“Wrong. It’s the Bee Gees. When’s his birthday?”

Giorno paused, his confidence wavering. “This information has nothing to do with keeping my son safe.”

“You’re right. But if you don’t know this stuff, you might as well just be a bodyguard, not a father,” Sana said, her voice softening slightly but still carrying an edge of truth.

“I don’t need your input in my very private family affairs,” Giorno snapped, his voice cold and final.

“Please. You need all the help you can get,” Sana replied, her tone unwavering and filled with determination.

“You don’t get to tell me what I need,” Giorno retorted, his eyes narrowing as he glared at her.

“From what I’ve heard, your entire organisation is in shambles, your wife is a damsel in distress behind enemy lines, and you’ve lost your Stand arrow. Summary – you need help, big time.” She took a breath, her words hanging heavily in the air. “I’ll admit, I’m not the best fighter. You probably outclass me in healing too. I saw you hesitate after I healed you back at the Tower – you didn’t really think Viale could take out t-that guy on his own,” she stammered, her voice faltering slightly. “I’ve seen Viale fight – he’s amazing, he’s unstoppable, but that doesn’t matter when his own father doesn’t have faith in him.”

Giorno’s expression hardened, but a flicker of doubt crossed his eyes. The train continued its relentless journey, the rhythmic clatter of the tracks underscoring the tension between them. Sana’s words struck a chord, and for a moment, the Don of Passione seemed almost… vulnerable.

~~~

Giorno Giovanna exited the train’s toilet looking considerably grumpier than when he entered. He caught Vuoto’s snickering from around the corner, and sighed.

“Gioviale, come here,” he called out, his voice carrying a hint of exasperation.

Viale rounded the corner completely straight-faced, his eyes betraying a glint of mischief. “Yes?” he responded, feigning innocence.

“I take it the… cling wrap… was your doing?” Giorno asked, his tone stern but calm.

“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” Viale replied, his expression unwavering.

Giorno wasn’t impressed. “I may not have seen you do it, and I may not have proof, but know this: I am watching.”

Viale’s cheeks tightened, holding back a smirk. “What an odd thing to say. What would I have to do with any transparent kitchen products covering toilet appliances?”

Giorno stared at his son, his gaze piercing. “I was your age once. Don’t think I don’t know.”

“Know what?” Viale retorted, his voice dripping with faux innocence.

As the two parted ways, the air shimmered in the corner across from the toilet compartment, and Shizuka burst out laughing. Her laughter echoed through the narrow corridor, adding a layer of surrealism to the already bizarre situation. She had been using her Stand ability to remain invisible, witnessing the entire exchange unfold. 

Giorno shook his head, a small smile tugging at the corners of his mouth. Despite the prank, he couldn't help but feel a sense of pride. Pulling one over on Giorno Giovanna was not a simple feat.

Worst of all, he could have sworn he saw a boy whose life was cut short in Gioviale.

~~~

Accademia Magistrale

Staff Room

“I got word from Shizuka and Giorno. Right now, they need information. They’re going to search around Florence for an informant. You two, find what you can in the school.”  

Fragi and Matito internally thanked the lord almighty for Polnareff’s Stand. They had captured two guards in Coco Jumbo and had been using their bodies for infiltration for days now. It was hard on Polnareff, keeping his Stand active the whole time, but he said it was like stretching his legs for the first time in years, and didn’t mind the exercise. 

It was an odd sight — two students pretending to be mafiosos around dozens of real gangsters. Matito made liberal use of Take On Me to watch around corners, and Fragi was there as an emergency shield, with Stayin Alive working on whatever body he was currently inhabiting. 

For a gang, Apatia was surprisingly organised, with rosters and timesheets for patrolling the corridors. Those who weren’t in the school were in the city doing what they usually did to keep up appearances. Only Capos and the Don were consistently on campus. One of these capos was staring directly at Fragi and Matito as they entered the staff room. 

“Antonio, Fred,” he greeted, and returned to reading the newspaper. Fragi and Matito gave each other a look and skirted around the outside of the room. “You two are horrible at espionage.”

“W-what?”

“I know you two aren’t Antonio and Fred. If you were, I wouldn’t be able to concentrate and read the paper like this.” He folded the paper. “Antonio is known to enter rooms with a bold entrance, and Fred is always talking everyone’s ears off. So, what do you two want?”

They knew they were caught. 

“We want information.” Matito decided to say it outright, after subtly reading his Stand and learning they weren’t going to get away without a fight.

“Information? Very well. I will trade you information, in exchange for something else.”

“What could you want?” Fragi questioned.

“I am a simple man. I enjoy games, you see? Any game – board games, video games, card games… I play them all. But I can never find an opponent that’s… skilled enough to beat me. So I pose this: we play a game. If you win, I will give you one question. Anything you want. If I win…” a figure slowly manifested on the table in front of him, “I win your souls.”

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Haha heyyyyy yeah I do remember that this exists. I've almost finished 34. but these next few chapters are so interwoven that I wanted to make sure they were coninuous before releasing them. Stay tuned?

Chapter 32: Il Nome del Gioco

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Rome, Italy, 1989. Noio Gioco was born to Verita and Ezio Gioco. 

At age two the baby Noio won his first game of Ave Caesar against his parents. 

At age five, Noio won a two-hour long game of monopoly against his cousins and grandparents.

At age ten, Noio steps foot inside a casino, accompanying his father. His father leaves a millionaire.

At age twelve, Noio is the talk of the playground, being unbeatable in scopa , riscola and tresette

At age eighteen, Noio’s parents bring him on a holiday to Vegas. They pay for their tickets and accommodation twenty times over. Noio and his family become the tenth richest family, behind Miuccia Prada.

At age thirty, the Gioco family owns and produces 2.3% of Italy’s gross domestic product. Noio was a frequent visitor of Venice's most exclusive casinos and betting rings. Everyone knew he always won – he never bet any real money anymore, just blanks. He liked keeping it fair.

At age thirty-seven, he decides to join his local mafia, to see what it’s like.

At age forty, he sits in Accademia Illmagistrale’s staff room, reading a newspaper.

~~~

Accademia Magistrale
Staff Room

Matito read the summary of Noio from his Stand 「Take On Me」 . ‘ Holy shit, this guy is richer than Joestar! Like actually, what the fuck?! 2.3% of Italy’s GDP ten years ago? What is it now?!

“Is that your Stand? That notepad? That’s cute. What does it do?”

“I’m not telling you that.”

“Fine. What shall we play?”

Matito paused as he remembered a game he read about in his Stand’s description of Noio. “ Scopa .”

Noio nodded, and a deck of forty playing cards manifested on top of the table, missing the picture cards and the jokers. “This is my Stand: 「Poker Face」 . It’s automatic, so you don’t have to worry about me cheating.”

Matito didn’t even have to look at the Stand to know that he was full of shit.

In Scopa , the game starts with forty cards total (no picture cards). Four cards are placed in the “pot,” or the middle of the table, and each player is dealt three cards. You may only ever play one card at a time, and your goal is to collect as many cards from the pot as possible. If you take the last card in the pot, you’ve played a titular scopa. You’ve swept the board. If you cannot pick up a card, you must put one down. Certain types of cards are worth more than others, which is calculated at the end of the game.

Fragi picked up the mysterious deck of cards and set the board. When both players were ready, Matito was given the first turn. He instantly slammed his 9 of diamonds on the table, snaking the 5 of hearts and 4 of clubs back to his collection pile. Noio looked up to see a pair of very determined eyes staring back at him.

“Your turn.”

Noio looked at his own hand and at the pot. He slowly placed his ace of hearts down, unable to pick up any cards. “Have you much experience in this game?”

“I’ve played my fair share,” Matito replied confidently.

Matito’s turn. He captured the 8 of hearts with his 8 of clubs. Noio responded by capturing the 3 of clubs with his 3 of spades. Matito played his last card of the round: a 6 of hearts, into the pot. Noio put his last 10 of diamonds in the pot.

Round two. Fragi dealt the next three cards into each hand. Matito played a 9 of hearts into the pot, and Noio quickly responded by using his 7 of diamonds to take the ace of hearts and 6 of hearts that he’d put down last round.

“The seven of diamonds – worth one point itself,” Fragi announced. Noio gave Matito a cocky smirk. He could feel his heart speeding up.

Matito played his 9 of spades and took the 9 of hearts he’d just put down. Noio, having no other move, played his ace of spades. The two took turns throwing moot cards into the pot, before round three came along and they got a new hand.

“Can you speed this up? I’m getting bored.” Matito played his 10 of spades to capture the 10 of clubs in the pot. Noio smirked. “You play well, for a beginner.”

He laid down a 6 of hearts. Matito’s eyes widened as Noio picked up the 4 of hearts, the ace of diamonds, and the 2 of diamonds. The three remaining cards in the pot, all adding up to his 7 of hearts. He tantalisingly picked up each card one by one and turned his 7 ninety degrees in his collection pile.

Scopa .”

It was a scopa . One point to add to Noio’s final score. The most powerful play in the game. Now Matito had no choice but to play a card and waste a turn. He played his 8 of spades. Noio spared him by playing his 6 of spades. The round ended with another 9 and Matito reclaiming his 8 with another in his hand. Noio’s eyes were darting around the board, taking quick glances at Matito’s strong poker face.

Round four. Matito instantly started by playing his ace of spades. Noio took the 6 of spades with his 6 of diamonds. Matito grimaced and played his 5 of clubs. Noio put a 2 of hearts down, which Matito gobbled up by combining it with the 5 of clubs to equal his 7 of spades. Noio, not being able to do anything more, played his 3 of diamonds.

Round five. Matito played a massive 10 of hearts to capture the ace of spades and 9 of clubs. Noio grumbled and played a 2 of clubs. Matito’s mouth quirked as he slowly put down his 5 of spades to take the 3 of diamonds and 2 of hearts.

Scopa !”

He gained another point. A scopa . The rest of the cards in their hands filtered into the pot until there was only one round left. Round six.

“No more scopa from here on out. Whoever last picked up a card at the end of the game gets the remaining pot.”

“Fine by me,” Matito declared.

Matito dealt his 4 of diamonds to pick up the 4 of spades in the pot. Noio responded by playing a 2 of spades. Matito saw his opportunity for a setup and placed the ace of clubs. Noio smirked and took that ace and the 2 of spades to equal his 3 of hearts. Matito’s heart sank as his final gambit blew up in his face. He and Noio did the whole song and dance of placing cards they couldn’t pick up. A 5 of diamonds, and a 6, 7, and 9 of clubs. All went to Noio.

“Time to tally the points.”

Noio had 18 cards, Matito had 22 cards. Point to Matito. Noio had 5 diamonds, Matito had 5 diamonds. No points. Noio had the 7 of diamonds. Point to Noio. Noio had three 7s, Matito had one 7. Point to Noio. They each had one scopa .

3-2, game to Noio.

~~~

Florence
Italy

“So where is this informant?” Beneficci questioned, her voice echoing slightly in the vast space.

The train station at Florence, officially named Firenze Santa Maria Novella, had tall ceilings and grand pillars that loomed over them as they exited the platform. The station was bustling with travellers, the air filled with the sounds of rolling suitcases, distant announcements, and the murmur of conversations in various languages. Viale hadn’t been there in many years, having visited it with his parents on some kind of Passione business once. Despite being much taller since the last time he was here, he felt he hadn’t grown at all. The memories of his childhood visits seemed to shrink him back to that time.

Giorno had asked the group to get off the train after Fugo called him about a possible lead on Mercurio’s background.

“This informant was once a part of Apatia, but was outcast after he was no longer useful, and set up by his old gang to be locked up for something he did many years prior,” Fugo had explained over the phone.

“My information may be outdated,” Giorno responded, “the latest I know is that he was in prison for assault, but that was many years ago and he may have been released. I will check the prison first, as my status should get me through without much effort.”

“Do we have a profile?” asked Beneficci, her brow furrowed in concern.

“I’ve never met him myself – I don’t even know his name. He should be an old man by now, around seventy years old. Take Viale with you. Those with combat-oriented Stands pair up with one without. Segnaposto, you’re with me. Rossi, go with Joestar. We must be ready for an attack at all times.”

The three groups split off, each with a clear mission. Giorno and Vuoto found the prison on Google Maps and followed the directions there, weaving through the narrow, cobblestone streets of Florence. The city was a blend of ancient history and modern life, with scooters zipping past Renaissance buildings and tourists snapping photos of every corner.

Sana and Shizuka decided to search around the streets. “Not many elderly ex-inmates can afford an apartment,” Sana reasoned, her eyes scanning the faces of passersby for any sign of their target.

Beneficci and Viale decided to search bars and pubs. “If ex-cons and old people have one thing in common, it’s alcohol,” Viale stated with a smirk. They entered a dimly lit bar, the smell of stale beer and cigarette smoke hitting them immediately. The bartender eyed them suspiciously as they approached.

“We’re looking for someone,” Beneficci began, “An ex-con, around seventy years old. Have you seen him around?”

The bartender shrugged, wiping a glass with a dirty rag. “Lots of old men come through here. What’s he to you?”

“Just an old friend,” Viale interjected smoothly, slipping a few euros across the counter. “Any information would be appreciated.”

The bartender pocketed the money and nodded towards a corner table. “A guy like that was here a few nights ago. Likes to keep to himself, but he’s a regular.”

“Thank you,” Beneficci said, turning to Viale. “Let’s keep looking. He might be nearby.”

As they continued their search, the sun began to set, casting a golden glow over the city. The streets grew quieter, and the shadows lengthened. Each group moved with purpose, knowing that time was of the essence.

~~~

Giorno and Vuoto arrived at the prison, the imposing structure looming before them. Giorno’s status as the boss of Passione granted them easy access, and they were soon speaking with the warden.

“We’re looking for an ex-inmate,” Giorno explained, giving the same description. “He was released a few years ago.”

The warden nodded, flipping through a thick ledger. “Yes, I remember him. He was a model prisoner, kept to himself. He was released on good behaviour. Last I heard, he was staying at a shelter nearby.”

“Thank you,” Giorno said, turning to Vuoto. “Let’s go.”

Meanwhile, Sana and Shizuka had no luck on the streets. They decided to check the local shelters, reasoning that an elderly ex-inmate might seek refuge there. They entered a small, run-down building, the smell of disinfectant and old wood filling the air.

“We’re looking for someone,” Shizuka said to the receptionist, giving the description. “Have you seen him?”

The receptionist nodded. “He comes here sometimes. Usually in the evenings for a meal.”

“Thank you,” Sana said, glancing at Shizuka. “We might be close.”

As night fell, the three groups reconvened at a small café near the shelter. They shared their findings, each piece of information bringing them closer to their goal.

“We’re on the right track,” Giorno said, his eyes determined. “Let’s find this informant and get the answers we need.”

~~~

“Man… you thought you had that one, didn’t you?” Noio taunted, his voice dripping with mockery.

Matito sat up straight, wriggling in his chair, unsure of what he had to do to ‘give up his soul’ like his enemy wanted. His mind raced, trying to find a way out of this dire situation. “So what happens now? Are you gonna… kill me?”

“Hmm, nah, that’s too boring. Poker Face , do your thing.”

A joker card appeared and shot at Matito. It stopped short of his face and started spinning, creating a small vortex. Fragi watched in horror as the card sucked the soul out of Matito, his empty body falling limp in the chair. The room seemed to grow colder, the air thick with an eerie silence.

“Matito!” Fragi’s voice cracked with desperation.

Noio gave a menacing smirk. “Ah, that was a good game, all things considered. I can’t believe he didn’t even use his Stand! Not that it would make a difference.”

“What did you do?!” Fragi demanded, his fists clenched in anger.

“What does it look like? I took his soul. Things like money and land don’t appeal to me anymore.” Noio’s eyes gleamed with a sinister light as he gathered the discarded cards into a pile. “Now,” he said, his voice low and dangerous, “you want a shot?”

‘Shot… yeah, I want a shot,’ Fragi thought, his mind racing. He took a shaky breath in. “I’ll tell ya what,” he started, trying to steady his voice, “Let’s play a game.”

Noio raised an eyebrow, intrigued. “A game, you say? I quite like games,” he said dismissively. “What kind of game?” he chuckled, clearly underestimating Fragi.

Fragi paused for dramatic effect, his eyes locking onto Noio’s. “Russian Roulette.”

Noio’s eyes widened, and his cocky, playful demeanour shifted. His face hardened, and a manic smile crept onto his face. “Good.”

~~~

Viale and Beneficci decided they would check the north side of town for the old man, who they had gotten a picture of from the wall of shame at another bar he’d been kicked out of. No one had recognised him when Viale sent it to the group chat. 

Their search led them to an old rundown bar named Barra di Risposte. 

It was a dingy place, a few buckets on the ground, catching stray droplets left over from the recent storm. The bar itself looked like it was on its last legs. Deteriorated stools, glass stained (not in the good way), and more broken glasses than intact ones. 

There were two men – the bartender, who looked like he wanted to be anywhere but here, and their man, hunched over and unshaven. His wifebeater was more yellow than its natural white, and his jeans had more holes than a block of cheese.

Beneficci told Viale to go ahead as she kept lookout. Viale approached him cautiously, making sure his feet made sound so as to not startle the man. 

“Excuse me, sir?”

“Whatever you’re selling, I’m not buying. Go away!” the man grumbled.

“No– I’m not selling anything. I have some questions.” Viale felt his phone vibrate in his pocket, but ignored it. 

“Bah! Questions. When has that ever been a good sign?”

Viale sat down in a stool two apart from the man. Not because he was scared, but because it was the only one left with a cushion on it. “Just a few minutes of your time and I’ll get out of your…” he noticed the man was bald. “...face.”

“Look kid–” the man turned to face him. He paused and his eyes narrowed, watching Viale with scrutiny. “Wait, you’re… Giorno…?”

~~~

The tension in the room was palpable as Noio reached into his coat and pulled out a revolver that certainly wasn’t there before. He placed it on the table between them, the metallic clink echoing in the silent room. Fragi’s heart pounded in his chest, but he kept his gaze steady.

“Let’s make this interesting,” Noio said, his voice a low growl. “The winner takes all. The loser… well, you know what happens to the loser.”

“No. Let’s make this even more interesting: if I lose– if I get shot, I win.” 

Fragi nodded, his resolve firm. He couldn’t let Matito’s sacrifice be in vain. He reached for the revolver, his hand trembling slightly. Noio watched him with a predatory gaze, his fingers drumming on the table.

Fragi spun the cylinder and placed the gun to his temple. He took a deep breath, his eyes never leaving Noio’s. The room seemed to hold its breath as he pulled the trigger. Click . An empty chamber.

Noio’s smile widened as he took the revolver. 

“Your turn,” Fragi said, his voice dripping with anticipation. Noio spun the cylinder and placed the gun to his own temple. Without hesitation, he pulled the trigger. Click . Another empty chamber.

The game continued, each click of the revolver echoing like a death knell. Sweat dripped down Fragi’s forehead, but he refused to back down. He knew this was his only chance to defeat Noio and avenge Matito.

Finally, it was Noio’s turn again. He spun the cylinder, his eyes gleaming with madness. “This is it,” he said, his voice a whisper. “The final round.”

~~~

Giuseppe Giovanna felt he was the unluckiest man in the world. He had gotten married in his early thirties to a beautiful Japanese woman whose only flaw was that she’d come with a bastard brat. His step-son, Giorno, had taken his name and nationality in the marriage. He was a weird kid, and Giuseppe did his best to even him out, but the kid had found friends in a powerful man in Naples, and he wasn’t to lay another finger on the boy.

Once he’d grown up, Giuseppe had to use much of his money to give Giorno a ‘school experience’ that any normal kid would have. The last time Giuseppe saw his step-son was at age fifteen, when he left to stay on campus at school. After that, he didn’t come home, and Giuseppe was free to do what he wanted, without the threat of the mafia down in the back of his mind.

The first thing he did was leave Naples, about half a year after Giorno had gone missing. His wife waited for her son, seemingly deciding she cared about him. That was the end of their marriage. 

The divorce took most of what Guiseppe had, so he turned to the families in Florence for help.

He wasn’t special. He was expendable. And after years upon years of service to Apatia , he was thrown under the bus by a particularly tricky legal battle, and sent to jail.

So there he was, an old man, drinking his sorrows away in a grungy bar. Until a boy sat down next to him.

“Wait, you’re… Giorno?”

“Uh, no, I’m Viale. Viale Giovanna.”

It was like a small icepick to the skull, hearing his own name come out of someone else’s mouth. The kid looked a hell of a lot like his step-son. The golden hair was shorter and a bit darker, he was taller, and he looked like he hadn’t slept in a while.

“You’re Giorno’s… son? He’s alive?”

“Do you know him?” Viale said cautiously, ready to hit and run at a moment’s notice. Giuseppe chuckled at the wariness.

“Yes… I knew him. I haven’t seen him in twenty or so years. I’m his step-father.”

“So you’re my… my step-grandfather…?” Beneficci looked over her shoulder, obviously listening in on the conversation.

“Ha, maybe. I don’t think my son likes me very much.” Giuseppe looked down into the depths of his beer. “But don’t worry about me. I’m just an old man, thinking about his mistakes.” Viale stayed quiet. “Right, you had some questions, right?”

“Oh! Yes, about Apatia .”

Apatia … alright. I owe you that much. But I might not have what you want – it’s been a while since I was involved in that life.”

Viale procured his phone (now free from its d20 prison) and opened his notes, where Giorno had rewritten questions. He also made sure to text the others.

Modern Crusaders (name pending)

V.G: I found the informant.

G.G: Excellent. Everyone convene on Gioviale’s location.

Viale closed the message app paying half a mind to how he’s going to explain to his father who the informant is.

~~~

As Giorno got the text, he brought out his Stand to sense the blood connection he and Viale shared, as a guide. 

Gold Experience shimmered, and took a cursory look around. 

“Hey! You’re one of those losers!” Giorno heard someone shout out. 

Giorno turned around slowly. “What did you say?”

“A loser! A Stand loser!”

Giorno’s eyes widened slightly. “You mean a Stand User?”

“No, I'm pretty sure it’s Stand loser.”

“I don’t have time for this.” Giorno signalled to Vuoto, who was looking in a shops window, to follow, but the man yelled out again.

“Why are you going with that loser, kid?! Are you one too?!”

Vuoto whipped around, shocked. “You can see me?!” He turned to Giorno. “This guy has to be a Stand loser—I mean, Stand user, right? Or did the virus reveal me too…?”

“Get back here, blondie!”

Giorno felt a hand on his shoulder and Gold Experience ’s fist shot out, clocking the man in the jaw. “That was a love tap, by the way. Stay away from me.”

The man stumbled to the floor. “ P-P-Polizia!

~~~

“Okay. Question 1: What is the boss’ deal?” Viale asked. 

Giuseppe looked down. “Well, I assume you’re talking about the guy on the TV. Mercurio, right?” Viale nodded. “Mhm, he’s not the boss.”

“Mercurio, the man I have heard referred to as ‘boss’ is not the boss?”

“From what I understand, he’s just a generous donor. He might as well be boss though, as the real boss is a massive pushover. He was the boss when I was there.”

“Okay, who is he?”

“His name is Osso Paolo.” Viale motioned for him to keep going. Giuseppe scratched his chin. “He was quite the character. Loved his seventies music, and loved musicals. I said he’s a pushover, but if you fuck with his record collection, he will kill you.”

“Well you don’t mess with the vinyl. Everyone knows that.”

Giuseppe nodded absentmindedly. “I only met him a few times. It was the weirdest thing, now that I think about it, but the only reason he lasted as long as he did was because he just wouldn’t die. The man is older than me, but he just won’t keel over.”

Viale caught Beneficci’s eye, and nodded. ‘ Stand User, ’ they agreed.

“What about the current boss, Mercurio?”

“I guess I know what everyone else knows. He’s a hotshot politician – around the same age as Giorno, he recently revealed an entire secret society of super-powered people… he–OH! He cheated on and divorced his wife. His kid was born out of wedlock to the wife, but she’s out of the picture, pretty much.”

“Do you know who she is? The wife?”

“Yeah, ah, what was her name… right! It was Rossi, yeah. Bella Rossi.”

~~~

Fragi’s hand was shaking all over the place. He hesitated to pick up the gun in fear of accidentally pulling the trigger prematurely. 

“What’s wrong? Cold feet?”

“Cold hands, more like,” Fragi whispered, his voice barely audible over the pounding of his heart.

“Just pull the trigger. You’ll die either way. Might as well go out with a bang.” Noio formed a finger gun and mimed pulling the trigger. “I don’t know about you, but I’m loving this.”

Fragi took a deep breath and picked up the neck of the gun. He adjusted the grip in his other hand, just as he had twice before, his fingers trembling.

“I have to tell you something.”

Noio’s grin widened to creepy proportions. “Oh, do tell.”

“This is all a part of my plan.”

“Horrible plan. What kind of plan involves you shooting yourself in the head.”

Fragi let out another shaky breath and looked over at the unconscious Matito. “The kind where you know the outcome already.”

BANG!

The bullet shredded through his skull and grey matter, painting the kitchen in red. Fragi slumped out of the chair and fell on the floor.

Noio chuckled, stepping closer to inspect the lifeless body. “Shame I couldn’t get anything out of him about his own allies.”

Suddenly, a faint glow emanated from Fragi’s body. The blood began to retract, the shattered skull pieces knitting back together. Noio’s eyes widened in disbelief as Fragi’s body started to regenerate at an astonishing rate.

“What the—” Noio stammered, stepping back.

Fragi’s eyes snapped open, a fierce determination burning within them. He pushed himself up, the last remnants of his wound sealing shut. “You see, Gioco,” Fragi said, his voice steady and strong, “I’m not so easy to kill.”

Noio’s grin faltered, replaced by a look of sheer terror. “What are you?”

Fragi stood tall, the gun now steady in his hand. “I’m 「Stayin’ Alive」 .” He aimed the gun at Noio, his finger hovering over the trigger. “And this time, it’s your turn to face the consequences.”

Noio’s confidence shattered, and he stumbled back, realising he had underestimated Fragi’s true power. The tables had turned. He seemed to forget that they went through all of the rounds in the gun already.

“W-w-wait! I-I-I’ll put your friend back! See?!”

Matito slowly opened his eyes and looked around the room. “It worked?” 

Fragi nodded. “Yeah, he fell for it alright. Now, I believe we had some things to ask you.”

“I-I-I-He’ll kill me if I tell you anything! Hell, he’s probably listening right now!”

“Don’t care,” Matito stated. He got down to Noio’s level on the floor. “Now tell me, what can Mercurio’s Stand do? What is his ability?”

“Ha… ha… hahahahaha!” Noio’s scaredy-cat demeanour swiftly shifted to one of giddiness. “You don’t know?! How?! He doesn’t hide it!”

Matito grabbed him by the collar. “Spit it out! What can he do?!”

“Nothing! His Stand ability is nothing! He doesn’t have one!”

~~~

Viale left the bar feeling emptier than when he went in. How could Sana not tell them? How could she keep this from them? These were all thoughts running through Viale’s mind.

Beneficci walked alongside him. “I’m sure she has a good reason for not telling us, Viale.” 

Viale could only agree. That didn’t mean he wasn’t upset.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

I've been working real hard I swear! 34. is done and ready. Please leave a comment if you're following along I'd really appreciate it!

Chapter 33: Punto di Rottura

Chapter Text

Car Park
Florence

The atmosphere was tense as the three groups rolled into the parking lot. Giorno and Vuoto were first, shortly followed by Sana and Shizuka. Viale and Beneficci were last. The air was thick with anticipation, and the sound of gravel crunching under their feet added to the tension.

As they approached the others, Shizuka spoke up, her voice breaking the silence. “Hey! What did you guys figure out?” Her eyes darted between the groups, searching for answers.

Everyone but Giorno sat on a low brick wall, chatting nervously. Giorno stood apart, his eyes scanning the surroundings for potential danger. His posture was rigid, and his jaw was set in a determined line.

Viale leaned closer to his temporary partner, his voice low and urgent. “Beneficci, you talk to everyone else, I’ll handle Sana.” His eyes flicked towards Sana, who was fidgeting with the hem of her shirt.

Viale signalled Sana to follow him as Beneficci began the story of how they found and met Giuseppe. Viale led Sana around the corner to an alley between the multi-storey car park and some local business’ building. The alley was dimly lit, and the walls were covered in graffiti.

“What’s up?” Sana asked, her voice tinged with curiosity and concern.

Viale steadied his breath, trying to calm his racing heart. “You okay? I saw you talking to Giorno on the train.” He wanted to ease her into the real question, so he asked an easy one first.

“Oh, yeah, he was all like, ‘I know what’s best for my son’, and, ‘mind ya biznus’.” Sana mimicked Giorno’s voice, her impression exaggerated and comical. Viale couldn’t help but smile at her attempt to lighten the mood. “Well, he didn’t say it like that. But he didn’t even know your birthday.”

“So you were defending my honour, is that it?” His bemusement grew, and he raised an eyebrow at her.

Sana’s cheeks gained some colour, dusting red in embarrassment. “Well yeah. My… My dad is a bit much. He only really pays attention to me if it will affect him, y’know?”

Viale saw the opportunity and latched on. “Like when you go on the run? I remember that phone call when we were leaving Venice.”

“I’m surprised you remember that, but yeah I guess. So hearing yours do the same thing… kinda ticked me off.”

“I appreciate it.” Viale’s voice softened, and he gave her a reassuring smile. Sana nodded and was about to walk away, but Viale grabbed her wrist. She stopped in her tracks and looked at Viale quizzically.

“What’re you doing…?”

“The informant told us something else.” Viale let go of her wrist, his eyes avoiding hers. He was suddenly finding the cracked pavement very interesting. “He said… he said your mother is Mercurio’s wife.”

Sana’s eyes widened in shock. “Huh?! What do you mean!”

“I mean it makes sense. You both have red hair, and you don’t like your father…”

“Really? And you believed him?! That’s all circumstantial.” Sana’s voice was rising, her frustration evident.

Viale closed his eyes, trying to steady his emotions. “I don’t know what that means, but the informant was Giorno’s step-father. I trust him.”

“A-And I’m your friend! You should trust me!” Sana’s voice wavered, and she took a step closer to Viale.

“Do you deny it?” Viale eyed her with his head tilted down. This was hurting him a lot more than he wanted to show. “I need you to be honest with me, Rossi. Him and us are gonna clash soon. I don’t want to be unsure of your allegiance.”

“You want me to choose between you and my dad?!” she revealed, her voice breaking. Viale was glad to know that he was right, but it was a double-edged sword. “What do you think I’m doing here!”

“I think you’re hitching a ride back to Mercurio. I hope I’m wrong.” Viale’s voice was barely above a whisper, his eyes pleading with her.

Sana glared at him, her eyes filled with anger and hurt. “You are! He’s a massive piece of shit! He broke your leg and your spirit! He killed our teacher! He tried to kill us! He tossed mamma aside like a used rag! It’s not like your dad who is actually trying to get to know you; trying to care!” She heaved her breath, her chest rising and falling rapidly. “Scuderio and his men have tortured and killed so many people, and I hope your father gives him what’s coming to him. I hate him! I wanna– I’m gonna–!”

Viale wrapped his arms around her, pulling her close. She paused, and looked up in his eyes. Her eyes grew wet and she buried her face in Viale’s chest, and sobbed.

“I-I’m sorry… hic… ” Viale’s face fell downtrodden as he gingerly rubbed Sana’s back. “I shouldn’t be crying… on your shirt…”

“You can cry. This thing’s been through like six fights. It’s tough.” Viale’s voice was gentle, and he held her tightly.

Sana felt a giggle bubble in her chest, but it didn’t make it out. Viale didn’t take it personally. “I-I’m sorry I didn’t tell you guys… I didn’t realise it was him until… until the news report on the train…”

Should someone see this scene from the outside, they would see a boy and a girl cuddling, but to Sana and Viale, it was two people desperately clinging onto each other for fear of drowning.

“I’m scared, Sana,” Viale said after a long pause for tears, “I don’t think my Stand disappeared because I lost my ‘fighting spirit’” he said the last part in a mocking voice, as if referring to an inside joke, “but because I got my ass kicked by your dad… I was so scared that I lost the ability to use my Stand so I wouldn’t be able to see your dad’s Stand… even after that, I had nightmares of rats surrounding me, crawling up me and chewing off my leg. I still get jumpy when I see rats in real life.”

Sana’s mouth quivered. “Slick, cool Viale has musophobia…” Viale gave her a look. “Sorry… that was mean.”

“Don’t worry about it. I only really snapped out of it when Richiamare reminded me of mamma. She’s still… somewhere, and I’ve gotta get her out.”

Sana pulled away and broke off the contact. “ Padre is going to get what’s coming to him. I’ll help however I can.”

The pair went back to the rest of the group, just to finish hearing Beneficci recounting the information.

“–and Mercurio isn’t actually the boss, he’s just a massive donor–oh hey, Viale.” She walked up to him and whispered, “I didn’t tell Giorno about his step-father. I thought you could.”

Viale nodded as she went back to sitting on the wall. He cleared his throat. “Hey. Sorry about that. Sana has some more information on Mercurio.”

All eyes turned to Sana and she shifted uncomfortably at the sudden attention.

“R-right. Well, he’s a politician, right, but he actually has a background in chemistry and medicine. He was a doctor for like ten years before he started the whole politics thing. I think that’s where he got the ‘stand-revealing virus’ thing from.”

Giorno nodded, his expression thoughtful. “Do you know about his future plans?”

She shook her head. “No. I can tell you he’s forty-five and from Venice. He had an affair with a singer, and had me.”

Giorno’s eyes narrowed, his gaze piercing. “You… are Mercurio’s daughter.” He didn’t ask. He stated.

“Yes… but, I don’t want that to change your view of me–”

“It doesn’t. I completely understand not siding with your father,” Giorno said, his voice firm and reassuring.

Sana stammered, her eyes wide with surprise, as Viale scoffed.

“We are on the same side, Gioviale,” Giorno admonished, his tone stern.

“Reluctantly,” Viale muttered under his breath.

The group broke off into several groups of conversation after that. Giorno tapped his son on the shoulder. “I want to see you in private. Come with me.”

Viale sent Sana a look, and she nodded to indicate she was fine staying back. He and Giorno were silent on their walk. 

Walking was still a bit of a chore for Viale. He still had to rely on a fake leg for refusal to get it healed. Not to mention running around Pisa was considerably more difficult. He outright refused both Sana and Giorno’s offers to do so on the train ride over to Florence.

It wasn’t long before they arrived at the famous Visarno Arena. The grounds were once known for racing horses, as the racing track might suggest, but more recently it was host to many rock concerts in the turf. The arena was empty now, its vast expanse echoing with the memories of past events.

Giorno turned to his son, his expression serious. “We need to talk about what’s coming next. Are you ready for this?”

Viale took a deep breath, his resolve hardening. “I am. Let’s do this.”

“I don’t want you to take this the wrong way,” Giorno said, his voice steady but firm, “but I’m not confident in your ability to go all the way.”

Viale’s eyes narrowed, a spark of defiance igniting within them. “What’s that supposed to mean?”

“You and the others were thrown into this conflict with no say in the matter. You’re a reactor, not an initiator.”

“I’m initiating finding mamma .”

“Then prove you have what it takes. Prove you have the resolve to go all the way. Tell me, the first time we visited your school in Venice, I asked you what your dream was. Do you yet have an answer?”

“I… I’m going to save mamma —”

“You need a dream, one that can pull you through the nightmares. Saving Grace is a goal in the present.”

Viale was silent, his mind racing. “Do I… need one…?”

Giorno looked solemn, his eyes reflecting a deep-seated wisdom. “You cannot survive without something to fight for.” They were silent for an uncomfortable moment, the weight of Giorno’s words hanging in the air, before Giorno decided to move on. “I want to fight you. Test you.”

“Didn’t I just save your ass against Richiamare?”

“If I wanted Richiamare dead, he would’ve been so. I was testing you then too. And it worked.”

“You let yourself get injured on purpose? Please.”

Giorno let out a quiet groan and rubbed his bridge. “Are you going to fight me or not?”

Giorno felt the slightest shimmer behind him, and tilted his head just as 「Blue Sky Mine’s」 fist was thrown at him, narrowly missing him. 「Gold Experience」 manifested and swept Blue Sky Mine’s feet, tripping Viale over too.

Viale called his Stand back to him and slammed the ground, sending dirt and grass up into Giorno’s face. In a split second, he travelled through the various particles and ended up in the air behind Giorno.

The dirt transformed into fire ants and stuck onto Viale as he fell back to the ground and brushed them off him. The ants caused enough of a distraction so that Gold Experience could close the range difference and sock Viale in the chest.

Viale’s mind was sent out of his body as his senses went into overdrive. He watched as his body laid still and didn’t even attempt to get out of the way of Gold Experience’s punches. Electricity ran through his body as Giorno continued the onslaught.

What the fuck is this?! I thought Giorno’s ability was Life Giver… is he overloading my body with life energy…?!

Viale’s body was knocked away as Giorno finished pummeling it, and a short moment later, his senses returned to him.

“OW! What the hell?!”

He activated 「Broken Strings」 and pierced Giorno’s shoe and foot with his ultra-sharp finger.

Giorno winced but didn’t falter. He quickly retaliated, using Gold Experience to grab ahold of the finger and create a burst of life energy that surged through Viale’s body, causing him to stagger back. Viale gritted his teeth, trying to reorient himself.

“You’re strong, Viale, but you lack focus,” Giorno said, his voice calm and measured. “You need to channel your energy and find your purpose.”

Viale’s eyes blazed with determination. “I have a purpose! I’m going to save mamma and stop Mercurio!”

Giorno nodded, a hint of pride in his eyes. “Then show me.”

Viale lunged forward, his Stand moving in sync with him. He aimed a powerful punch at Giorno, but Gold Experience intercepted it effortlessly. The two Stands clashed, their fists meeting in a flurry of blows.

Giorno’s experience and skill were evident as he deftly countered Viale’s attacks. He moved with precision, exploiting every opening and weakness. In terms of raw strength, Blue Sky Mine was superior, but this wasn’t a fight of strength. It was a fight of resolve

With a final, decisive blow, Gold Experience sent Viale crashing to the ground. Viale lay there, panting and bruised, but his spirit unbroken.

Giorno extended a hand to his son. “You’ve got potential, Viale. Find your dream, and let it guide you.”

Viale slapped Giorno’s hand away. “You only won because you have years of experience on me.”

Giorno let out a breath. “The enemies we will soon be facing could have more experience than me. That’s not what matters.” Giorno got up close with Viale. “ Mercurio ,” he spat, “will have leagues more resolve than you. Should I not be enough to stop him, or if my death is fated to be at his hands, you will need resolve .”

~~~

The father and son returned to their comrades as they were discussing their next plans. 

“I’m telling you, we should keep going on the train,” Shizuka argued. 

Beneficci shook her head. “If anything, we should try a mode of transportation we haven’t used yet, like an aeroplane.”

“I disagree,” Giorno said, with a weird look in his eye. “Us Joestars have a—”

“—terrible track record with planes.” Shizuka finished. They looked at each other with understanding. 

Viale looked between the two and shrugged. “We’re in a carpack; why not drive? It’s what, a four hour drive to Venice?”

“We already had the police called on us,” Vuoto said, “so they could be on the lookout for Stand users.”

Viale hummed. There were many cars in the parking lot, ranging from a few high-end sports cars, to shitbox 70s cars that were running on hopes and prayers. 

“Which one do we take?”

“It’s not that simple,” Viale explained, “they would have put out an ABP for Giorno and Vuoto by now, and if anyone could come back to get their car and find it’s stolen, they’d know exactly who they’re looking for.”

Giorno was about to interject, but before he could, Viale grabbed two handfuls of rubble from one of the rundown walls, and started throwing them at all of the cars. 

“We’ll steal all of the cars.”

The rubble would hit a car, and the car would disappear into the rubble. Then using Broken Strings he could collect it back and put it in his pocket. He did this with every car, until just a seven seater SUV was remaining. 

Giorno watched with a smile. 

~~~

Shizuka was playing on her phone when she got a text in a group chat including herself, Giorno, Beneficci, and Polnareff. 

Those Who Are Not Still In School (name pending)

J.P.P. We have interesting news regarding Mercurio and his Stand. 

As Shizuka read what Fragi and Matito had discovered, Giorno’s frown grew. They looked between each other and Beneficci. 

“What’s with the looks?” Vuoto asked from the middle seat.

Giorno sighed. “Mercurio is… not going to be a simple foe. We need a plan of attack.”

 

To Be Continued ===>



Chapter 34: Amici

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Accademia Magistrale
Makeshift Prison
Venice

“So… what are we still doing here?” Grace asked. It was a valid question. According to Polnareff’s information from his numerous visits, Mercurio had nearly everything he wanted. He had Giorno’s arrow, the only remaining Stone Mask in the world, and almost zero competition now that the whole world knew just how powerful and untouchable he was. The only ‘issue’ Polnareff saw was his and Giorno’s existence. Hence, why were they still there? Esposito, Grace, and Luigi Teripio had been in this murky basement for what felt like weeks.

“He’s not going to let us leave until he gets what he wants.”

“Then, why don’t we leave?” Grace asked.

“Please. Like he’d let us leave.”

Grace huffed as she stood up. “From what I understand, your Stand can go toe-to-toe with his.”

“Sure, but he’ll have backup.”

Grace poked him in the chest and gave a sly smirk. “So will you. Right, Luigi?”

“Of course.” Luigi staggered up. “You have been good to me in the past – good to everyone in this school. About time we repay the favour.”

“Hey,” Grace piped up, “Does anyone know what day it is today?”

~~~

Florence Countryside

They were to go directly to Venice. Previously they would take a long route or get sidetracked to avoid Stand users, but this had been thus far ineffective. The route they were taking would skirt around Bologna and continue on to Venezia

Beneficci, Giorno and Shizuka would all alternate driving every half-hour, with Giorno and Beneficci’s abilities to detect people coming in particularly useful. 

Meanwhile Viale, Sana and Vuoto would brainstorm ideas as to how to handle Mercurio, now that they knew what his Stand could do.

“What if we just shot him?” Vuoto asked.

“No, he would be able to catch a bullet,” Viale replied.

“What about, like, a bunch of bullets…?” Sana continued.

“From what I understand, his only ‘ability’ – and I use that term lightly – is that he is faster, stronger, more durable, and more precise than any Stand we’ve seen. In that video, he threw that car into the canals without breaking a sweat. Even with 「Mr. Blue Sky」 , that would be a struggle for me.”

“Did you ever get Mr. Blue Sky evaluated?” Vuoto asked.

“Yeah, Polnareff did mine. I was an ‘A’ in power, precision and speed. 「ELO」 batted me away without a second thought, back in Esposito’s office.”

Giorno chimed in from the front of the car. “You should assume he can kill you in one hit, and in less than a second.”

Viale nodded. “Hey, padre , what was that thing that happened back at Florence? When you punched me?”

“That was called Life Shot . I filled your body with ‘life energy’ which overloads your senses. So I’ve heard. I can’t really do it on myself. 「Gold Experience」 stops before hitting me every time.”

“So… let’s say that Mercurio has had his Stand for a while. The Speedwagon Foundation keeps track of all of the Stand arrows, right?” Viale asked both Shizuka and Beneficci, “Could there have been an opportunity for him to get his hands on one in the past… ten or so years?”

“Well there’s always the chance that there are yet undiscovered methods of obtaining Stands… where are you going with this?” Beneficci asked from the driver's seat.

“Most of the arrows are under the Speedwagon Foundation’s watch. There’s one in Tokyo in a massive vault, for example. No, he’d have to have had his Stand for a while, I think. Sana?”

Sana blinked. “Oh, well, I never saw him use his Stand before… well I just haven't.”

“And you’ve never fought him?” Viale asked his father, who shook his head. “Well if his senses were overloaded, and he saw the world in slow motion, he would still be able to use his Stand, correct? Because of its speed.”

This gave Giorno pause. “This requires further experimentation.”

“Let’s do it. Who has the fastest Stand here?”

“I think it’s… Giorno or me?” Shizuka postured, “We haven’t really tested it.”

“How would you test it?” asked Vuoto. Being the only one with an integrated-type Stand, he never felt the need to get his Stand’s physical capabilities evaluated.

“It would be quite simple,” Giorno explained, “We would put a coin on the dashboard, or some other small object, and ‘race’ to pick it up with our Stands.”

“We don’t even need to. You can’t use your Life Shot on yourself, so I’m the only option, really.”

“Well, let’s try it out.” Gold Experience slowly emerged from Giorno, and placed a hand on Shizuka’s shoulder. “Ready?”

「Houdini」 was ready already. The car was getting cramped for six people and two Stands. Shizuka signalled that she was ready. 

Giorno pushed life force into Shizuka, as much as he would in a battle. Viale watched her closely for any sign of oddities. After a few seconds, Giorno took his hand off, and Shizuka blinked. 

“…wow. That was so weird. I’ve had trips better than that.”

“What was it like?” Vuoto asked expectantly. 

“It was like being in a third person video game but you couldn’t control your character…”

Giorno and Viale didn’t understand what that meant. Seeing the confusion on their faces, Shizuka elaborated, “Like you’re watching a movie in slow motion, starring yourself from a few seconds ago.”

“What about Houdini ? Could you move your Stand? Change its direction?” Beneficci asked. 

Shizuka turned to Giorno. “No.”

~~~

“What is it now…” Mercurio climbed down the ladder to the basement after getting reports on loud clanging coming from the dungeon. He hated coming down here, always rife with rats and mice and spiders–and goddamn rats. He shivered. As he set his last foot down, the noises stopped. “Esposito, what are you doing?” he called out. 

Silence. He sighed and proceeded onwards. 

The room was built in a way where all of the prisoners would be able to be seen at the same time, should the ‘warden’ be in the centre of the room, however, as Mercurio exited the short hallway from the ladder to the holding, he didn’t see any of his captives. Only empty beds and discarded junk food wrappers. 

“Sir? Are you okay?” Mario called from the top of the room.

“I’m fine, for now.” He stalked around the back of the damp room, trying to find another angle without getting too close to the bars in fear of being ambushed. “There’s no one here,” he said to himself, “But the noise… they couldn’t have escaped in the time it took for me to get down the ladder…”

He cautiously approached the front of the room, hands on hips with a puzzled expression. “How could they have… gotten out…?”

As if to answer his question, the area around his feet shimmered in a wide circle. He raised an eyebrow as the circle moved behind him, and the three former prisoners rose from the ground.

「Cherry Moon」 . Depending on the phase of the moon, I get different abilities. Today, I can make solid objects intangible.”

Mercurio chuckled. “And you’re in on this, Espie? I can just scoop you up and keep watch of you until the next moon phase, you must know this.”

“Our freedom is more important than whatever childish plan you have. And I won’t stand for it anymore, pun intended.”

Faster than any of them could blink, Electric Light Orchestra closed the distance and swung. A loud bang was heard, and a hand identical to ELO ’s revealed itself, slowly manifesting from Esposito’s form. Mercurio’s eyes widened as he casually tilted his head up. 

「Electric Boogaloo」 . I told you, I’m done. You understand what mutually assured destruction is.” He gestured above him to the building they were underneath. “We are standing under both of our life's work. You know that a clash between us would result in its destruction. So let us go, and I won’t use your own Stand to slaughter your entire gang.”

“Pfft. Please. You, slaughter? You would never – you were always the angel on my shoulder, and me the devil on yours–”

Electric Boogaloo threw ELO back, and with a quick woosh , disappeared and reappeared holding a freshly decapitated head. The blood drained out of the man’s head at once and splashed on the floor, coating both of their pants in red.

“Try me.”

~~~

Venice
1999

“Ow… sorry ma’am,” Mercurio said bashfully.

The older woman, wearing fashionable sunglasses and a scarf that looked like it belonged in Winter, looked to be in her sixties. “Don’t you worry, young man. I barely felt a thing.”

“Ah, I am still sorry, though.” She nodded and turned away, continuing onward. 

Mercurio slowly felt a smile creep onto his face as his leg pressed into the wallet in his pocket. He too turned around and began to slink off, when another man walked past him and called out, “Ma’am, you dropped your wallet!”

Mercurio felt his heart drop as he checked his pocket, only to realise the only reason the wallet had felt like a rock was because it was one. 

“Yes, I know. I was only waiting for the boy to give it back to me.”

The thin, wobbly young man that had passed Mercurio handed the lady her wallet and she went on her way.

“You fumbled that, big time, Mercurio.”

“Shut up, Espie. You could’ve had that for yourself if it weren’t for your heart.”

Esposito chuckled. “And you could make a real living if it weren’t for your mindset. You don’t have to steal stuff. There are plenty of ways of making money.”

“Like what?”

“There are plenty of jobs — plenty of professions. Everyone is doing something, and you could do any number of them.” A flyer on a pinboard caught Esposito’s eye. “Like this, a ‘clinical trial’... interesting. Says it will give you ‘wondrous powers’ and money. I’d do that.”

“Give me that!” He snatched the flyer out of Esposito’s hands. “‘Requires rigorous testing of the spirit.’ What the hell does that mean?”

“I don’t know, man, but that’s a lot of money. I’d be able to see Toy Story 2 at least twenty times with that.”

~~~

Present Day

Teripio relinquished his Stand. ‘ That should be enough.

Mercurio looked between his childhood friend and the dead head of his subordinate in silent horror. His Stand hovered before him, in a staredown with its doppelganger, each waiting for the other to make the first move. Electric Boogaloo dropped the head, and it rolled down to nudge Mercurio’s feet.

“What… was that vision…?” he heaved.

“It was my Stand, 「What a Wonderful World」 ,” Luigi explained. “I showed you what you’ll be losing if you continue down this dangerous path.”

“Ha, you think a little memory is going to stop this?” He gestured around him. “I remember that day. That was the first time we ever heard about Stands.”

Esposito, who had not seen the memory, realised what Luigi had shown him. “The trial.”

“It was so sketchy-looking, wasn’t it?” He chuckled and pushed his hair back. “Haha… we should’ve known.” He cleared his throat and adjusted his tie. “Anyway, if you would step back into the cell, please. I will personally wait until the next phase of the moon.” 

Electric Boogaloo dropped the decapitated head and moved in front of the escapees. “There is no world where we stay in that dungeon. Let us leave, and I won’t bring this building down on top of us.”

ELO took a step towards its clone. “Sorry Espie. You still have the final piece to my puzzle. And I need it before the Giovannas and their merry crew get here.” He turned to the other two escapees. “You two should leave before you get hurt. Believe it or not, I like to avoid any unnecessary casualties.”

Grace prepped her Stand while Luigi caught Esposito’s eye. 

“Come on, Teripio.” They disappeared through the moon-shaped projection on the wall, knowing they may never see the beloved principal again. 

“Are we really doing this, Scuderio?” Mercurio did not respond. Instead, ELO initiated its copy with a blinding right hook, which was intercepted with a loud bang. 

The cave rumbled and groaned in protest with the force of the interaction, dust being displaced and pebbles falling from the ceiling. Upstairs, Tizio felt the blow and instantly made for the exit.

With ELO ’s excellent hearing, Mercurio heard his ally make it to safety, as the warning attack was meant to communicate. Electric Boogaloo held ELO in place as Mercurio waited, but Tizio escaping allowed him to throw another supersonic attack, the rat aiming for the other’s gut. 

Boogaloo caught it too, and threw his other fist at the Stand. This exchange happened over again, both users equally familiar with how ELO worked, and both men equally determined to keep the other there. 

“Why throw yourself away for these people, Espie? Can’t you see I’m making a better world? Can’t you see I’m following your philosophy?”

“How’s that?” Esposito asked, feeling a sting in his hands. 

“I’m not stealing anymore! You told me not to!”

“What does that have to do with this situation?!”

“After the trial— after we got our Stands, I mean, we vowed to not use it for our own gain. Does this look like gain to you? This is years, decades of my life, culminating to give the world a gift! The gift to see! To open their eyes as to what has been going on around them! Stands users everywhere, acting in self-interest! Politicians lying, the government turning the other cheek to abuse and—and experimentation . And you, you partner with one of the largest private corporations in the world, and the very mob that hurt us!”

“Now— the Joestar family and Robert E. O. Speedwagon mean a lot to my family, and the Speedwagon Foundation is a benevolent—”

“LIES!” Mercurio roared, “Speedwagon is just like the rest of them. Seemingly honourable intentions; painfully horrible execution. A so-called fight against the paranormal whilst profiting off every incident.” Esposito gave him a puzzled look. “Really? You don’t see it? The DIO incident? They turned his mansion in Cairo into their own base of operations. Morioh, an excuse to expand their reach to small towns and cities. It’s all a vie for power! You just watch, it will only take a few years for the Foundation to reach critical mass.”

“And you aren’t doing the same thing? ‘Hey world, I’ve given you the gift of being able to see Stands! Praise me!’ That’s you.”

“Wah wah wah,” Mercurio’s hand opened and closed with each word in a talking hand gesture. “You don’t see the bigger picture. What I’m doing… is not an attempt at—at power, or validation, it’s solely for the human race.”

“Call it what you want. Intent doesn’t matter if the outcome isn’t what you expected. You haven’t grown up at all.”

Mercurio grit his teeth. “Big talk for someone whose power isn’t even his.”

As the tension between Mercurio and Esposito reached its peak, the cave continued to tremble under the force of their Stands' clashes. Dust and debris filled the air, making it difficult to see. Mercurio's frustration grew, his resolve hardening with each passing second.

ELO and Electric Boogaloo exchanged a series of rapid blows, each one more powerful than the last. The sound of their impacts echoed through the cavern, a show of the sheer strength of their Stands. Despite the intensity of the battle, Mercurio's mind raced with thoughts of his mission and the sacrifices he'd made to get this far.

Esposito, on the other hand, was torn between his loyalty to his friend and his duty to stop him. He knows that Mercurio's vision, while noble in intent, was flawed and dangerous. The memory of the trial and the promises they made to each other weighed heavily on his conscience.

Suddenly, a loud crack reverberated through the cave as a large section of the ceiling began to collapse. Both Stands reacted instinctively, shielding their users from the falling debris. In the chaos, Mercurio saw an opportunity and lunges forward, aiming a decisive blow at Esposito.

But Esposito was ready. With a swift movement, he deflected the attack and countered with a powerful strike of his own. The force of the blow sent Mercurio sprawling to the ground, his Stand momentarily stunned.

Breathing heavily, Esposito stepped forward, his eyes filled with determination. "This ends now, Mercurio. We can't keep fighting like this. There has to be another way."

Mercurio, struggling to his feet, glared at his friend. "You don't understand, Espie. This is the only way. I have to show the world the truth. I’m sorry.”

In an instant, Mercurio withdrew his Stand, making Electric Boogaloo revert back to its base form. This caught the already exhausted and battered Esposito by surprise. He didn’t even have time to process before Mercurio ran up to him and punched him right in the face, knocking him out cold. 

He reeled his fist back from the punch and took a moment to catch his breath.“I really am sorry, but this is the only way to secure the future of humanity.”

He delicately reached down to the ground next to Esposito’s prone form, and picked up the small golf ball that was what remained of Electric Boogaloo .

Mercurio sighed and shook his head. “All of that for a backup plan.”

~~~

Mercurio dropped his unconscious friend’s body onto the grass and brushed off the dust on his shoulder. He looked at the poor old building they’d left in shambles from their fight. “I might as well do the demolitioner’s jobs for them… plus, it’ll be nice to let loose for a minute.”

ELO emerged from his body, and with a thought, dug its toes into the ground, and–

–moved to the very corner of the building. It casually flicked the marble pillar. The air around its fingers contorted, as a vacuum was created behind its index finger. The moment the digit touched the marble, the entire direction of the flick was eviscerated. 

The impact was instantaneous and catastrophic. The marble pillar shattered into countless fragments, each piece propelled outward with explosive force. The shockwave from ELO 's flick rippled through the entire structure, causing walls to buckle and windows to shatter in a deafening symphony of destruction.

The building groaned under the sudden assault, its foundations trembling as cracks spiderwebbed across every surface. Dust billowed out in thick clouds, obscuring the view as chunks of concrete and steel rained down. ELO moved with precision, targeting key structural points with effortless flicks that sent shockwaves through the building.

Each touch was a calculated strike, designed to maximize damage with minimal effort. Support beams snapped like twigs, floors collapsed in on themselves, and entire sections of the building crumbled into rubble. The once formidable structure was reduced to a chaotic mess of debris and twisted metal.

Mercurio watched with a mix of satisfaction and awe as ELO continued its methodical demolition. The Stand's power was immense, each flick a testament to its destructive capability. Within moments, what had once been a sturdy building was nothing more than a pile of ruins.

As the dust began to settle, Mercurio took a deep breath, feeling a sense of release wash over him. The destruction was complete, and with it, any remnants of their battle were buried beneath the rubble. He turned away from the wreckage, ready to move forward with his mission, leaving behind nothing but devastation in his wake.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

100k WORDS!! YAY!! YIPPEE!! WOOHOO!! I AM SO HAPPY ABOUT THIS INFORMATION!!

For real though, it's been a blast. Thanks to whoever in the ether is reading this, and thanks to my amazing editor Carminedeer. Love your work, thanks.

We got a few more chapters, I've written up to 37. Maybe ten or so to go. I've thrown the plan out the window and onto an oncoming dump truck. We running on vibes and no sleep now.

Chapter 35: Un Avvertimento

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Mercurio’s Office
Accademia Magistrale
Venice 

“Sir, their allies hiding in the school took out Noio, and the main group has been spotted outside Bologna . Shall we send the local polizia ?” Tizio’s voice trembled slightly, betraying his nerves.

Mercurio shook the small glass box in his hand, the ball inside rattling around. He observed it intently, his eyes narrowing as if searching for answers within its confines. “Do you know why I do what I do, Tizio?”

Tizio shook his head, his expression a mix of confusion and determination. “No sir, I aim to follow your instructions, not analyse your actions.”

“A shame.” Mercurio sighed, a hint of disappointment in his voice. “If you had, you could learn a thing or two.” He stood up from his chair, his movements deliberate and measured. “I didn’t reveal the existence of Stands on a whim. I’ve seen people online saying things like ‘he just wants to watch the world burn’ and the like. I don’t. I love this world.” His voice softened, a rare glimpse of vulnerability. “And it pains me to see the species I love… limit themselves by hiding their true selves and… and fighting with each other over nothing. The status quo is the problem. And Stands are the solution. Your fighting spirit, laid bare for the world to see. Those who cannot fight for change won’t survive. It’s simple. It’s elegant. Eat or be eaten.”

“And the Joestars?” Tizio’s eyes widened, a flicker of fear crossing his face.

“That damn family has been an enforcer of the status quo for more than a century.” Mercurio’s tone turned bitter, his eyes flashing with anger. “Joseph Joestar prevented humanity from evolving to combat a mutual enemy. Kujo Jotaro did the same. Shizuka Joestar had the most positive impact, and I respect her and her Thieves for taking initiative and removing a corrupt politician. But, Giorno Giovanna… saw the organisation that sold drugs to children and came in like a goddamn saviour and changed nothing. I won’t pretend that I agree with Apatia, as I am actively using their manpower and distribution network, and their existence is proof of Giovanna’s failing. He sat atop his throne for more than thirty years and changed one country… and evidently not very well. It sickens me.”

“Sir…” Tizio looked conflicted, his loyalty wavering. Apatia, or Mercurio?

“I have humanity’s best intentions at heart. Don’t get me wrong.” Mercurio’s voice softened again, almost pleading. “After the labs are ready to ship out, I’ll leave Apatia to its own devices. You should be in a good position to take over all of Italy after what we did to Passione .”

Mercurio rolled the box around some more, holding it up to the sunlight gleaming through the window. 「Electric Boogaloo」 shimmered in its cage, reflecting a kaleidoscope of colours across the room. “I nearly have all that I want.”

“So, what do you want to do about the Joestar group?”

「ELO」 faded into view behind Mercurio. “I think… I’ll send them a message. They’ve been getting a bit too confident in their safety.”

~~~

“There’s a car following us,” Beneficci pointed out.

“How far?” Giorno asked.

“Three… no, four cars back. They’ve been tailing us since we went around Bologna .”

“Take a closer look.”

“What if it’s a Stand user?”

Viale chimed in. “I’ll cover you. Just figure out what they’re up to.” He cracked open his window, and his left arm disappeared. “I’ll listen in with Broken Strings .”

The wind pulled at Viale’s thinned and extended arm. They were going more than one hundred kilometres per hour. He felt himself flap around at the sheer force of the air. As he elongated back to the tailing car, he furrowed his eyebrows and sent 「Blue Sky Mine」 through the appendage. 

He had done this a few times during his fights with Giorno and Richiamare. For some reason a Stand’s range begins wherever your body is closest. For example, because most people are taller than they are wide, their Stand’s range is technically higher in the up and down directions. Viale thought of it as an egg shape. Using 「Broken Strings」 , Viale could lengthen his Stand’s range to a much wider degree. 

With this logic he could use his Stand’s eyes to see far distances. Hence, he could see the inside of a car twenty metres away. 

“Two men, European. Late twenties to early thirties. Passenger on the phone. I can’t hear what they’re saying…”

“If you can, check if they have a SATNAV going,” Beneficci asked. 

Viale circled around the car and peered through the rear window. He looked around and found nothing on the internal heads-up display, and the man on the phone didn’t seem to be giving directions. 

“Nope. No Nav.”

Giorno nodded. “Then they’re tailing us. Good to know.” 

“Should I cut their brake pads or something? Oh, they’re slowing down—”

Before anyone could respond, the road in front of them exploded. 

~~~

~100km from Venice
Italy

Blue Sky Mine carried Viale’s d20 out of the car, with Sana slung over his shoulder. The air was thick with the smell of burnt rubber and gasoline. After setting Sana down gently, Viale exited the surface of the die. His Stand proceeded to rip the other three doors off the car to allow the others to escape the wreck. The sound of metal tearing echoed through the desolate highway.

The car had landed a few metres off the side of the road, upside down and very much destroyed.

Viale got up and dusted himself off, his clothes tattered and covered in dirt. “I can’t catch a break, can I?” he muttered under his breath, frustration evident in his voice.

“Don Giovanna… we meet again.”

Viale whipped around, his heart pounding in his chest. He flinched at the sight of ELO sitting on the highway’s guard rail. Even seated, his presence was overwhelming, a dark aura emanating from him.

“Y-You, Mercurio…!” Viale’s voice trembled, his fear palpable.

“Oh… I thought you were Giorno. No matter. You and your little posse have been a thorn in my side for too long. When I told Giovanna – your father – to come to Venice, I didn’t mean ‘gather a bunch of allies and come oppose me’.” Mercurio’s voice was cold and menacing, his eyes boring into Viale’s soul.

Viale put his hand in his pocket to hide its shaking. “So why now? W-why not just, just kill us all back at the hotel?” His voice wavered, but he tried to maintain a semblance of composure.

“I’m nothing if not an honest man. I like to think so, anyway. I didn’t want to kill you in front of my daughter. The last thing I wanted was for her to be involved in this conflict.” Mercurio’s tone was almost mocking, a sinister smile playing on his lips.

“So what, you send assassins after us?” Viale countered, his anger rising with his nervousness.

“They were told expressly to avoid hurting her.”

“And we all know that mafia assassins are the most trustworthy people.” Viale’s sarcasm was a thin veil over his fear.

The imposing Stand stood up, its presence even more intimidating up close. Viale tensed, his Stand aura flaring around him, ready to either run or fight. ELO got up in his face, the Stand easily a foot taller than the already-tall Viale. He breathed out through his snout, the air around them growing colder. “Don’t forget I’m letting you live for the moment. Don’t test me, or I’ll flick your head off faster than you can say ‘fettuccine’.”

Viale was bodily shaking at this point, his fear overwhelming him. “Please… just leave us alone…” His voice was barely above a whisper, a plea for mercy.

“Bring out your Stand, Giovanna. Let’s go a few rounds. Maybe that will change your mind. Maybe your limbs being separated from your body will send your father the right message.”

Viale’s leg hurt.

“Bring out. Your Stand.”

He heard a groan from the car. ‘ Shit, I forgot to get everyone else out…

“Gioviale…?” he heard his father crawl out of the car, “what… oh.” He pulled himself up and held his arm close. “Mercurio.”

ELO turned around. “And the man of the hour! You kept me waiting.”

“What are you doing here… I thought we were meeting in Venice.”

“Yes, I did say that. But now that you’ve gone and gathered allies, I decided to… expedite the process.”

With Giorno distracting ELO , Viale took his opportunity to stagger over and pull Beneficci, Vuoto and Shizuka out. ‘ That glass isn’t good. Hopefully we can get that healed.

Giorno stood up straight. “Tell me, Mercurio… how much power do you really have right now? I know a hundred kilometres is a long way for you to push your Stand.”

ELO scoffed. “What are you talking about? I just flipped your car without even trying.”

“Every Stand has a range. Mine is quite well known as being around two metres. Even so, the further my Stand goes from me, even within my range, I can feel it getting weaker. I’m sure that’s the same for everyone here, including you.”

ELO bore his teeth, but Giorno continued on. “I bet that’s why you didn’t risk attacking when you found the others staying at the hotel. It wasn’t like you didn’t want to scar your daughter… you were afraid she’d beat you in a fight. Her and Gioviale.”

“So much talking.” ELO brought up a hand and did a ‘tut tut’ motion. “Don’t put on a face and accept your fate.”

“Accept my fate?” Giorno chuckled. “My ‘fate’. Tell me, Scuderio , what is fate really? 

“Now, I’ve come for you, Giovanna. Don’t make this hard on yourself and your allies.”

Gold Experience!! ” 

His Stand shot over to the wrecked car and gave it a flurry of punches. ELO watched in bemusement. The car morphed and shifted and started changing its very nature. The bonnet shifted into a lion, but before the rest of the car could change, Giorno whispered, “ 「Maneater」…

The midsection shuddered and a goat’s head appeared coming out of the lion’s body. The boot of the car sprouted wings and a tail, which was actually a snake’s body with a dragon head on the end. The creation lumbered onto its four paws and let out a low growl. 

“This… is Maneater . A chimera.” The three-headed beast turned to see ELO , now decidedly less confident. “ Maneater… kill.”

The lion’s eyes turned to slits as it spotted its prey. It pounced, the ground cracking at the weight, and landed right on top of ELO

Viale, watching from afar, saw the whole scene unfold. ‘ Woah… since when could padre do that…?

~~~

Sweetie, Fragi, and Matito were staying in 「Mr. President」 for the meantime. Thankfully, the tortoise had provided them with beds, each one more luxurious than the last, with plush pillows and soft, silken sheets that seemed out of place inside a turtle’s shell. They had watched the dormitory crumble from the math class window, and were still processing the destruction. 

Being a ghost, Polnareff didn’t need a wheelchair, which was one thing he liked about his situation. It allowed him to wander around his room freely, something he’d been doing for the better part of two decades. The room was filled with mementos from his past life, each item meticulously placed as if to tell a story. It also allowed him to keep in shape, although he mostly did that to occupy time. His spectral form moved with a grace that belied his ghostly nature, each step silent and smooth.

Polnareff was abusing a sandbag when he got a text. The sandbag swung back and forth, absorbing his powerful punches with a dull thud. His phone buzzed on a nearby table, and he paused, wiping the ectoplasmic sweat from his brow before picking it up.

Giorno Giovanna

Mercurio has his stand on us. His person is defenceless.

Polnareff’s eyes widened, and he instantly got the other three up from their various states of relaxation. “ Rapide! Rapide! This is our chance!” he shouted, his voice echoing through the room. The three boys scrambled up, their expressions shifting from confusion to determination.

“Sweetie, we need some BB Guns and smoke balls. Can you get those?” Polnareff asked, his tone urgent but controlled.

The young-looking Stand wordlessly handed out the equipment to the others, keeping a set for himself. His face was a mask of calm, but his eyes betrayed a flicker of excitement.

“Matito, what do we know?” Polnareff asked, turning to the young strategist.

Matito cleared his throat as he flipped through pages of 「Take On Me」 , his brow furrowed in concentration. “It’s likely that he won’t just have his right hand with him. The man is smart; he should have reinforcements, even if it’s just some basic bitch non-Stand users.”

Polnareff nodded, his mind racing. “Okay, okay, I think I’m getting an idea. I think it’s my time to return to the stage.” His eyes gleamed with a mixture of nostalgia and resolve, the thrill of the impending battle bringing a ghostly flush to his cheeks.

~~~

ELO braced as the large amalgam’s lion's paw kept him held down. The tail snaked around the side and let out a cough of fire. When creating it, Giorno had kept the car’s gasoline the same so Maneater would be able to use it as fuel for the dragon head’s fire breath. 

ELO jumped out of the way at the last second, the fire only grazing his own tail. Maneater growled as the goat head on its back kept track of the enemy Stand. 

Giorno rounded ELO , Gold Experience at the ready. Mercurio caught Gold Experience ’s punch and twisted, giving Giorno the same pain. Maneater swiped him off its master. It blew fire from its tail, which caught Mercurio as he landed from the powerful hit moments before. Giorno nursed his wrist and shoulder, still sore from the car crash.

He’s still leagues stronger than Gold Experience … I hope this is enough to get Gioviale out of danger…

Viale was a ways away by this point. Before, his bum leg was barely an issue, but after seeing ELO again for the first time since that day in Esposito’s office, it was aching with white hot agony, and making him limp away. Shizuka stirred as Viale dragged her and the others away from the fight.

“Wh…wha…?”

“Shizuka!” Viale poked her in the cheek over and over.

Shizuka, still delirious, halfheartedly batted his hands away. 

Viale’s frustration mounted. “Oh my god… Hulk Hogan is touring nearby!”

Shizuka’s eyes shot open and she jumped up. “WHERE?!”

“I lied. Padre is fighting Mercurio.”

Shizuka blinked and they turned invisible without another word.

~~~

The main school was crawling with as many guards as it was during the takeover only a week earlier. From across the courtyard being covered with men, Polnareff and the others watched through binoculars from their vantage point. Luckily in their various patrols of the school, they’d found multiple ways to access the roof of the dormitories.

“Looks like they’re expecting us,” Matito stated bluntly. 

Polnareff nodded in the affirmative. “It won’t really matter how many men he has – if they don’t look down at their feet, they don’t know we’re there.” Polnareff re-entered Coco Jumbo and tapped on the wall cheerfully. “Get ready for one hell of a walk, old girl.”

~~~

“GET OFF ME!” ELO roared as he tossed Maneater over his shoulder in an impressive suplex move. The beast roared as it landed on the goat’s head, its neck snapping under the weight of the rest of its body.

Giorno ducked low and clotheslined the rat with his Stand’s fist.

MUDA !”

ELO gasped and froze. Back at the school, Mercurio found himself outside of his own body, seeing everything in slow-motion as his senses were sent into overdrive. The effect ended just as Giorno turned back around to face him.

“What the hell did you do to me…?!”

Seems like Life Shot works on Mercurio as planned.

Giorno, still huffing, gave a sly smile. “I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

ELO growled, “I may be weakened right now, but I’m still leagues stronger and faster than you.”

“That means nothing if you can’t land a hit.” Maneater strained back to its feet, angry at the loss of one of its heads. It stalked back around to Giorno’s side. “I think you should leave, Mercurio.”

“I hope you realise that me being here is doing you a favour. I’m showing you what you’re up against, even at a fraction of my power.”

“You’re lucky that my allies are conveniently unconscious. I wonder how you would fare against six Stand users in this situation?” 

“Shame your son is too chicken to face me.”

THE FUCK DID YOU JUST SAY?!

Houdini and Blue Sky Mine revealed themselves behind ELO (Viale wasn’t planning on joining in) by sending a combined flurry into their enemy. 

MORAMORAMORAMORA…

You think I haven’t done this long enough to know how to sneak up on people?! BAZUBAZUBAZUBAZUBAZU…

ELO , still reeling from the Life Shot, had to bring his arms up and take the hits. Maneater and Gold Experience joined in, leaving the rat with no room to breathe. 

MUDAMUDAMUDAMUDA !”

The three allies were shifting in and out of visibility, their forms flickering like ghosts in a strobe light, but it hardly mattered when Mercurio was being struck by Life Shot every other millisecond. Each hit felt like a hammer blow, reverberating through his entire being. At the school, Mercurio’s body was wracked with pain, his mind a chaotic whirlwind of agony and confusion. Tizio knelt next to him, his face a mask of worry, as Mercurio lay on the floor, his skin glistening with sweat.

“You have to get out of there!” Tizio’s voice was a desperate plea, cutting through the haze of Mercurio’s torment.

With a groan of effort, Mercurio relented, his resolve wavering. As soon as there was an opening, he phased ELO into the ground and recalled him. The rat-like Stand vanished, leaving a swirling eddy of disturbed dirt in its wake. Blue Sky Mine , not willing to let their prey escape so easily, attempted to dig into the ground to find him. The ground churned and heaved under their frantic efforts.

But Giorno stepped in, his presence commanding and calm. He put a firm hand on his son’s shoulder, shaking him out of the provocation.

“Gioviale,” Giorno’s voice was soothing yet authoritative, a grounding force amid the chaos. 

Viale blinked and looked at his bruised knuckles and fingertips. “I… did we just… do that?” Behind him, Maneater began to reform into the wrecked car. 

Viale fell down onto his butt, leaning back on his palms. He steadied his breath, and watched the sun set. 

 

To Be Continued ===>

 

Notes:

Let me know if y'all want Maneater in the Stand Files. I haven't written it up yet but I could make some stats for it.

Also, my discord is 'cflat' if you want to add me and talk about the fic.

Chapter 36: L'ultima Cena

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

San Giorgio Maggiore
Venice
9th of February, 2000

“So… where is this place?” A young Mercurio asked. 

“How should I know? The letter just said ‘San Giorgio Maggiore’, nothing about where exactly,” Esposito replied. 

Mercurio looked around at the ancient cathedral. From the dock where they were standing, it looked like it was staring back at them, daring them to enter. 

“Wonder why they chose to do this here?”

“Best not to question it.”

~~~

Mercurio’s Office
Venice
30th of March, 2029

Mercurio gasped for air, his expression pained and his hair disheveled. Bruises had appeared on his arms and face shortly after he retreated. “Why… ow—why did I think that was a good idea?”

“Here— I’ve got some bandages.” Tizio appeared up the stairs holding as many bandages as he could carry. 

“They’re bruises, you idiot! I need ice! No wonder you were dishonourably discharged, you couldn’t help a soldier out of a trench!”

“I-I’m sorry, sir…”

Where’s Espie when you need him? ’ Mercurio thought,   Oh. Right. He’s locked in the staff room. God, this gang is worthless! Zero healing Stands!

This was the first defeat Mercurio had experienced in a very long time. His Stand had always been the pillar of strength holding his life together. In the latter years of schooling, if there was a peer making trouble, 「ELO」 was there to ‘set him right’. In politics, if he had an opponent out to get him, he sent his Stand to deal with him. So now, with his Stand very much defeated (when he was at a major disadvantage, as Mercurio kept telling himself), his whole worldview was being challenged. 

“We need to prepare for their arrival. We have no way of knowing what they will target first. They could come and try to fight me right away, they could split up to destroy my work, they could find Espie first… the best plan is one that accounts for as many variables as possible.” Mercurio let out a quiet groan as he readjusted himself. “Tell Paolo to hurry up the shipment. They’ll be here within twenty-four hours. And to get his men on them. They’ll have to rest somewhere…”

“Sir I…” 

“What? Spit it out.”

Tizio looked him in the eye, his head tilted down, casting a shadow over his face. “This will be the last thing I do for you.”

Mercurio made no moves, but his eyes told a story. “Elaborate, before you lose your head.”

“I-I have allegiance to you above anything… but I also have Apatia to thank for this opportunity. It was you and Apatia who lifted me out of my previous life, but now… now that you’re only using Apatia for your own gain, and not for the betterment of the gang as a whole, I can’t be split in the middle. It’s a dangerous position to be in. So that’s why… I’m going to stay with Apatia . After you win, I mean. After the Giovanna’s and the Joestar’s are dealt with.”

Mercurio swung his chair around to look out the window, a view of the whole City of Venice. “I… appreciate you telling me now. Ha… it’s really this soon? The culmination of what, thirty years’ effort and dreaming?” He staggered to his feet, using the desk to hold himself firm. “Even so… I want to… I would like to thank you, Mario. For helping me to this point.”

~~~

The cathedral was cold and baron, save for a few signs with arrows pointing towards the elevator. Mercurio, having not seen the inside of the cathedral in his life, took time to look around and enjoy the window mosaics. He wandered to the right of the main altar.

“Hey… this is The Last Supper, isn’t it?” Mercurio asked.

“Yeah, but it’s not the da Vinci one, this is by Tintoretto. Rather than the static straight-on composition, this one emphasises the supernatural of the story of Christ.”

“Do you think Jesus knew he was going to be crucified?”

“I have no doubt.”

“What about Judas? Did Jesus know that he would be betrayed?”

“The bible says so.”

Mercurio paused in thought. “I don’t get that. If he knew, why would he let himself die? I mean, what does dying really accomplish? I know that he “died for man's sin”, but what does that really mean?”

“I don’t think that’s for us to know.”

Mercurio and Esposito entered the elevator at exactly 4:10PM.

~~~

“You’re… not going to kill me?”

Mercurio raised an eyebrow. “No? Why would I do that?”

“I… you’ve killed people for less.”

“Please. I have enough respect for you not to kill you for merely living your life,” Mercurio explained as if it were the most obvious thing in the world. 

“I just…”

“…just take the opportunity. What are you going to do with Apatia ?”

“I’ll probably keep with the assassin thing.”

“Well, in any case, we should rest up as much as possible before the opposition gets here.”

~~~

The basement of the cathedral was worse than the outside, in terms of creepiness. The two boys had no idea what happened. They stepped into the elevator, and it was like they teleported down to the catacombs. And now they were facing an unknown enemy with an unknown power. 

“What the hell is going on…!” Mercurio whisper-shouted. 

“You just watch my back,” Esposito responded in a much calmer voice.

“I wonder…” a deep voice resonated throughout the marble room, “What happens when two people are shot at the same time?”

Mercurio stiffened. “What, you gonna cap us? Seems like a rather convoluted plan to kill two kids.”

“I’m letting you live for the moment,” the voice said with amusement, “but don’t test me, or I’ll flick your head off faster than you can say ‘fettuccine’.”

Mercurio felt movement at his feet, and he jumped when he realised they were rats. “Shit! Get away from me, vermin!”

All of a sudden, the two felt themselves change positions, and an arrow was fired at the two boys, back to back, clean through the chest. 

~~~

Outer Venice, 6:47PM

The beaten and battered Crusaders chugged along in the only six-seater they could find: an old, rusty van that might have been the exact same make and model of the late Van Halen. The van's once vibrant paint was now faded and chipped, the seats were worn and torn, and the engine made a worrying rumble with every kilometre. The moment Beneficci laid eyes on it, she felt a surge of nostalgia and desire. 

“Screw laws, I need my baby back,” she had declared with a fiery glint in her eyes. The previous owner, a weary-looking man in his fifties, had been surprisingly receptive to the carjacking (Shizuka had provided him with an absurd sum of money in exchange) and even chuckled as they took him to the nearest car dealership.

Shizuka was designated driver as Beneficci and Giorno were both exhausted, their heads lolling with fatigue. 

“Geez, it’s so quiet on the roads…” Shizuka pointed out. They had passed very few cars on the way into Venice, which was odd for the Springtime holiday season. 

“It’s Good Friday today. Everyone’s at home praying or eating.” Giorno was never one to believe in God, for all he’d seen.

“Hmm. Which turnoff do I take to get to the school?” Shizuka asked, peering through the cracked windshield.

Beneficci shook her head slowly, her eyes half-closed. “We aren’t going to the school.” A minor spat of confusion flickered across Shizuka's face, prompting Beneficci to elaborate. “We’re going to a safe house, on the other side of the city. We are all tired and could use a rest.”

Giorno, slumped on the bench behind Beneficci, lifted his head weakly. “Are you sure this is the right call?”

Beneficci sighed deeply, her voice tinged with frustration and concern. “Look at your son. Look at Sana. Do they look like they’re in fighting condition?”

Giorno turned to inspect his son. Sana was sound asleep, her head resting on Viale’s shoulder, her fiery red hair cascading down his shirt in a tangled mess. The slow rocking of the van jostled her slightly every now and then. Viale, though struggling to stay awake, kept his eyes darting around the van, vigilantly gauging everyone’s posture and expressions, his body tense with responsibility.

Next to Giorno, Vuoto sat quietly, a passive smile playing on his lips as he watched his two classmates. The van continued its slow, noisy journey through the city, each jolt and bump a reminder of their grueling ordeal.

~~~

Favaro Veneto
Venice
Dusk

Van Halen 2.0 pulled up with a shudder outside a house that could only be described as ‘antique’. The old van’s engine spluttered noisily before finally going silent. The house itself was a sight to behold, with weathered wooden walls, peeling paint, and an aura of forgotten history clinging to it.

“Looks like it hasn’t been used since before colour TV,” Vuoto mumbled, gazing at the dilapidated structure.

“Wait,” Shizuka interjected, her eyes narrowing with recognition. “I think I know this place… I’ve seen it in pictures.”

Beneficci nodded, a knowing look in her eyes. “You would have. This used to be your grandmothers’. Your half-sister. Or is it a quarter? Whatever. Lisa Lisa had many properties. Air Supplena Island, one in Okinawa, and she wrote that this place would house future Joestars in need, after her death.”

The group exchanged uncertain glances as Viale approached the rickety gate that led to a narrow, overgrown path to the house. The gate creaked loudly as he pushed it open, each step he took causing a cacophony of rusted hinges and wooden planks. Just as he was about to reach the house, the front door clicked open, echoing ominously.

Instantly fearing the worst, Viale activated 「Broken Strings」 , and his elongated finger shot towards the doorway with lightning speed.

“Viale! No!” Beneficci shouted, but it was too late. His finger stopped mere millimeters from the face of a young man who stood in the doorway, his eyes wide with shock. The man looked to be in his mid-twenties, with wispy brown hair not unlike Vuoto’s, and he was about as tall as Viale. He blinked at the sharply warped finger in front of him, clearly bewildered.

“I guess I won’t let you in, then?” he said dryly, his voice laced with nervous humor. He turned his gaze to Beneficci. “You didn’t tell them about me?”

Beneficci sighed, her shoulders slumping. “It never really came up.” She gestured for Viale to retract his finger as she approached the man on the porch. He smiled warmly and grasped her hands as she reached the top of the steps. “This is Francis, my fiancé.”

~~~

After getting settled into one of the spare rooms, Viale explored what was apparently his family’s house. It was rustic in every meaning of the word. Brick fireplaces, brick door frames, absolutely zero insulation, and an absurd amount of sundials. 

The main room overlooking the street below held a fireplace in its far wall, with an engraving in stone above that read: “ Benedetto è il Sole Radioso .”

“Man, Granny is weird.” 

Viale jumped at the sudden voice. Shizuka had managed to sneak up behind him. “How do you keep doing that?!” Viale wore an exasperated expression.

“Please, I’ve had 「Houdini」 my whole life; ya think I don’t know how to sneak up on someone?”

“You’re gonna get yourself punched eventually.”

“Eh, that’ll happen either way.” The two stand looking at the text above the fireplace. “So what does that say?”

“Can’t you read it?”

“Nah, I can only speak Italian. I’ve kinda been winging it.”

Viale shakes his head. “It says ‘blessed is the radiant sun.’ I don’t know what Auntie was talking about though.”

“Heh. Isn’t it weird that my grandmother is your auntie? Doesn’t that make us cousins?”

“Once removed, apparently.”

Shizuka brought her hand up to her chin. “You know, it’s probably talking about the Ripple. I think your teacher used it.”

“Yeah, Zeppeli. Hurt like a bitch.”

“Mhm. Dad knocked me on my ass more times than I can count with it. But I always got away.”

“Must’ve been nice to have a father like that,” Viale said offhandedly.

“Hey, look at me.” She tilted her sunglasses down. “You only have one dad. Well technically I had two but that’s irrelevant. Joseph was my dad, Giorno is yours. I’m sure he would give up the world if it meant you were happy.”

The conversation died once Beneficci came in and told them supper was ready.

~~~

Earlier

“I know it’s not much, but I could only get bread in time,” Francis said, “and for some reason Lisa Lisa had a wine cellar built, so we have that, too.”

Giorno and Sana flanked Francis as he toured the kitchen. Sana volunteered as she had experience in the school cafeteria, and Giorno was there for ‘my own reasons’. 

“I should be able to work with this,” Giorno proclaimed, “how is the oven?”

“It… works?” Francis was a glass-half-full kind of guy. 

After much trial and error with many different propane tanks they managed to light a hot plate. 

Giorno took a loose brick he had found from outside, transformed it into a winning chicken, chopped its head off, and plucked the feathers. “When I was your age, I didn’t have nearly as much control over the things I gave life,” Giorno explained, “But I learned that once I exert my own will over them, they lose their damage reflecting properties. So, given I can harm my own creations,” he concludes, transforming a spare rolling pin into a bunch of carrots, “I can make food.” 

“How did this woman manage to have a fully stocked wine cellar but no working kitchen appliances…?” Francis asked, “Thank God you guys got here when you did. I wasn’t sure if I’d survive another trip into town with all the stuff that’s happening there.”

Giorno and Sana looked up from their jobs and at each other. “What’s happening in town?” Sana asked, chopping vegetables. 

“You didn’t know? Apatia is pretty much running things now.”

“Stand users?” Giorno probed.

“A few. There’s been some weird stuff over at Teatro La Fenice . I heard that’s where the boss is holed up.”

Sana and Giorno looked at each other again. Giorno spoke up first this time. “The boss of Apatia ? Paolo?”

“Yeah, not Mercurio. He’s at the school.”

Giorno nodded in thought and went back to dressing the chicken. 

~~~

Later, but still earlier than before

Giorno tapped Sana on the shoulder. She averted her eyes from the chopping board for a split second when, “ow! Shit!” She cut into her index finger. She quickly tossed the knife away from her, and healed herself. 

“I apologise,” said Giorno, “say, does your healing hurt?”

Sana shook her hand in the air, trying to dispel the lingering pain. “The act of healing itself? No, not at all.”

“I wonder why that is… is 「Gold Experience」 not supposed to heal?” Giorno pondered, “Tell me. Does Gioviale have a… a favourite juice?”

Sana blinked at the abrupt change of topic. “Uhh I’ve seen him drink apple juice a few times?”

“Apple juice… very well.” Giorno sighed as he leaned back on the counter. “I tried to keep Gioviale out of this life by distancing him from me. It seems it didn’t work, and I unintentionally caused more pain that I would have otherwise. I… don’t know where to go. What to do. You seem to know my son better than I do, and you’ve known him for two, three months?”

“You two look similar but you aren’t very alike. Not from what I’ve seen,” Sana pointed out. She looked around for Francis, but remembered he’d gone down to the cellar to see if there was any food left over. 

“Yes, he’s very different, in a good way. These past few days have probably been hell for my son. As was my adventure, those many years ago. I… I don’t have a good feeling about tomorrow. There’s a way these things usually go, and it’s not pretty.”

“Yeah, I figured.” She sniffed. “I don’t want anyone to die.”

“Unfortunately that’s not our decision to make.”

“Then whose is it?”

Giorno stood up. “Fate.”

~~~

Health First's Cape Canaveral Hospital
Florida
17 Years Ago

“Sir—the child? His pulse is gone.”

In another room, a team of medical professionals surrounded an operating table, desperately attempting to restart the baby Giovanna’s heart with defibrillators. The air was thick with tension and the beeping of monitors.

Giorno watched from outside, his eyes wide and panicked. His mind raced, a whirlwind of questions: What happened? Why isn’t he breathing? He could barely process the scene unfolding before him.

With his Stand, Gold Experience , Giorno could see the faintest shred of life force flickering within his son's heart. The thought of losing the only real living thing he had created was unbearable. He couldn't fathom how this would affect the love of his life, both mentally and emotionally. This wasn't something he could find in any guidebook.

The doctors and nurses gradually ceased their frantic efforts. Giorno saw the head doctor mouth the words, “Time of death.”

A surge of determination and desperation overtook him. Giorno burst through the door, shoving his way through protesting doctors to his son’s side.

“I’m not letting you die,” he declared, his voice a mix of resolve and anguish.

Gold Experience materialised beside him, its presence a beacon of hope. Giorno held out his bare arm, and the Stand jabbed at a vein with enough force to draw blood. With its master’s blood on its finger, Gold Experience turned to the lifeless infant and injected the Stand’s life-giving essence.

After a few seconds of absolute silence, Gold Experience retracted its finger from the boy, the wound it made instantly sealed. To Giorno, the only sound in the room was his own beating heart. 

And then, the child cried.

~~~

“I learned the day my son was born that fate was a mysterious and cruel thing. Nothing ever tells you when to act and when to not; fate drives you to your goal. Fate supports justice.”

Sana was looking dead ahead with numerous questions ping-ponging around in her head. “Viale… died? And you brought him back to life?”

Giorno nodded. “I don’t have very long left. Maybe not tomorrow, but soon. It’s already set in stone. I’d like you to tell my wife about the circumstances of Gioviale’s birth. I’ll tell Gioviale soon.”

“That’s— why me?” She asked simply.

Giorno gave a small smile. “You know my son best.” There was some more silence as Francis came back and left again. 

“Hey, what might help him is calling him Viale. Instead of Gioviale. He corrects you every time.”

“I’ve thought about that, but I don’t want to call him that. It’s not the name his mother gave to him.” Giorno stood firm.

Not long after, dinner was ready.

~~~

Despite many of them being ready to pass out, dinner was served with energy. Giorno’s roast chicken was a massive hit and the students didn’t argue when the greens were put on their plate. 

Conversations were sparse but highly appreciated. The unspoken agreement they had was that this may be the last time they were all going to be eating together, whether they won or not. 

Giorno interrupted Vuoto and Viale’s conversation by wordlessly transforming a spare plate into an apple and squeezing the juice into Viale’s glass of water. 

Sana gave an unnoticed smile at the scene. 

“That was weird,” Viale said to Vuoto, “like, it was weird, right?”

“I don’t think your dad knows any other way.”

Viale took a sip. “He really just squeezed an apple into my water. It doesn’t even taste good…”

He took another sip. And a few more. 

It wasn’t so bad.  

~~~

SPW Foundation Safe House
Late Night

Giorno tossed and turned in his sleep. The bed was small, much unlike his bed at home, if his home even still stood after Apatia was through with Naples. He groaned and threw his bedsheet off, moving to sit on the side of the bed, hands in his head.

He sat like that for a minute. He had a lot on his mind.

Giorno got up and found the switch for the lamp on his desk. Shizuka silently watched from her bed on the other side of the room, also unable to sleep. She decided it was not her place to intervene.

Giorno pulled the rickety old wooden chair out from the desk and sat. On the desk sat, oddly, parchment, ink, and a quill. Giorno didn’t have the time to scoff at such oddities. 

He took the quill, dabbed the tip on his tongue, and began writing.

‘I, Giorno Giovanna, being of sound mind and body, henceforth declare my will as the following.’

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

So, haha, what if, by some coincidence, somehow, I missed the anniversary of this story by two days?? That would be crazy...

 

...anyway. Thanks for reading. I can't believe it's been two years. Holy mackeral. Like, zoinks.

Chapter 37: Matteo

Chapter Text

I find myself yet again at the bottom of the staircase. The void surrounds me like a wave. 

I stand up faster than last time. I hear a voice, different from last time, but still one that I shouldn’t be able to hear.

“Kill Gioviale Giovanna.”

I stop before I take my first step.

“I can’t do that,” I respond, “I won’t do that.”

The steps disappear instantly. “Really? Ah well. I’m not the only one here.”

A third voice enters the conversation, this time unfamiliar and foreign.

“Stop Mercurio. Stop his entire operation.”

I nod. “I plan to.”

The stairs reappear. I feel the voice approach me. “You’re ze one who opposes him? Interesting… very well.”

I take the first step. The ascent is harder than it was last time. The resistance is noticeably greater. 

I persevere. 

I take more steps. I climb higher.

Just as I reach the seventeenth step, a loud grandfather clock chimes all around me. The seventeenth step fully materialises. I continue on, and reach the door.

~~~

SPW Foundation Safe House
Venice
Early Morning

Due to the limited number of bedrooms the adults and kids were split up, leaving Beneficci and Francis, Giorno and Shizuka, and the three kids separated. It was in the early hours of the day when Vuoto got up to get a glass of water. 

The pipes groaned no matter how slowly and carefully he turned the tap. He winced as the noise reverberated through the ancient house. The glass slowly filled up and he leaned on the counter as he drank. 

“Thirsty?” The ether asked. Said ether had Shizuka’s voice. 

Vuoto blinked. “Yeah. You?”

“Can’t sleep. I was FaceTiming Makoto in the other room.” Shizuka stayed invisible. 

Vuoto saw right through her. Her voice was trembling and hearse. While yes, she might have been calling her wife, that was most certainly not the whole story. 

“It’s been a hell of a few days, hasn’t it?” Vuoto asked. Shizuka didn’t respond. “It feels like it’s been way longer than three days… I guess time doesn’t fly when you’re being shot at.”

“Don’t I know it.”

After a brief pause, Shizuka revealed herself, letting her Stand’s ability fall. Vuoto could see her in the moonlight sifting through the old venetian blinds on the windows. It was one of shame, and worry. She was looking at the floor, trying to avoid eye contact with Vuoto. She was notably missing her iconic sunglasses, which would’ve concealed her puffy eyes.

“It’s not pretty is it?” Shizuka dryly chuckled. “It’s just like I’m back in high school all over again. Someone isn’t coming home tomorrow no matter what, and I don’t like it. It’s not fair.”

“What… What happened last time? In high school?”

“Almost died, but that’s pretty standard for me, isn’t it? Had to kill the boss. Good people died. Satoshi, Lifeson, hell– even Akechi tried to redeem himself at the end.”

Vuoto had no idea who these people were, but he was content to let Shizuka vent. “And… you say this feels like that? Not all of us will make it?”

“Either not all of us and none of them, or none of us.” She looked at the night sky outside the window. “Either we win, or we all die. And even if we win, we still lose.” 

Vuoto gulped. Logically, he knew what he signed up for when he crossed that yellow line at the train station. And Shizuka, being the one to initiate, also knew what she was getting into. Despite this, here they both were, just coming to the realisation that this may be the last time they all saw each other together.

“No matter what happens, we’ll all live on in spirit.” Shizuka blinked. “I don’t know what I’m saying–it’s Easter tomorrow, okay? Let me be religious.”

~~~

Morning

Viale woke up to sunlight shining on his face. He grumbled and turned over, but couldn’t get back to sleep. So, he decided he’d see if anyone else was up.

After moving quietly so as to not risk waking anyone else up, he found Francis of all people in the kitchen. 

“What are you doing awake so early?” He asked.

Francis looked up from his newspaper and coffee, then back down. “Couldn’t sleep. Want the paper?”

Viale wordlessly took the newspaper from the offering Francis. He flipped the front open and read the headline. 

WORLDWIDE, STANDS: DANGEROUS OR REVOLUTIONARY?

The revelation of the phenomena known as the ‘Stand’ has sparked wide debate across the world. Many societies are scrambling to adapt to the unknown that is what appears to be supernatural powers. Italy’s Cabinet Minister Polo urges the populace to “stay calm” while the government consults experts in the field. 

“Stands have been around longer than you might think,” said an anonymous source, “and they are capable of much more than what Mr. Mercurio [see page 6] displayed in Venice three days ago.”

Many speculate if world agencies like the CIA and CCP have begun experimenting with using the power of Stands for information-gathering purposes. 

“We believe Stands are the next logical step in human evolution,” said a CIA spokesman, “But we have no official plans to incorporate or hire so-called Stand users into our ranks.”

Theories of Stands being behind unexplained occurrences have also emerged, such as the building of the Pyramids of Giza and Stonehenge. One man from Cairo recalls watching two people fight over a road pavement vehicle in mid-1989, though sources are divided on what the man might’ve really seen. 

Home in Italy, people recall various incidents of dissociation in Venice and Rome through the nineties.

“It was so weird — one second I’d be drinking a glass of water, then the next second I’d finished it!” A source from Rome in 2000 said. Other similar claims have been made. 

One major question coming from Tokyo, Japan is whether or not the Phantom Thieves were actually Stand users, as “stealing hearts” may be an ability of theirs. 

The Phantom Thieves, also known as the Arditi, were a group in 2016…

Viale stopped reading after that. 

“Pretty bad, huh?”

Viale hummed. “Shizuka might like to read this. They aren’t wrong about the Arditi .”

“You mustn’t have been very old when they were around.”

“I was five. I remember… Wait, that reminds me, on Christmas that year, didn’t the sky turn red for a day? Do you remember that?”

“No…?” Francis put a finger up to his chin. “2016, right? Nah, that was a normal Christmas if I remember correctly.”

Before Viale could protest, Giorno entered the room. “You’re right, Gioviale. The sky did turn red.”

Viale quirked an eyebrow, as Giorno began to explain.

~~~

Naples, Italy
Christmas Eve
2016

Giorno’s attention was locked on the footage being psychically streamed across the world, of the mysterious Arditi engaging a monstrous golden grail in mortal combat.

"I had a feeling something strange was going on these past few months..." Giorno remarked, settling his hands in his coat pockets. "But to think, something like this was going on..."

Giorno paused and cocked his head to his left side, his golden braid falling evenly down his left shoulder. The Phantom Thieves were giving their all, lobbing powerful destructive bolts that repeatedly struck against the golden hull of the strange grail.

"If you're really the only ones there to stop that thing... then I'll put my faith in you. Just for a little while," Giorno said.

He picked up the phone and called his wife. His hand shook lightly as it dialed. “Grace? Are you safe? Good. Take Gioviale and keep him inside.”

“Giorno,” Grace said through the phone, “He already saw the sky… how are we going to explain it to him?”

“We’ll figure that out later. Right now, we need to stay strong and keep our resolve.”

~~~

Present Day

“I knew it,” Viale said quietly, “I knew I wasn’t crazy…”

Giorno shook his head. “No. But that leaves a bigger unanswered question. After that day, everyone without a Stand didn’t remember any of what the Arditi did. I specifically recall asking you if you saw anything unusual that day, and you told me “no”.”

“…I didn’t want Mama to think I was crazy. I didn’t know you both remembered. The kids at school didn’t.” Viale’s eyes narrowed. “But… Why do I remember? I didn’t have 「Mr. Blue Sky」 until this year…”

Giorno motioned to his son to take a seat on the couch behind them. Viale flopped back and put his arms to his side. Giorno quietly sat down next to him. He caught Francis’ eye. “Francis, would you go about waking the others? I need to talk with my son.”

~~~

As Francis made the rounds waking everyone up, he heard a rasp knock on the door. Being in Shizuka’s room, he hastily got her up and sent her to answer. 

“My Stand is noncombatant,” he said, “you go answer it!”

Shizuka trudged over to the antique door and peeked through the peephole. “It’s Fragi and that guy that extorted me!” and a second later, “And Uncle Polnareff!” she cheered.

Francis watched as Shizuka let Fragi, Matito, and Polnareff into the room. The atmosphere was heavy with exhaustion, but the sight of familiar faces brought a flicker of relief. Shizuka quickly pulled up some chairs, and the boys collapsed into them, grateful for the respite. Polnareff settled into a corner, his eyes half-closed.

Vuoto emerged from his room, his face lighting up at the sight of Fragi. He rushed over and enveloped him in a bear hug. "It’s been a minute, man…" Fragi said, his voice weary but warm. "How are you holding up?"

Vuoto pulled back, his eyes wide with excitement. "Me? You should see Viale and Sana! Fragi, the big boss man of Apatia , is Sana's dad! And–" he pointed to a closed door across the room. "–we met Viale’s dad, who’s in there with Viale talking or something– and he’s also a mafia boss!"

Fragi raised an eyebrow, intrigued. "Sana's dad? That's a twist.”

Shizuka nodded, her expression serious. "It's been a rough few days. We've been on the run, fighting off Stand users left and right. But we managed to stay one step ahead of Apatia ."

Matito, who had been silent until now, let out a groan as he shifted in his seat. "I don't know how much more of this I can take. My leg's killing me."

Shizuka glanced at him. "We'll get Sana to heal you soon. Just be happy we’re letting you in."

“He’s been better, actually,” Fragi said, earning an indignant look from Matito.

“What’s that supposed to mean–?”

Just then, the door Vuoto had pointed to creaked open, and Viale stepped out, followed by an imposing man with a stern expression. The room fell silent as everyone turned to look at them.

"Oh hey Fragi," Viale said, not even acknowledging Matito, "what’s up? Oh, this is my father, Giorno. Padre , this is Fragi."

The man nodded, his gaze sweeping over the group. "We have a lot to discuss. But first, you all need to rest. We'll make a plan once you're all recovered."

~~~

It was decided. They would split into teams of two. One team would go to Teatro La Fenice to see what the actual boss of Apatia , Osso Paolo, was doing, and hopefully deal with him. The other team would go back to Accademia Magistrale to put a stop to Mercurio.

"Alright, listen up," Beneficci began, her voice steady and authoritative. "We need to split into two teams to tackle both Osso Paolo and Mercurio. Team one will head to Teatro La Fenice to confront Osso Paolo. Team two will return to Accademia Magistrale to deal with Mercurio."

She pointed to the first group. "Team one will be Fragi, Matito, Polnareff, Francis, and myself. We'll meet Sweetie at the theatre. Our goal is to find out what Osso Paolo is up to and put an end to his plans."

Fragi nodded, determination in his eyes despite the dark circles beneath them. Matito, recently healed by Sana, straightened up. Polnareff, the tortoise, made a small noise of agreement, and Francis, though his Stand was noncombatant, knew his skills would be crucial.

Beneficci then turned to the second group. "Team two will be Viale, Sana, Vuoto, Giorno, and Shizuka. Vuoto and Shizuka, you've shown you're capable of handling 「Super Trooper」 . Neutralize him before you confront Mercurio. Viale, you'll lead this team, and Giorno will provide the support you need."

Vuoto's face stayed steady, while Shizuka gave a determined nod. Viale, still processing the recent talk from his father, took a deep breath and nodded, ready to take on the responsibility. Giorno, with his vast experience, stood tall, a reassuring presence.

Beneficci's gaze swept over the group, her expression serious. "Remember, Apatia could have more Stand users waiting for us. Stay sharp and watch each other's backs. We can't afford to let our guard down."

Fragi clenched his fists, his resolve unwavering. "We've come this far. We can't back down now."

Matito, despite his earlier complaints, showed a rare look of seriousness. "Let's just get this over with. The sooner we deal with them, the sooner we can go home."

Polnareff, sensing the tension, made a small noise of encouragement, his presence a comforting constant amidst the chaos.

However, as Viale opened the door, he caught a glimpse of the sky outside the house. 

“Hey… we didn’t wake up early again, did we?”

Giorno came to his son’s side and pulled the door the rest of the way open to reveal the street was as dark as night time. The familiar morning light was nowhere to be seen, replaced by an eerie darkness that blanketed the entire neighborhood.

Shizuka, noticing the unusual silence, walked over to join them. Her eyes widened as she took in the scene. "What the... It's supposed to be morning. How is it night already?"

Vuoto, who had been chatting with Fragi, turned his attention to the doorway. "What are you guys talking about?" He moved closer and peered outside, his face paling. "This doesn't make any sense. It was just getting light out when we woke up."

Matito, limping over, frowned at the sky. "Is this some kind of Stand ability? It has to be, right? There's no way it could just turn night like this. It was light when we got here…"

Giorno's expression was grim as he scanned the darkened street. "It's possible. We need to be on high alert. This could be a trap or a diversion."

Francis, who had been quietly observing, stepped forward. "We should stick to the plan, but be extra cautious. If this is a Stand's doing, we need to figure out its range and capabilities."

Polnareff made another small noise, as if agreeing with Francis. The group exchanged uneasy glances, the weight of the unknown pressing down on them.

Shizuka took a deep breath, trying to steady her nerves. "Alright, everyone. Let's stay focused. We have a mission to complete, and we can't let this throw us off."

Viale nodded, his resolve hardening. "Stick to the plan. Team B, into the van.” As Viale was about to step forward, Giorno stopped him with a firm hand on the shoulder. The boy turned back to see both his father and Beneficci wide-eyed and breathing heavily. 

“Son.” His voice was light, shaky, and cautious. “Whatever you do, don’t. Move.”

Viale slowly looked up to see a pulsating mass of flesh and stripey armour-like shards above him, attached to all corners of the ceiling like some gross modern art display. He heard a low growl as two glowing yellow eyes peered back at him.

Giorno’s mind was working a mile a minute. ‘ How is it here? How did it get out? Why now? How did it get here of all places? How didn’t we see it before?!

He slowly angled his head so he could see what his Stand was already blaring at him. He saw the object of his worst defeat to date, where he had come two short inches from death at fifteen thousand feet in the air.

 

「 N O T O R I O U S   B. I. G. 」

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 38: Brivido

Chapter Text

SPW Safehouse
Night(?)

The gurgling mass above the group of eleven watched even their slightest move. They were stuck in a staring contest with a painful death. Every twitch someone made, the Stand would twitch back, moving ever so slowly towards the group. 

Fragi, Polnareff, and Sana, who were still sitting back on the couch, got the whole view of the others by the door. 

“What… is that thing…” Sana whisper-shouted, eyes still watching it like a hawk. 

“It’s a Stand,” Giorno answered, “that me and my friends fought in the early noughties. I-it’s not supposed to be here… I checked it a month ago, like I do every year…” Giorno’s voice broke as the weight of his fear pressed down on him.

Beneficci spoke up, voice steady, “What can it do…?”

Giorno gulped. “It pursues the fastest thing in its vicinity… and consumes it.”

“Can… can we stop it? Can we punch it or something?” Shizuka asked. 

Giorno shook his head shakily. “No… it grows when it receives energy… kinetic, heat, electric… any energy, and it grows. Trish got it into the Tyrrhenian Sea in ‘01, and it was known as the Tyrrhenian Stomach to the locals, as the constant waves and sea spray kept it from getting out, but…”

“It’s here now, somehow,” finished Matito. When Giorno had told everyone to stop, Matito’s hand was already outstretched, so he felt little risk in summoning 「Take On Me」 . Giorno saw this and could do nothing but watch 「Notorious B.I.G.」 to see if it moved.

The book flipped ever so slowly open, as if sensing the danger in the air, and Matito read, “ Notorious B.I.G. , aka the Tyrrhenian Stomach… that’s it…?” his eyes darted around the page, looking for more information. “My Stand, it… it should’ve been taking notes passively, so it should have how that… that thing got here! It’s just like it appeared! Hmm…?”

Notorious B.I.G. growled some more before a fleshy tendril poked its way out of the body, extending down into the room from the high ceiling, all the way to the floor.

“Polneraff, don’t move,” Giorno commanded, “It doesn’t matter that you’re as slow as a tortoise, it will kill you.”

The tortoise’s stubby legs stopped moving.

“Does anyone… have anything… to counter this…?”

A wave of thought flew through the group. It was a good question from Vuoto, how does one stop an unstoppable force?

Simple, ’ thought Francis, ‘ You create an immovable object.

“Everyone, get ready to run for your life.” Francis said. The others resisted turning their heads to look at him. “I’m going to freeze it. And let’s just hope this is the only enemy. God, damn it, I wanted to keep this going as long as possible.”

「Take It Easy」 .”

The house made a loud cranking sound as dust fell from the rafters. B.I.G. chased after the falling specks of asbestos, as they were the fastest thing in the room, but slammed into something invisible with immense force. The house shook again from the tremendous force, and B.I.G. screamed as it pounded again and again into the barrier. 

“I’ve been holding the house together since that big storm last week, but I guess this is more important.”

They all felt free enough to turn to stare at Francis, who was now radiating with a white Stand aura. “Come on. Let’s get out of here.”

The group piled out of the house as quickly as they could. Francis slammed the door behind them as they ran out into the night. “Let’s go! It won’t hold long once I’m out of range!”

Group Two (Giorno’s group) took off to the right, while Group One set out to the left. It had been a quick agreement to run in opposite directions (in the vague direction of their initial destination) as they didn’t want to risk driving, therefore becoming the fastest thing in B.I.G.’s range. 

A shadow watched them run from the bushes and stepped out into the street. “Hm. That’s annoying. I hoped to waste their time more with that one.”

The figure was feminine, with long, dark hair, and an accompanying gothic outfit. Her face was caked with makeup making her face look like a skull, and various religious accessories hung from her neck and wrist. 

“Goddammit. Now I have to run. Fucking range…”

~~~

“What was that?” Fragi asked the class as they ran away from the no-longer-safe house. 

“That was my Stand, Take It Easy ,” Francis revealed, “I can encase one “thing” in an impenetrable immovable barrier for however long I want. I made a box around that thing, because I don’t know what the actual shape of it is.”

Beneficci spoke up, softly emanating her own Stand aura as she watched for danger. “We weren’t meant to use it like that, but either way the safe house was going down.”

~~~

“Why does it have to be night time…” Viale asked under his breath. 

“What, afraid of the dark?” Sana asked. One would have assumed she was teasing, but Viale knew her well enough to know that’s just how she was. 

“Yeah, ever since I was a kid.”

Vuoto’s eyes widened as they jogged past a church. “Don, would you say that the Stand we just got away from was a fear of yours?”

Giorno shot him a sharp look, before it turned downtrodden. “I… I’m afraid so, Vuoto.”

Viale’s eyes widened. “Does that mean…”

“It wasn’t real.” At Sana’s questioning looks, Vuoto elaborated. “The danger itself was real, but that wasn’t the same Stand the Don fought years ago. It was a recreation.”

“Father and I were closest to the door… and because of how Stand ranges work… well, and circles work I guess, there must’ve been an enemy parallel to the door outside.”

“And once we got out of range, the dark sky disappeared,” Giorno surmised. 

They looked between each other. Shizuka spoke up. “We have to warn the others, in case they haven't figured it out.”

~~~

“Guys,” Beneficci called out, “Apparently it was a fake. The other group figured out it’s another Stand user manifesting Giorno’s fear of B.I.G.

“So that’s why it turned dark… Viale’s scared of the dark.” Matito held up his stand to his face. “And why Take On Me wasn’t saying anything. That thing wasn’t even real.”

Polnareff called out from atop Fragi’s head. “That leaves the question: where is the user? Or rather, who did the enemy follow? Us or them?”

Matito glanced at his stand again, muttering a quiet curse. “Let’s hope they didn’t follow us. I don’t want to be fighting your fears, turtle guy.”

Fragi stopped suddenly at the front of the pack. “Guys…”

A woman was doubled over, panting and heaving, twenty metres ahead of the group. She held up a bejeweled finger weakly, saying a silent “wait a moment I’m very out of breath.”

The group stopped in their tracks for a moment before Matito stepped up. “Listen lady, whatever you’re selling, we ain’t buying. So get out of the way.”

“I am… heave, Umora… Michele…”

“Isn’t Michele a guy’s name?” Fragi interrupted.

“It’s my LAST NAME…! God I hate running…” she heaved again, but suddenly stood up straight, breathing steadily. “Anyway, you somehow got out of that trap I set – yes that was me – so, here I am.”

Polnareff called out from Fragi’s head again. “Let me get this straight, you’re revealing yourself in front of six Stand users – astronomically outmatched – and admitting you’re the enemy.”

“Is that turtle talking?”

“I’m a tortoise.”

Umora shook her head. “ Quasi corretta! ” She took a few steps forward, the group stiffening. “I am revealing myself, but I am most certainly not alone. When you ran out of that house, you all collectively entered my range. I caught a few of your fears, but not many – only the big ones. People don’t usually have very intense fear – your blond friend was just scared of the dark. I can’t do much with that. Some, like the Don, have long-lasting fears of actual things.” She eyed the tortoise. “Some have such persistent and long-lived fear that I can’t help but grab it, and yank it to the surface.” She looked at something behind the group. “So I’m gonna head off, and let you deal with him.”

~~~

“Hey, I have a question,” Sana asked the group. They were in their usual spots, with Giorno driving and Shizuka in the passenger seat, while the three kids were in the back seats. The car hummed softly as it moved along the road, the outer city a blur of colors outside the windows.

Shizuka hummed in questioning, her fingers tapping a rhythm on the armrest. “What’s up?”

“Stands are a… manifestation of your soul, right?” Sana's voice trembled slightly, her eyes reflecting the confusion and curiosity swirling in her mind.

“Of your fighting spirit, yes,” Giorno answered, keeping his eyes on the road. His hands gripped the steering wheel firmly, his knuckles white against the dark leather.

“Well, I remember when I was really young, and we hadn’t gotten a housekeeper or a mansion yet, and fath–Mercurio was cleaning out the attic, and he saw a rat up there and went really crazy, like throwing brooms and boxes around trying to kill it, like he was afraid of it.” Sana paused, her eyes distant as she recalled the memory. “He was shouting and cursing, and I remember thinking it was so weird because he’s usually so calm and collected. But that day, he was like a different person. He even called an exterminator right after, and they came and set traps all over the house.” The kids in the back exchanged puzzled glances, their young minds trying to piece together the strange behavior of Mercurio.

Viale’s eyebrows furrowed, his usually aloof expression replaced by one of intense concentration. “That doesn’t make sense, why would he be afraid of rats when his Stand is one?”

Viale thought back to the fight in Esposito’s office only a few days ago. The memory of Mercurio’s Stand, a rat-like creature, flashed in his mind.

“Maybe it’s some kind of backwards view,” Shizuka voiced, her eyes narrowing as she considered the implications. “Like rats give him strength… no, that doesn’t track…”

“You’re sure he has musophobia?” Giorno asked, almost unbelievingly. His gaze remained fixed on the road ahead, but his mind was clearly elsewhere, processing the new information.

“Yeah, he does,” Sana confirmed, realization slowly dawning on her. “Yeah! He hires those exterminators once a month at home, even now! They came a few weeks ago! And he always makes sure they do a thorough job. He even checks the traps himself sometimes, just to be sure. I never really thought about it before, but it makes sense now. He’s terrified of them.”

“He closed his eyes,” Viale interrupted quietly. The others turned to look at him. He glanced up quickly. “Back in Esposito’s office, every time he used his Stand, he closed his eyes. Or turned away from it. How did I not notice that…?” A collective shiver seemed to run through the group, the memory of the rat-like Stand and Mercurio’s closed eyes playing vividly in their minds.

“Well…” Giorno said slowly, each word adding weight to the growing realization. “That certainly changes things. Have any of you known someone who was afraid of their own Stand before?”

Shizuka, who was the most experienced behind Giorno, shook her head almost imperceptibly. “All the Stand users I know just see their Stand as a part of them.”

Giorno nodded in agreement. “It’s rare, but it’s not impossible. ‘Fear’ and ‘fighting spirit’ aren’t all that different.” His slow, deliberate words hung in the air, adding to the charged atmosphere.

Viale interrupted, “You know what this means, right? We found it.” Viale stared at his father through the rear-view mirror, his eyes locking onto Giorno's. “A chink in the armour.” The significance of their discovery settled over them, a mix of excitement and apprehension.

The conversation lulled for a moment, before Shizuka heard a bang from behind them. She frowned and moved the rear view mirror (to Giorno’s protest) to see behind her. Finding nothing, she turned around to watch.

“What… is that…?”

The bangs got closer and closer, until a car exploded behind them, rattling the new Van Halen.

“HOLY SHIT!” Shizuka screamed, “Fuckfuckfuckfuckfuck drivedrivedrivedrive–!”

Giorno stepped on the pedal, narrowly avoiding traffic running a red light at an intersection. Viale sent out Blue Sky Mine above the van to get a better view. He watched the road carefully, and spotted a tiny blue tank-like object, keeping pace with them along the bumpy cobble road. 

Extending his range with Broken Strings , Viale simply punched it in the face(?) and watched it tumble away.

“That was weird,” Viale said. He soon regretted his words when their right side exploded.

The car skidded across the pavement, sparks flying as it scraped against the guardrail. Shizuka screamed, clutching her seatbelt as the van teetered on the edge of the road. Giorno fought with the steering wheel, trying to regain control. "Hold on!" he shouted, his knuckles white from the grip.

Viale's heart pounded in his chest as he glanced back at the wreckage behind them. The tiny blue tank-like object was still in pursuit, undeterred by the chaos it had caused. "We need to lose it!" he yelled, his voice barely audible over the roar of the engine and the screeching tires.

Giorno nodded, his eyes darting between the road ahead and the rearview mirror. "I'm trying!" he replied, swerving to avoid another explosion that rocked the van. The vehicle lurched forward, gaining speed as they raced through the narrow streets.

Shizuka's eyes widened as she spotted a narrow alleyway up ahead. "There! Turn there!" she shouted, pointing frantically. Giorno didn't hesitate, yanking the wheel to the right and sending the van careening into the alley. The walls closed in around them, the van barely fitting through the tight space.

The blue tank-like object followed, its small size allowing it to navigate the alley with ease. Viale gritted his teeth, extending Broken Strings once more. "I've got to stop it," he muttered, focusing his energy on the pursuing threat.

With a swift motion, Broken Strings lashed out, striking the tank-like object with precision. The impact sent it crashing into the alley wall, where it exploded in a shower of sparks and debris. Viale let out a sigh of relief, but the danger was far from over.

As they emerged from the alley, the van burst into a busy marketplace. Pedestrians scattered, shouting in alarm as the vehicle barreled through stalls and carts. Giorno swerved to avoid hitting anyone, his focus unwavering despite the chaos.

"We need to find a place to hide," Shizuka said, her voice trembling. "We can't keep running like this."

Giorno nodded, scanning the area for a safe spot. "There," he said, pointing to an abandoned warehouse at the edge of the market. "We'll hide in there."The van screeched to a halt outside the warehouse, and the trio quickly exited the vehicle. They hurried inside, the heavy door slamming shut behind them. 

For a moment, they stood in the darkness, catching their breath and listening for any signs of pursuit. The silence was short-lived, however, as a faint whirring sound grew louder. Viale's eyes widened in realization. "It's here!"

Before they could react, the tank-like object burst through the warehouse door, its small but powerful frame zeroing in on the van. "Get down!" Giorno shouted, pulling Shizuka to the ground just as the object collided with the van.

The explosion was deafening, a blinding flash of light and heat that sent debris flying in all directions. The force of the blast knocked them off their feet, and the van was reduced to a smoldering wreck. Flames licked at the remains, casting eerie shadows on the warehouse walls.

Coughing from the smoke, Viale helped Shizuka to her feet. "We need to move, now!" he urged, his voice urgent. Giorno nodded, his face set in determination. "Let's go. We can't stay here."

They scrambled through the debris, making their way to a side exit. The warehouse groaned under the strain of the explosion, and they could hear the distant wail of sirens approaching. "We need to find another way out," Shizuka said, her voice shaking.

Viale scanned the area, spotting a narrow passageway that led to the back of the warehouse. "This way!" he called, leading them through the darkened corridor. They emerged into an alley, the cool night air a stark contrast to the heat of the explosion.

As they ran, Viale couldn't shake the feeling that they were being watched. He glanced over his shoulder, half-expecting to see another tank-like object in pursuit. But the alley remained empty, save for the distant sounds of the city.

"We need to find somewhere safe," Giorno said, his breath coming in ragged gasps. "Somewhere they won't find us."

“What the hell is it?!” Sana screeched. 

“It’s called Sheer Heart Attack … I don’t remember how it works, but it must be tracking us somehow!”

As they continued down the alley, Giorno's mind raced. ‘ Why did it target the van instead of us ?’ he wondered. The question gnawed at him. The van had been their only means of transportation, and now it was gone. They had to proceed on-foot.

Was it trying to cut off our escape route ?’ he thought, glancing at Viale and Shizuka. Or was there something in the van it wanted to destroy? The possibilities were unsettling, and Giorno knew they needed answers—and fast.

He pushed the thoughts aside for now, focusing on getting them to safety. They could figure out the rest later, once they were out of immediate danger. "Keep moving," he urged, his voice steady despite the turmoil in his mind. "We can't stop now."

As they ran, Vuoto saw the tank make a weird turn as they ran past a boiler connected to a residential home. It instantly forgot about them and exploded the hot water container.

“It’s heat!” Vuoto shouted. “It targeted our van because we were driving so fast – our engine was running hotter than the cars around us!”

Giorno’s eyes widened. “And now it’s chasing us because of our physical exertion…”

Gold Experience burst out of Giorno, reaching high to a floodlight near the top of the alley. Viale knocked it down with Broken Strings , and on its descent, Gold Experience turned it into a hummingbird.

“Hummingbirds are fast, agile, and have the highest average body temperature of any animal. Making it out of a lightbulb, which can heat at around three thousand kelvin, will create a decoy with an incredibly high heat signature," Giorno finished, his voice filled with determination. The newly transformed hummingbird flitted about, its tiny body radiating intense heat.

"Let's hope this works," Viale muttered, watching the hummingbird dart away. The small tank-like object, Sheer Heart Attack , immediately changed course, drawn to the intense heat of the hummingbird.

"Run!" Giorno shouted, grabbing Shizuka's hand and pulling her along. Viale followed closely behind, his eyes never leaving the pursuing threat. The hummingbird led Sheer Heart Attack away from them, giving them a precious few moments to escape.

They dashed through the narrow alleyways, their breaths coming in ragged gasps. The sound of the explosion behind them signaled that Sheer Heart Attack had caught up with the decoy. The force of the blast shook the ground, but they didn't stop.

"We need to find somewhere to hide," Shizuka said, her voice trembling with exhaustion. "Somewhere it won't find us."

Vuoto nodded, scanning the area for a safe spot. "There," he said, pointing to an old, abandoned building up ahead. "We can hide in there."

They hurried inside, the heavy door creaking shut behind them. For a moment, they stood in the darkness, catching their breath and listening for any signs of pursuit. The silence was deafening, but they knew it wouldn't last long.

"We need to figure out how to stop it for good," Viale said, his voice steady despite the fear in his eyes. "We can't keep running forever. I might be able to get away from it by hiding in a surface, but I can’t just leave you guys like that."

Giorno’s eyes shone. “How does your ability work, exactly?”

~~~

In the early morning, long shadows cast over the residential buildings they had ended up in. The shadows stretched long past the footpaths and over the road. In said shadows, leaning against a brick wall, was a very large man. Taller than Viale, with Giorno’s golden hair.

No breathing took place as the group of five shied in the ominous presence that had been summoned.

You’re looking quite well, Polnareff…” the man said in English. The words were like a tickling in your ear, just teasing you to want to hear more.

Fragi felt shaking on his head. “ You… you’re not real… you’re dead…!

I FEEL VERY ALIVE INDEED! ” the man roared. He stepped off the wall, into dimmer shadows that revealed his jester-like shoes. “ It is such a shame, though, that I had to arrive in the morning, and not at night. ” He shrugged his broad shoulders. “ No matter. I will just kill you here and now, before the sun comes up.

He disappeared and reappeared on the other end of the wall. “ I, DIO, will end your life.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Chapter 39: Oro

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Venice Streets
Morning

DIO stood before the thoroughly intimidated group, his presence exuding an aura of menace. His piercing eyes scanned the unfamiliar surroundings, trying to piece together how he ended up back in Italy. The morning sun's rays were already creeping in, a stark reminder of his vulnerability. Even during stopped time, the sunlight would be his undoing.

"Who knew one of you fought DIO?" the woman in the bizarre outfit spoke, her voice tinged with a mix of curiosity and amusement. "But that's good for me, I guess. 「Thriller」 can be a bit temperamental."

DIO's interest piqued. So, this woman's ability was responsible for his presence here. His eyes roamed over the group, noting the unfamiliar faces.

"Who's that guy...?" Fragi asked quietly, but his question went unanswered.

"So many unfamiliar faces," DIO mused in Italian, lurking at the edges of the shadows. He stopped next to Beneficci, his gaze intense. "Some I would like to know."

Beneficci's breath hitched, and she instinctively stepped back, further into the sunlight. Francis quickly put an arm in front of her protectively. "Try it, Robert Pattinson."

DIO dismissed the reference with a huff. "Hmph. I'm not interested in taken women." He pointed at the gothic woman. "You, why did you bring me here?"

“I need your power,” she said with confidence.

His eyes narrowed. “Against DIO’s will?”

Umora sputtered, her confidence faltering. Even she stepped into the sunlight. "I-I-It wasn’t my choice! Y-You were the strongest fear here…!"

"So I am merely a manifestation of someone’s fear. Tell me, what year is it?"

"2029," someone answered.

Forty years... The realization hit DIO hard. Forty years meant his heaven plan had failed. Enrico had failed. He had failed. The boy earlier didn't even recognize him. "Did you summon me so I could kill these people?" Umora nodded shakily, her fear palpable. In an instant, a knife appeared in her throat, and she collapsed, coughing up blood.

"I serve no one, but myself."

~~~

Once they had caught their breath – lowering their body temperature in the process – Giorno felt the presence of the hummingbird come back around the warehouse they laid. With his uncontrolled creations, the damage would reflect back onto the enemy, but with the massive explosions that Sheer Heart Attack creates, he couldn’t risk accidentally leading it into population. Instead, he had the hummingbird loop around the building a few times.

“Here it comes…” Giorno said, his eyes narrowing in concentration.

“What’s the plan again?” Sana asked, hugging her knees as they hid below a windowsill, her voice trembling slightly.

Vuoto poked his head out from the stack of tires he’d hidden himself in, his expression serious. “The theory is that if we hide something really hot inside a surface, the heat-tracking Stand won’t be able to get to it and will get stuck trying to follow something that doesn’t exist in our plane.”

“When I hide inside something, I can feel everything that happens to the surface — it getting hotter is a relevant example,” Viale explained, his brow furrowed in thought, “and though I haven’t tested it thoroughly, I think that the opposite is the same.”

“So we’re going with a guess, then.” Sana deadpanned, rolling her eyes.

“An educated guess.” Shizuka smirked, her confidence unwavering.

“Concentrate.” Giorno’s command cut through the banter like glass, his tone leaving no room for argument.

Viale pulled a box of matches from his twenty-sided dice, and lit a match. Just as he went to put the match into a hanging chain, he paused, his hand trembling slightly. He slowly pulled the match away and held it under the box full of identical matches.

“Viale…” Sana warned, her eyes widening in alarm. In an instant, the box was set ablaze, the phosphorus quickly fueling a mass of fire that Viale tossed into the bottom of the rusty chain. Sheer Heart Attack burst through the window Sana was under and drove straight at the ball of fire.

“RUN AWAYYY!!!” Sana screamed, scrambling to her feet and brushing off the broken window sill and shattered glass.

The fire receded as it hit the chain, heat melding with the metal as the alight object was sucked into the surface of the hanging link. Viale swiftly jumped out of the way and into a surface a few meters away using Broken Strings . The rest of the group braced for impact…

…as Sheer Heart Attack bounced up and down repeatedly, failing spectacularly to reach the superheated chain. The group let out a collective sigh of relief, their tense expressions softening.

~~~

Umora laid on the ground, blood spurting from her throat and mouth. The metallic taste filled her senses, and she struggled to breathe, each gasp a desperate fight for life. Her hold on her Stand was quickly failing, the once vibrant energy now flickering like a dying flame. The world around her blurred, but she could still make out the imposing figure of DIO.

DIO turned to the group, his eyes cold and calculating. “I don’t recall meeting any of you… let alone any of you being alive forty years ago. Who was I conjured from?” His voice was a chilling blend of curiosity and menace, sending shivers down the spines of those present.

Matito knew. He didn’t dare move. He didn’t dare speak. There was logically only one person there who could have known this very tall, very reminiscent man. His mind raced, trying to piece together the implications of DIO’s presence. The air was thick with tension, and every second felt like an eternity.

“G-Giorno!” Beneficci stammered suddenly, her voice breaking the oppressive silence. DIO’s attention snapped back to her, his gaze piercing. “H-he must still be nearby…”

“I don’t know a ‘Giorno’. Explain yourself,” DIO demanded, his tone brooking no argument.

“He-he’s your son! You slept with a Japanese woman around 1984, and Giorno was born!” Beneficci’s words tumbled out in a rush, her fear palpable.

This gave DIO pause. It was unlike him to be taken aback, and he recovered quickly. “I have a son, you say? What a lucky boy. Or man.” His mind whirled with this new information, the idea of having a son both intriguing and unsettling.

“Giorno has a son, too,” Fragi said, his voice barely above a whisper. Matito shot him a look, a silent plea to stay quiet.

“I… have a grandson?” This truly shook DIO to his core. To think he, Dio Brando, had a grandson. A family. Forty years in the future, forty years after his supposed death. The revelation was almost too much to process.

Umora twitched on the ground, her body wracked with pain. The sight of her suffering brought a twisted smile to DIO’s lips. He relished the chaos and the power he held over these people, even as the weight of his newfound family gnawed at the edges of his mind.

“My time here is limited.” DIO's voice was a low growl, filled with urgency and authority. He pointed at Fragi, the tallest out of the group, his finger like a dagger. “You. Stand in the light and cast your shadow over me so I can retrieve this pitiful woman without being burned by the sun.”

Fragi's heart pounded in his chest. The weight of DIO's command was almost physical, pressing down on him. He swallowed hard, and stepped forward. The sunlight streaming through the cracks in the walls seemed to intensify, casting long, dark shadows across the room.

As Fragi positioned himself, his shadow stretched out, providing a narrow path of darkness. DIO moved swiftly, his vampiric nature making him both graceful and menacing. The sunlight was a deadly enemy, and he could feel its searing heat just inches away from his skin.

Umora's body lay still, her life hanging by a thread. DIO knelt beside her, his movements precise and deliberate. He bit into his own wrist, the sharp fangs piercing his flesh effortlessly. Blood, rich and dark, welled up and he let it drip onto Umora's wounds.

The effect was immediate. The blood seemed to sizzle as it touched her skin, and her body convulsed briefly before relaxing. The wounds began to close, the torn flesh knitting together with unnatural speed. Umora's breathing steadied, and her eyes fluttered open, filled with a mixture of fear and awe.

DIO's eyes gleamed with satisfaction as he watched the transformation. "There, now. Isn't that better?" he said, his voice dripping with false kindness. He turned to the group, his gaze piercing. "Remember this moment. Remember what I can do."

Matito and Beneficci exchanged worried glances. They knew that DIO's intentions were never purely benevolent. The room was filled with an eerie silence, broken only by Umora's labored breaths and the distant sounds of the outside world.

As DIO stood, the shadows receded, and the sunlight once again threatened his existence. He moved back into the safety of the darkness, his presence commanding and terrifying. "Do not forget," he said, his voice a chilling whisper. "I am always watching."

He held the near-unconscious Umora in a bridal carry, and slithered away deeper into the shadows until he could no longer be seen.

They didn’t move for a while after DIO left. Somehow, DIO hadn’t noticed the turtle on top of Fragi’s head. If he had looked a little closer, he would’ve seen his old friend Polnareff, and they would not have gotten out of there so easily.

~~~

Later in the day

Fragi looked up at the sky, silently cursing the dark clouds rolling in from the mainland. The ominous weather mirrored the tension in his heart. They had individually hitchhiked across the Ponte della Libertà and made it to San Polo . Now, they were just a stone’s throw away from La Fenice , the grand theatre that had served as the base of operations for Apatia for at least the past few months.

Beneficci was on the lookout for DIO and Umora, her Stand high in the sky, scanning for any sign of their approach. Francis stood guard beside her, his eyes sharp and vigilant, ready to defend her while she was vulnerable. Fragi still held Polnareff as they walked, silently falling in-step with Matito. Matito had his eyes glued to Take On Me , similarly watching for danger as they moved through the narrow streets.

They found Dolce – Fragi informed Beneficci they had nicknamed him ‘Sweetie’ when she and the others were away – a few streets away from the theatre. Dolce's presence was a small comfort, another combat- and tricks- oriented Stand.

“Listen up, everyone,” Polnareff called out, his voice steady and commanding. “We have no idea how many men they have, and how many Stand users. We have to assume that Paolo has put as many people between himself and us, and we have to assume he’s ready for us.”

“We also have to assume that he himself is a very powerful Stand user,” Beneficci pointed out, her voice tinged with concern. “If he weren’t, he wouldn’t be the head of a Stand-using organization.”

Fragi nodded, his mind racing. Osso Paolo, the elusive and ruthless leader of Apatia, was known for his cunning and strength. Rumors had it that his Stand made him a formidable opponent. The thought of facing such a powerful adversary sent a shiver down Fragi's spine.

“We need to be prepared for anything,” Matito added, his eyes never leaving the shadows. “Paolo is not someone to be underestimated. He’s survived countless battles and has always come out on top. We have to be smart and work together if we’re going to have any chance of defeating him.”

The group fell silent, each member lost in their thoughts. The weight of their mission pressed heavily on their shoulders, but they knew they had no choice. They had to confront Paolo and put an end to his reign of terror.

As they approached La Fenice , the grand theatre loomed before them, its once majestic facade now a symbol of the darkness that had taken root within. The stage was set for a confrontation that would test their resolve and their strength. They steeled themselves for the battle ahead, knowing that their lives and the fate of many others hung in the balance.

As Fragi pushed open the large double doors (with the mindset of “I’m about to die” keeping him safe), Francis cast a barrier over the entire front of the building to prevent any cheap shots from the windows. 

Fragi strolled inside, tense. He held Polnareff under his arm while the others waited around the corner outside the building. This was all part of Matito’s plan. 

We need a goon for Polnareff to possess, ” Matito had explained, “ That’s the biggest part. Then, we spike the man’s food or drink with whatever you two can find lying around. Francis and Beneficci will be on lookout, preventing potential sneak attacks.

Fragi and Polnareff entered the main foyer to find it barren. In fact, as they explored the place, they couldn’t find anyone at all. 

Fragi dialled Matito. “Hey man, are you sure this is the right place?”

There was some rustling on the other end of the line. “ Beneficci says she can feel people inside. Have you checked everywhere?

“We haven’t checked the main stage. Only the surrounding atriums.”

Well check there! It’s like, the main part of the building!

Fragi grumbled something about “stupid”, “of course”, and “I was getting there…” as he hung up the phone. 

They approached the intricately designed double doors boldly, Fragi was convinced that the place was empty. He grabbed the handles and pulled them open.

The main theatre was a grand, opulent space, its once vibrant red velvet seats now covered in a thin layer of dust. The chandeliers hanging from the ceiling sparkled dimly in the low light, casting eerie shadows across the room. The stage, framed by heavy, dark curtains, was the focal point of the theatre.

As Fragi's eyes adjusted to the dim light, he saw Osso Paolo sitting at a grand piano on the stage, his fingers dancing gracefully over the keys. The haunting melody filled the theatre, a stark contrast to the tension that gripped Fragi's heart. Paolo's presence was commanding, his every movement exuding an air of confidence and control. The sight of him, so calm and composed, sent a chill down Fragi's spine.

As he finished his piece, he turned to Fragi expectantly. “Well?” His voice carried across the whole hall. His accent was distinctly Russian. “Why aren’t you clapping?”

Fragi blinked, confused. “Tell the others it’s only him in here,” he whispered to Polnareff, who got to work inside the turtle.

Osso let out an exaggerated sigh. “Honestly, I wait here for three days for someone to come check on me, and the only person who shows up is a high school student who can’t appreciate good music. Let me guess, you only listen to house music?”

“What are you talking about?!”

“The classics are the classics! You can’t beat ‘em!” Osso was genuinely mad.

“Are you even the boss? Or are you just the theatre’s pianist? And why do you sound Russian?!”

He stood up from the piano stool. “Yes, I’m the boss! Though I don’t blame you for not believing it – it doesn’t feel like I’m the boss nowadays! Goddamn Mercurio, never should’ve agreed to work with him.” He completely ignored the last question.

The rest of the group casually walked through the doors behind Fragi.

“Oh great, there’s more of you. Please tell me one of you likes Bach?”

“I like Bach.” Francis spoke up. “Why is the Italian mob boss Russian?”

Thank you.” Osso looked relieved, purposefully ignoring most of what he said. “These kids nowadays know nothing but Dua Lipa and Kendrick . Honestly, who cares about the beef between Kendrick and Drake drama. That shit has been going on for like ten years now!”

“What are you doing here?!” Beneficci yelled. “What’s Mercurio up to?!”

“Oh, that? He’s already done it. You’re too late.”

“What is it?!”

Osso hummed as he rounded the other side of the grand. He stopped about five metres stage left of the piano. “I’ll tell you… but only if you can hurt me.” He smirked.

In a second, Francis drew a pistol from his waistband and fired five shots right into his centre of mass, the shots ringing around the acoustics of the room. Sweetie followed up by summoning and dropping a supersized toy tractor on top of him. The truck kicked up a lot of dust, shielding the stage from sight.

~~~

On the other side of the city, across the Venetian Lagoon, Viale and the others had started walking. It was about an hour’s walk from where they ended up after the chase with Sheer Heart Attack

“Why don’t you make us horses and we ride to school?” It was a valid question by Sana. Viale turned to see her very close to his father with massive puppy dog eyes on display. Nevermind she kind of just wanted to ride a horse. “Walking is way slower, right?!”

Giorno spared her a glance. “If people report that there’s a group of five people riding around Venezia on horses, Apatia’s connections in the Police force will instantly know where we are and what we’re doing,” he explained, “Not to mention, if we were to ride horses at full gait, it would take so much life energy out of me controlling each of them that I wouldn’t be able to effectively fight Mercurio. If the horses were to canter, they’d be too slow and not very cost effective.”

“Okay, okay, I get it. No horses.” Sana grumbled and stepped away. “You could just say you hate fun…” 

Viale nudged her with his elbow. “Believe me, there is nothing Giorno Giovanna hates more than fun.”

“Keep talking, son. Just be aware, I have baby photos.”

“NOOO!!”

~~~

Francis dropped the magazine back into his pocket and reloaded another fresh one, his eyes never leaving the stage. The room fell into an eerie silence, the echoes of the gunshots still reverberating through the grand theatre. The dust kicked up by Sweetie's toy tractor began to settle, creating a thick, hazy veil that obscured the stage.

As the dust slowly cleared, the tension in the air was palpable. Every breath felt heavy, and the silence was almost deafening. The group stood frozen, their eyes fixed on the stage, waiting for any sign of movement. The once grand and opulent theatre now felt like a tomb, the weight of the moment pressing down on them.

Before the dust fully settled, a distinct Russian voice cut through the silence, its tone calm and almost amused. “The classics are unbeatable. Real music was only made in and before the eighties. Kids these days don’t know what real music is.”

The curtains began to draw back, revealing an entire orchestra seated on the stage. The musicians, dressed in formal attire, held their instruments at the ready, their expressions serene and focused. The sight was surreal, a stark contrast to the violence that had just unfolded.

“Music… like this,” the voice continued, and the orchestra began to play.

 

To Be Continued ===>

Notes:

Good news! The ending has been planned out! After so long I finally know how it will end!

 

This may not be something I should be sharing...

 

...I mean, I knew how the story would end from the start! Haha! Yeah! Definetly!

 

Stay tuned, don't touch that dial.